Snap-Action Switches Detection Switches General Catalogue 2005

Snap-Action Switches ■ Detection Switches 

General Catalogue 2005 

Panasonic ... the new name for

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

Selector Chart................................................................4 

Technical Terminology & Cautions For Use.............10 

Turquoise Switches ....................................................14 

Notes For Turquoise Switches...................................15 

Turquoise Stroke Switches ........................................17 

Turquoise Switch 

J Type (ABJ) ..............................................................25 

S Type (ABS).............................................................35 

V Type (ABV).............................................................46 

Basic Switch 

NZ (AM1) ...................................................................51 

Miniature Switch 

QV (AM5)...................................................................60 

QV (AM5): Contact gap is more than 1mm type........73 

NV (AH7): Heat resistant ...........................................74 

Subminiature Switch 

FS/FS-T (AV3/AVT3/AVM3/AVL3) ............................80 

FS (AV3G): 

Contact gap is more than 1mm type..........................92 

PS (AVM3P).....................................................94 

CS (AV6)....................................................................99 

Ultra-miniature Switch 

FJ (AH1) ..................................................................104 

Smallest Snap-action Switch 

FU (AV4)..................................................................109 

Inter Lock Switch 

GX (AGX).................................................................114 

GW (AV1) ................................................................118 

GL (AGL) .................................................................123 

Detection Switch 

FT-2Way Switch (ABC3)..........................................126 

FT-µ (ABC2) ............................................................130 

FT (ABC1)................................................................137 

FP (ABP8)................................................................140 

New FD (ABU8) .......................................................142 

Tip (AHF2) ...............................................................144 

Standards Chart ........................................................147 

1

Matsushita Electric Works Switch Series 

Covers All Markets 

High Environmental Resistance Turquoise Colored Seal Switches 

P.14 

• New silent switch with 

both-sided sliding 

contact. 

• Boosted employability 

with ultra-long stroke. 

• IP67 type (Immersion 

protected) 

Automotive Cultivator Multistory car park Electric cart Refrigerator 

Turquoise Stroke Switches 

Turquoise Switches 

NEW 

13.3 

.524 

S type 

12.8 

.504 

J type 

19.8 

.780 

36 

1.417 

V type 

10.1 

.398 

6.5 

.256 

11.1 

.437 

15.9 

.626 

Snap-action Switch Series with Plenty of Variation 

P.51 

• Full lineup of U, J, S, V 

and Z types. 

Air conditioner 

Microwave oven 

Vending machine 

Vacuum cleaner 

Heater 

FU Switches 

FJ Switches 

PS Switches 

FS/FS-T Switches 

7.5 

.295 

5 

.197 

2.5 

.098 

6.5 

.256 

12.8 

.504 

11.1 

.437 

19.8 

.780 

11.1 

.437 

19.8 

.780 

11.1 

.437 

19.8 

.780 

CS Switches 

NV Switches 

QV Switches 

NZ Basic Switches 

Pin plunger 

29.2 

1.150 

(Heat resistant type) 

27.8 

1.094 

27.8 

1.094 

49.2 

1.937 

10 

.394 

15.9 

.626 

15.9 

.626 

24.1 

.949 

2

Environmental 

resistance 

Compact 

Minute 

current type 

Miniature Detection Switches 

• Suited for mobile 

equipment that require 

compactness and low 

energy consumption. 

• High reliability at low 

level load. 

Smallest worldwide* in its class: 

2-directional single ultra-compact detection switch 

Mobile phone Digital still camera Laptop computer CD-RW 

FT-2 Way Switches 

NEW 

5 

.197 

1.4 

.055 

5 

.197 

NEW 

Addition 

of Long 

Stroke 

type 

FT-µ Switches 

World’s smallest class 

3.4 

.134 

1.4 

.055 

3.4 

.134 

1.4 

.055 

3.5 

.138 

3.5 

.138 

3.4 

.134 

1.4 

.055 

(1a) 

3.4 

.134 

1.4 

(1b) 

.055 

(Unit: mm inch) 

P.126 

Silicon audio player 

3.5 

.138 

3.5 

.138 

FT Switches 

FP Switches 

New FD Switches 

*MEW data as of Aug., 2003. 

1.4 

.055 

5.5 

.217 7.1 

.280 

3.4 

.134 

2.3 

.091 

3.4 

.134 

6.4 

.252 

6.2 

.244 

3.0 

.118 

• Contributes to safety 

countermeasures by detecting 

machine tilt. 

TIP Switches 

Containing a photo sensor 

9.3 

.366 

9.5 

.374 

Door Interlock Switch for Office Automation Equipment 

• Complies with safety standards. 

P.114 

GX Switches 

GW Switches 

GL Switches 

For 1-circuit line For 1-circuit line For 2-circuit lines 

34 

1.339 

PPC 

14 

.551 

34 

1.339 

20.15 

.793 

14.6 

.575 

27 

1.063 

30 

1.181 

3

Switch Selector Chart 

• Type of switch 

J type 

(Stroke switches) 

NEW 

9.6 

.378 

13.3 

.524 

6.5 

.256 

12.8 

.504 

Turquoise 

J type S type V type 

12.5 

.492 

12.8 

.504 

11.1 

.437 

19.8 

.780 

16.9 

.665 

19.8 

.780 

15.9 

.626 

33 

1.299 

15.9 

.626 

36 

1.417 

• Features 

• Compact size and ultralong 

stroke 

• IP67 

• Silent operation 

ASQ ABJ ABS 

• Ultra-miniature size (12.8 × 

6 × 6.5 mm .504 × .236 × 

.256 inch) 

• Adoption of elastomer 

double molding technology 

and Ultrasonic swaging 

technology to uniform 

sealing in high production 

quantities 

• High environmental 

resistance 

• Subminiature size (19.8 × 

6.4 × 11.1 mm .780 × .252 

× .437 inch) 

• Adoption of Elastomer 

double molding technology 

and Ultrasonic swaging 

technology to uniform 


quantities 


resistance 

ABV1 

• Miniature size (33 × 10.3 × 

15.9 mm 1.299 × .406 × 

.626 inch) 

• Adoption of Ultrasonic 

swaging technology and 

epoxy sealing to uniform 


quantities 


resistance 

• O.F. by pin plunger 

(gf, Max.) 

1.5N (Pin plunger) 

1.7N (Leaf lever) 

1.5N (Simulated leaf lever) 

1.23N 

1.96N 

2.45N (Long stroke type) 

0.98N 

1.47N 

0.98N 

1.96N 

• Max. contact rating 

(resistive) 

• Rating of low-level 

circuit type (resistive) 

Gold plating on both sides of 

sliding contact 

100 mA 30 V DC 

1 mA 5 V DC 

Silver alloy contact Silver alloy contact Silver alloy contact 

1.96N type 

2 A 125 V AC 

2 A 30 V DC 

O.F. 1.23N 

1 A 125 V AC 

1 A 30 V DC 

O.F. 2.45N (Long stroke type) 

1 A 125 V AC 

1 A 30 V DC 

Gold-clad contact 

0.1 A 125 V AC 

0.1 A 30 V DC 

5 mA 6 V DC 

2 mA 12 V DC 

1 mA 24 V DC 

2 A 125 V AC 

2 A 250 V AC 

2 A 30 V DC 

0.4 A 125 V DC 


(triple layer) 

(double layer) 

0.1 A 125 V AC 

0.1 A 250 V AC 

0.1 A 30 V DC 

5 mA 6 V DC 

2 mA 12 V DC 

1 mA 24 V DC 

5 A 250 V AC 

(O.F. min. 1.96N) 

3 A 250V AC 

(O.F. 0.98N) 


3 A 250 V AC 

(O.F. min. 1.96N) 

1 A 250 V AC 

(O.F. 0.98N) 

5 mA 6 V DC 

2 mA 12 V DC 

1 mA 24 V DC 

• Expected 

life (min. 

ope.) 

Electrical 

2 × 10 5 

(Nominal 

rating) 

2 × 10 5 

(Low-level 

rating) 

3 × 10 4 

(Silver alloy 

contact type) 

10 5 

(Gold-clad 

contact type) 

5 × 10 4 

(Silver alloy 

contact type) 

2 × 10 5 

(Gold-clad 

contact type) 

10 5 

(Nominal 

rating) 

Mechanical — 10 6 5 × 10 6 5 × 10 6 

10 6 

(Low-level 

rating) 

Quickconnect 

● 

.110 

● 

.187 

Solder ● ● ● ● 

• Terminal 

style 

Screw 

PC board ● ● ● 

Lead wire ● ● ● ● 

(IP67) 

Connector 

• Contact material 

Gold-clad 

(Standard) Silver alloy 

(Low-level) Gold-clad 





• UL, CSA,VDE, SEMKO — UL/CSA UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO 

• Page 17 25 35 46 

4

Basic 

Miniature 

NZ QV NV 

heat resistant 

Unit: mm inch 

49.2 

1.937 

24.1 

.949 

15.9 

.626 

27.8 

1.094 

15.9 

.626 

27.8 

1.094 

• Versatile range for all applications 

AM1 AM5 AH7 

• Reliable design with shock resistance • Continuous use at 120°C (248°F) possible 

• High inrush current resistance 

• 0.1 A to 21 A type available 

0.69N to 5.30N 0.49N to 3.92N 

 

0.49N to 3.92N 

 

0.49N to 1.96N 

Silver alloy contact 


15 A 125, 250 or 480 V AC 

1/8HP 125 V AC 

1/4HP 250 V AC 

1/2A 125 V DC 

1/4A 250 V DC 

— 

21 A 250 V AC (EOL)* 

16 A 250 V AC 

11 A 250 V AC 

6 A 250 V AC 

*Product is end of life 


0.1 A 250 V AC 

5 mA 6 V DC 

2 mA 12 V DC 

1 mA 24 V DC 

16 A 250 V AC 

10 A 250 V AC 

5 A 250 V AC 


3 A 250 V AC 

1 A 250 V AC 

5 mA 6 V DC 

2 mA 12 V DC 

1 mA 24 V DC 

5 × 10 5 10 5 

(Nominal rating) 

2 × 10 6 

(Low-level rating) 

10 5 

2 × 10 7 10 7 10 7 

● 

.187 .250 

● 

.187 .250 

● ● ● 

● 

Silver alloy 


(Low-level) Gold-clad silver alloy 

Silver alloy 

UL/CSA UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO 

51 60 74 

5


FS/FS-T 

Subminiature 

FS: Greater than 1mm 

of contact gap PS CS 


11 

.433 

19.8 

.780 

11 

.433 

19.8 

.780 

11 

.433 

19.8 

.780 

11.1 

.437 

19.8 

.780 

10 

.394 

29.2 

1.150 

• Features 

AV3/AVT3/AVM3/AVL3 AV3 AVM3 AV6 

• Consistent quality and high 

precision through 

sophisticated automatic 

fabrication system 

• Low-level circuit types 

available 

• Long life version available 

• Contact gap of greater 

than 1mm .039inch 

• Door inter-lock switch for 

OA equipment 

• High capacity micro switch 

• In-line terminals make 

soldering works easy 

• Using a connector for 

connections significantly 

improves operation 

effectiveness 

• Contact reliability is 

achived by simple dust 

prevension guard and 

gold-clad double layer 

contacts 


(gf, Max.) 

 

0.25N 

(Gold-clad) 

0.49N 

0.98N 

 

1.47N 

1.47N 1.47N 

0.50N 

1.50N 


(resistive) 



 

3 A 250 V AC 

3 A 30 V DC 

0.4 A 125 V DC 

 

5 A 250 V AC 

5 A 30 V DC 

0.4 A 125 V DC 

 

0.1 A 250 V AC 

(Triple layer) 

0.1 A 30 V DC 

1 to 100 mA, 5 to 30 V DC 

(Double layer) 

1 to 100 mA, 5 to 250 V AC 

(Triple layer) 

3 A 30 V AC 10.1 A 250 V AC 0.1 A 30 V DC 

— — — 

• Expected 

life (min. 

ope.) 

Electrical 5 × 10 4 10 4 5 × 10 4 2 × 10 5 

Mechanical 

5 × 10 5 

3 × 10 7 (Long life version) 

5 × 10 5 3 × 10 7 5 × 10 5 

Quickconnect 

● 

.110 

● 

.110 

Solder ● ● ● 

• Terminal 

style 

Screw 

PC board ● ● ● 

Lead wire 

• Contact material 

Connector 


(Low-level) Gold-clad triple 

layer, double layer 

Silver alloy Silver alloy Gold-clad silver alloy 

● 

• UL, CSA,VDE, SEMKO UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO UL/CSA/TÜV/SEMKO UL/CSA/(VDE)/SEMKO UL/CSA/TÜV 

• Page 80 92 94 99 

6

Unit: mm inch 

Ultra-miniature 

Inter Lock Switch 

FJ FU GX GW GL 

12.8 

.504 

6.5 

.256 

5 

.197 

7.5 

.295 

2.5 

.098 

14 

.551 

34 

1.339 

20.15 

.793 

34 

1.339 

• Ultra-miniature size (12.8 × 6 × 

6.5 mm/12.7 × 6 × 6 mm .504 × 

.236 × .256 inch/.500 × .236 × 

.236 inch) 

• Flux-resistant construction 

• Flat terminal 

AH1 AV4 AGX AV1 AGL4 

• Super miniature size (7.5 

× 2.5 × 5 mm .295 × .098 

× .197 inch) 

• Solder terminal type with 

mounting holes available 

• Mechanical life 3 × 10 5 

14.6 

.575 

27 

1.063 

• Snap-in mounting type 

• Satisfying the 

downsizing needs 14 

mm .551 inch in depth 

• Contact gap of greater 

than 4 mm .157 inch 

30 

1.181 

• Dual restoration spring 

mechanism 

• Insuration distance 8 mm 

(snap-in mounting 2 

form A and 3 form A 

type) 

• 2-circuit line–high 

capacity load contact 

and low-level circuit load 

contact 

0.74N 

1.47N 

0.98N 

 

1a: 3.92N 

2a: 3.92N 

3a: 5.88N 

 

1a: 4.90N 

2a·3a: 5.88N 

1a: 4.90N 

1b: 2.94N 

1a1b: 5.88N 

2a: 7.85N 

3a: 9.81N 

3.23N 

O.F. 1.47N type 

3 A 125 V AC 

2 A 30 V DC 

O.F. 0.74N type 

1 A 125 V AC 

1 A 30 V DC 

 

0.5 A 30 V DC 

 

0.1 A 30 V DC 

 

10.1 A 250 V AC 

 

16 A 250 V AC (EOL)* 


16 A 380 V AC (EOL)* 


(High capacity load 

contact: 1a) 

5 A 250 V AC 

6 A 30 V DC 

(Low-level circuit load 

contact: 1a) 

0.1 A 125 V AC 

10 mA 8 V DC 

Au clad contact 

5 mA 6 V DC 

2 mA 12 V DC 

1 mA 24 V DC 

— — 

5 mA 6 V DC 

2 mA 12 V DC 

1 mA 24 V DC 

3 × 10 4 2 × 10 4 

(Au type: 2 × 10 5 ) 

1 × 10 5 5 × 10 4 10 5 

10 6 

(O.F. 0.74 N) 

5 × 10 5 

(O.F. 1.47 N) 

3 × 10 5 1 × 10 6 10 6 10 5 

● 

.250 

● 

.250 

● 

● 

● ● ● 


(Low-level) Gold-clad silver alloy 


(Low-level) Gold plating 

Silver alloy Silver alloy Silver alloy 

UL/CSA — 

UL/CSA/VDE/TÜV/ 

SEMKO 

UL/CSA/VDE/TÜV/ 

SEMKO 

UL/CSA/TÜV/SEMKO 

104 109 114 118 123 

7



FT-2way SW FT-µ SW FT SW FP 


NEW 

5 

.197 

1.4 

.055 

5 

.197 

NEW 

3.4 

.134 

1.4 

.055 

(Addition of Long stroke type) 

3.5 

.138 

3.4 

.134 

1.4 

.055 

3.5 

.138 

4.8 

.189 

1.4 

.055 

5.5 

.217 

3.4 

.134 

2.3 

.091 

• Features 

• Detect laterally in two 

directions with a single 

switch 

• Ultra compact and slim for 

space saving 

• Supports low level loads 

with twin gold plate 

contacts 

ABC3 ABC2 ABC1 ABP8 

• World’s smallest 

• Ultra-low profile 1.4 mm .055 

inch 

• Original coil mechanism 

serves a high contact 

reliability and wiping effect 

• Horizontal and vertical 

mounting types are available 

and detecting from horizontal 

and vertical directions is 

possible 

• High overtravel (1.3 mm .051 

inch) makes it easy for 

installation. (Long stroke type) 

• Ultra-low profile 1.4 mm 

.055 inch 

• The unique coil springactivated 

mechanism 

yields a light operating 

force and a high overtravel 

to faciliate installation 

• Detecting from vertical and 

horizontal direction is 

possible 

• Ultra-miniature size 

• Low operating force 

• High contact reliability 

in a low-level load by 

sliding crossbar 

contacts 


(gf, Max.) 

0.3N 0.3N 0.3N 0.3N 


(resistive) 

5 µA 

to 

10 mA 5 V DC 

0.01 mA 5 V DC 

to 

10 mA 5 V DC 

0.01 mA 5 V DC 

to 

10 mA 5 V DC 

0.01 mA 5 V DC 

to 

100 mA 10 V DC 



— — — — 

• Expected 

life (min. 

ope.) 

Electrical 

10 5 

(5 mA 5 V DC to 

10 mA 5 V DC) 

10 5 

(0.01 mA 5 V DC to 

10 mA 5 V DC) 

10 5 

(0.01 mA 5 V DC to 

10 mA 5 V DC) 

5 × 10 4 

(0.1 A 10 V DC) 

10 5 

(0.1 mA 5 V DC) 

Mechanical — — — — 

Quickconnect 

Solder 

• Terminal 

style 

Screw 

PC board ● ● 

SMD 

● 

SMD 

● 

SMD 

Lead wire 

Connector 

• Contact material Gold-clad Gold-clad Gold-clad Gold-clad 

• UL, CSA,VDE, SEMKO — — — — 

• Page 126 130 137 140 

8


Unit: mm inch 

Unit: mm inch 

New FD 

Tip SW 

6.2 

.244 

6.4 

.252 

9.3 

.366 

9.5 

.374 

ABU8 

AHF2 

• Low operating force Max. • Photo sensor inside 

0.34N 1.235 oz 

• The contact type is 

• High contact reliability in a equivalent to normally 

low-level load by sliding closed contacts, which 

crossbar contacts 

satisfies the PL Act. 

• Reflow soldering available 

0.34N 

Operation angle: 

25 to 60 degrees 

3 mA 6 V DC 

to 

100 mA 30 V DC 

Photo transistor Please refer 

to the inside of catalog 

— — 

5 × 10 4 

(0.1 A 30 V DC) 

10 5 

(1 mA 5 V DC) 

10 5 

10 5 10 5 

● 

● 

Gold-clad 

Silver alloy 

— — 

142 144 

9

TECHNICAL TERMINOLOGY & CAUTIONS FOR USE 


TECHNICAL TERMINOLOGY 

1. Rated values 

Values indicating the characteristics and 

performance guarantee standards of the 

snap-action switches. The rated current 

and rated voltage, for instance, assume 

specific conditions (type of load, current, 

voltage, frequency, etc.). 

2. Mechanical life 

The service life when operated at a 

preset operating frequency without 

passing electricity through the contacts. 

(The life test is performed at a switching 

frequency of 60 times/minute and 

operating speed of 100 mm/second at the 

regular cam.) 

3. Electrical life 

The service life when the rated load is 

connected to the contact and switching 

operations are performed. (The life test is 

performed at a switching frequency of 20 

times/minute and operating speed of 100 

mm/second at the regular cam.) 

4. Contact form 

This refers to the components 

determining the type of application which 

make up the electrical input/output 

circuits in the contact. 

Switching 

type 

Normally 

closed type 

Normally 

open type 

COM 

COM 

COM 

Terminal symbols 

COM: Common terminal 

NC: Normally closed terminal 

NO: Normally open terminal 

5. Insulation resistance 

Resistance between noncontinuous 

terminals, terminals and metal parts not 

carrying current, and between terminals 

NC 

NO 

NC 

NO 

and the ground. 

6. Withstand voltage 

Threshold limit value that a high voltage 

can be applied to a predetermined 

measuring location for one minute 

without causing damage to the insulation. 

7. Contact resistance 

This indicates the electrical resistance at 

the contact part. Generally, this 

resistance includes the conductor 

resistance of the spring and terminal 

portions. 

8. Vibration resistance 

Malfunction vibration ... Vibration range 

where a closed contact does not open for 

longer than a specified time due to 

vibrations during use of the snap-action 

switches. 

9. Shock resistance 

Shock durability ... Shock range where 

the mechanical shocks received during 

snap-action switches transport and 

installation do not damage the parts or 

harm the operating characteristics. 

Malfunction shock ... Shock range where 

a closed contact does not open for longer 

than a specified time due to shocks 

during use of the snap-action switches. 

10. Operating Force (O.F.) 

The force required to cause contact 

snap-action. It is expressed terms of 

force applied to the plunger or the 

actuator. 

11. Release Force (R.F.) 

The force to be applied to the plunger or 

the actuator at the moment contact snaps 

back from operated position to 

unoperated position. 

12. Pretravel (P.T.) 

Distance of the plunger or the actuator 

movement from free position to operating 

position. 

13. Overtravel (O.T.) 

The distance which the plunger or the 

actuator is permitted to travel after 

actuation without any damage to the 

switching mechanism. 

14. Movement Differential (M.D.) 

The distance from operating to release 

position of the plunger or the actuator. 

15. Operating Position (O.P.) 

The position of the plunger or the 

actuator when the traveling contacts 

snaps with the fixed contact. 

16. Free Position (F.P.) 

Position of the switch plunger or the 

actuator when no force is applied to. 

17. Overtravel Position (O.T.P.) 

The stopping position of the plunger or 

the actuator after total travel. 

18. Release Position (R.P.) 

The position of the plunger or the 

actuator when the traveling contact snaps 

back from operating position to its original 

position. 

The following terminologies are applied to 

all our switches. 

F.P. 

P.T. 

O.P. 

O.F. 

O.T. 

T T.P. 

T.F. 

M.D. 

R.P. 

R.F. 

Center of mounting holes 

T.T. 

CAUTIONS FOR USE 

■ Technical Notes on Mechanical Characteristics 

1. Actuation Force and Stroke 

may cause actuator damage due to 

Adequate stroke setting is the key to high inertia of the drive mechanism. It is 

reliability. It is also important that 

advisable that the stroke be adjusted with 

adequate contact force be ’maintained to the mounting plate or driving mechanism. 

ensure high reliability. For a normally The figure at right shows a typical 

closed circuit, the driving mechanism example of activation and contact forces 

should be set so that the actuator is varying with stroke. In the vicinity of the 

normally in the free position. For a 

O.P. and R.P., the contact force is 

normally open circuit, the actuator should diminished, causing chatter and contact 

be pressed to 70% to 100% of the 

bounce immediately before or after 

specified stroke to absorb possible reversal. For this reason, use the switch 

errors. 

while giving due consideration to this. 

If the stroke is set too close to the 

This also causes the snap action switch 

operating point (O.P.), this may cause to be sensitive to vibration or physical 

unstable contact, and in the worst case impact. 

10 

Contact force Operating force 

OF 

RF 

NC 

On FP 

On reversal 

On reversal 

On OTP 

NO 

FP RP OP TTP 

PT MD OT 

Stroke 

Stroke

2. Changes in Operation 

Characteristics 

Exercise design care so that malfunctions 

will not occur if the snap action switch 

characteristics vary by as much as 20% 

from, rated values. 

3. Mechanical Conditions for Type 

Selection 

Actuator type should be selected 

according to activation method, activation 


speed, activation rate, and activation 

frequency. 

1) An extremely slow activation speed 

may cause unstable contact transfer, 

possibly resulting in contact failures or 

contact fusion. 

2) An extremely high activation speed 

may cause damage to contacts or 

contact response failure. 

4. Driving Mechanism 

Use of a driving mechanism which will 

cause physical impact to the actuator 

should be avoided. 

 

Bad 

Good 

■ Technical Notes on Electrical Characteristics 

1. The snap-action switch is designed for 

AC operations. While it has small contact 

gaps and no arc absorber, it may be used 

for low-capacity DC operations. 

(However, a DC magnetic blow-out switch 

is available in the NZ Basic Switches.) 

2. For applications with very small 

switching voltage or current, choose the 

dry circuit type. 

Small current and voltage Application Range 

(Dry Circuit type) 

Current (mA) 

500 

100 

50 

10 

5 

2 

3. Application to Electronic Circuits 

1) The snap-action switch contacts can 

sustain bounce or chatter when closed. 

Bounce or chatter can cause noise or 

pulse count errors when the snap action 

switch is used in electronic circuits. 

2) If contact bounce or chatter poses 

problems in the vicinity of the O.P. and 

R.P., use a suitable absorption network, 

such as a C/R network. 

4. Check the surge current, normal 

current and surge duration. 

5. Contact resistance given in 

performance specifications is measured 

with a voltage drop method using 6 to 8 V 

DC, 1 A (except for low-level load type). 

Contact resistance across COM and NC 

terminals is measured in the open 

position, while contact resistance across 

COM and NO terminals is measured in 

the closed position. 

6. Ratings are measured under the 

following conditions: 

Inductive load: 

Power factor = 0.6 to 0.7 

Time constant = 7 ms or less (DC) 

7. To prevent contact fusion failure, be 

sure to use a serial resistance for each 

capacitive load. 

8. If snap action switch operation is 

synchronized with the AC supply phase, 

this may cause: shortened electrical life, 

contact fusion failure, contact transfer, or 

other reliability problems. 

1 

4 8 12 16 20 24 

DC voltage (VDC) 

■ Cautions in a circuit 

1. Contact protection is recommended 

when snap-action switches are used in 

an inductive load circuit. (except for NZ 

Basic Switches magnetic blow-out types 

for DC) 

Circuit diagram 

r c R 

r 

c 

R 

Notes 

1. r = more than 10 

ohms 

2. In an AC circuit. 

Impedance of L is 

to be slightly 

smaller than 

impedance of r 

and c. 

Can be used for both 

AC and DC circuits. 

Impedance of r is 

nearly equal to 

impedance of L. 

C: 0.1 µF 

2. Do not connect the contacts on 

individual switches to different type or 

different poles of the power supply. 

Examples of power supply 

connections (connection to different 

poles) 

Wrong 

Solenoid load 

Right 

Lamp load 

PL 

Lamp load 

PL 

Solenoid load 

Load connected to same pole 

Example of wrong power supply 

connection (connection to different 

poles of power supply) 

This may lead to mixed DC and AC. 

Wrong 

3. Avoid circuits which apply voltage 

between contacts. (This may lead to 

mixed deposition.) 

Wrong 

AC 

DC 

Load 

L 

Load 

L 

diode 

R 

For DC circuits only. 

L 

200V 

ZNR 

Varistor 

R 

Can be used for both 

AC and DC circuits. 

100V 

11


■ Mounting state and environment 

1. Checking the insulation distance 

After mounting and wiring, check the 

insulation distance between terminals 

and the ground. If the insulation distance 

is inadequate, mount insulating material 

between as required. 

2. Fastening the microswitch body 

See the Section “NOTES” for the 

individual switch. 

3. Position adjustment with effector 

The effector should be positioned so that 

direct force is not applied to the 

pushbutton or actuator in its free position. 

The operating force to the pushbutton 

should only be applied in a perpendicular 

direction. 

4. Soldering precautions 

1) For manual soldering, lay the terminals 

flat (horizontal with the ground) and 

quickly perform the soldering operation 

using a soldering iron with the 

appropriate heat capacity and the proper 

amount of solder. Take care that the flux 

does not flow into the switch interior by 

using a ventilation fan to discharge flux 

gas and to prevent contact of the switch 

body with the soldering iron tip. Be 

careful not to apply force to the lead wires 

or the terminal portions immediately after 

soldering. 

The temperature setting and time 

conditions vary depending on the 

product. See the Section “NOTES” for 

each product. 

2) For automatic soldering also, see the 

Section “NOTES” for each product. 

 

Wrong 

Soldering iron tip 

Correct 

5. Avoid using in a silicon atmosphere 

Avoid using organic silicon rubber, 

adhesives, sealing compounds, oil, 

grease, and wires in a silicon 

atmosphere. 

6. Please consult us when using under 

the following conditions: 

1) Environments where hydrogen sulfide 

or other corrosive gases are present. 

2) Environments where gasoline, thinner 

or other flammable, explosive gases are 

present. 

3) Dusty environments (for non-seal type 

snap action switches). 

4) The perpendicular operating speed 

exceeds the allowable operating speed. 

5) Switching between different poles. 

6) Use in environments not in the 

prescribed temperature or humidity 

range. 

7. Storage precautions 

To prevent discoloration due to 

sulfurization of the terminals (silverplated), 

store the switches in a 

polyethylene bag or other suitable airtight 

container. 

8. Usage, storage, and transport 

conditions 

1) During usage, storage, or 

transportation, avoid locations subject to 

direct sunlight and maintain normal 

temperature, humidity, and pressure 

conditions. The allowable specifications 

for environments suitable for usage, 

storage, and transportation are given 

below. 

• Temperature: The allowable 

temperature range differs for each switch, 

so refer to the switch’s individual 

specifications. In addition, when 

transporting or storing switches while 

they are tube packaged, there are cases 

when the temperature may differ from the 

allowable range. In this situation, be sure 

to consult the individual specifications. 

• Humidity: 5 to 85% R.H. 

; 

;;;;; 

85 

Humidity, %R.H. 

Tolerance range 

(Avoid freezing when (Avoid 

used at temperatures condensation when 

lower than 0°C 32°F) used at temperatures 

higher than 0°C 32°F) 

5 

–40 

0 

–40 +32 

Temperature, °C °F 

;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;;;; 

+85 

+185 

• Pressure: 86 to 106 kPa 

The humidity range varies with the 

temperature. Use within the range 

indicated in the graph below. 

2) Condensation 

Condensation forms when there is a 

sudden change in temperature under 

high temperature, high humidity 

conditions Condensation will cause 

deterioration of the switch insulation. 

3) Freezing 

Condensation or other moisture may 

freeze on the switch when the 

temperatures is lower than 0°C 32°F. This 

causes problems such as sticking of 

movable parts or operational time lags. 

4) Low temperature, low humidity 

environments 

The plastic becomes brittle if the switch is 

exposed to a low temperature, low 

humidity environment for long periods of 

time. 

5) Storage for extended periods of time 

(including transportation periods) at high 

temperatures or high humidity levels or in 

atmospheres with organic gases or 

sulfide gases may cause a sulfide film or 

oxide film to form on the surfaces of the 

contacts and/or it may interfere with the 

functions. Check out the atmosphere in 

which the units are to be stored and 

transported. 

6) In terms of the packing format used, 

make every effort to keep the effects of 

moisture, organic gases and sulfide 

gases to the absolute minimum. 

9. We reserve the right to modify 

without notice the materials, internal 

components, and other parts to 

improve product quality. 

10. Handling precautions 

When handling the switches, be careful 

not to drop them on the floor since this 

may damage them. 

For items 5. and 6., select contact 

sulfurization (clipping) prevention 

products (FS and Au clad 2-layer 

contacts) for use with extremely small 

loads or an environment-resistant 

Turquoise switch. 

11. 

1) Failure modes of switches include 

short-circuiting, open-circuiting and 

temperature rises. If this switch is to be 

used in equipment where safety is a 

prime consideration, examine the 

possible effects of these failures on the 

equipment concerned, and ensure safety 

by providing protection circuits or 

protection devices. In terms of the 

systems involved, make provision for 

redundancy in the design and take steps 

to achieve safety design. 

2) The ambient operating temperature 

(and humidity) range quoted is the range 

in which the switch can be operated on a 

continuous basis: it does not mean that 

using the switch within the rating 

guarantees the durability performance 

and environment withstanding 

performance of the switch. For details on 

the performance guarantee, check the 

specifications of each product 

concerned. 

12

■ Types of actuators 

Shape 

Class. 


Pretravel 

(P.T.) 

Overtravel 

(O. T.) 

Operating 

Force 

(O. F.) 

Vibration 

Shock 

Features 

Pin plunger Small Small Large 

Outstanding 

Appropriate for linear short-stroke action. Pin plunger acts directly on snap 

action mechanism, enabling high-precision positioning. Amount of movement 

after operation is smallest among all of the actuators, however, so reliable 

stopper is required. 

Spring small 

plunger 

Small Medium Large Excellent 

Used in much the same way as the pin plunger, but is easier to use because 

the amount of movement after operation is larger. 

Spring short 

plunger 

Small Medium Large Good 

Pin plunger is short, with large plunger diameter that makes centering easier. 

Like small spring plunger, amount of movement after operation is large. 

Panel attachment 

plunger 

Small Large Large Good 

Secured to panel with hex or lock nut; used as manual or mechanical plunger. 

Amount of movement after operation is extremely large and operation point can 

be adjusted by changing attachment position. Can be used in combination with 

low-speed cam. 

Panel attachment 

roller plunger 

Small Large Large Possible 

This is the panel attachment type with a roller, and can be used with fastmoving 

cams and dogs.. 

Hinge lever Large Medium Small Possible 

Little force required for operation. Appropriate for use with low-speed cams and 

dogs; has large stroke. 

Lever available in various shapes to fit operating unit. 

Simulated roller 

lever 

Large Medium Small Possible Tip of hinge lever is bent into a semi-circle, enabling use as a simple roller type. 

Leaf lever Large Large Small Excellent 

Play in lever is used to assure maximum stroke. Construction provides for 

space where lever is attached, for outstanding resistance to freezing. 

Hinge roller lever Large Medium Small Possible 

This is a hinge lever with a roller, and can be used with high-speed cams and 

dogs. 

The force required for pin plunger action is lighter than that of the lever, and the 

stroke is longer. 

One way action 

hinge roller lever 

Medium Medium Medium Possible 

This is hinge roller lever type, and can operate in relation to an operating unit 

from a one way direction, but the roller is bent from the opposite direction and 

cannot move. 

This can be used to prevent reverse-direction action. 

Leaf spring Medium Medium Medium Good 

This has a leaf spring with offset yield force and has a large stroke. Ideal for 

driving low-speed cams and cylinders. Fulcrum is fixed for high precision. To 

prevent leaf damage, movement after operation must be within specified value. 

Roller leaf spring Medium Medium Medium Good This is a leaf spring with a roller, and can be used with high-speed cams. 

(O.C. reversed 

action groove type) 

Reverse-action 

hinge lever 




hinge roller lever 




hinge roller short 

lever 

Large Small Medium Excellent 

Medium Medium Medium Excellent 

Small Medium Large Excellent 

This is used for low-speed, low-torque cams. 

The lever comes in various shapes to fit the 

operating body. 

This is a reverse-action hinge lever with a roller 

and is appropriate for cam operation. Excellent 

resistance to vibration and impact when not 

engaged. 

This is a shorter version of the reverse-action 

hinge lever with a roller and has a larger action 

force, but is appropriate for cam operation with 

a short stroke. Excellent resistance to vibration 

and impact when not engaged. 

The plunger is constantly 

pressed down by a coiled 

spring, and operating the 

lever induces reverse action. 

Because the plunger is 

depressed when not 

engaged, vibration and shock 

resistance are excellent. 

Pressing the plunger too far 

does not cause abnormal 

force to be applied to the 

switch mechanism, so a 

stable service life is assured. 

Rotating-action 

type 

Large Large Small Possible 

This is a rotating, light-action type that is ideal for detecting paper, coins, and 

similar objects. 

13

TURQUOISE SWITCHES 

TURQUOISE SWITCHES 

High Environmental Resistance Turquoise Colored Seal Switches 

Against dust, gas and water 

Elastomer double molding technology, an industry first, 

and ultrasonic swaging technology contribute to uniform sealing 

in high production quantities IP67 type (immersion protected) 

Broad lineup: J, S and V models make up over 1,000 types. 

J type S type V type 

Lineup 

Terminal 

Actuator 

Size 

J 

type 

S 

type 

V 

type 

Type 

Solder 

PC board 

Straight 

Angle 

.110 

quick-connect 

.187 

quick-connect 

Wire leads 

Contact 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 

Short hinge 

lever 

Long hinge 

lever 

Simulated roller 

lever 

Roller lever 

Short roller 

lever 

Leaf lever 

● Available 

Mounting 

hole 

Terminals ● ● Au, Ag ● ● ● ● M1.2, 

Wire leads ● Au, Ag ● ● ● ● ● M2.3, M3 

Terminals ● ● ● ● Au, Ag ● ● ● ● ● ● 

Wire leads ● Au, Ag ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 

Terminals ● Au, Ag ● ● ● ● ● 

Wire leads ● Au, Ag ● ● ● ● ● 

M2.3 

M3 

Ultrasonic swaging process 

The rubber cap is securely sealed to 

the switch cover during an ultrasonic 

swaging process. 

Cross section of the rubber cap 

Cover Rubber cap Cover Rubber cap 

Protective grade of body: 

IP67 

Dust and immersion 

protected type 

Rubber cap 

Cover 

Body 

Ultrasonic swaging process: A process which bends the 

material through ultrasonic vibration. 

Cross section of wire leads type 

Conforming 

to IP67 

Common for dust 

protected and 

immersion 

protected type 

Rubber cap 

Elastomer 

double 

molding 

Elastomer 

double molding 

Elastomer: Elastic thermoplastic resin 

Epoxy resin 

(internal) 

Terminal 

position 

conforming 

to IP67 

Wire leads 

Elastomer double molding 

The industry's first elastomer double 

molding technology is used to mold 

the elastomer to the switch body. 

A reliable seal of the body and cover 

is achieved. 

■ Construction 

The dust protected type (IP50) and the 

immersion protected type (IP67) pass the 

following tests, respectively. The 

immersion protected type is especially 

tested to check for the entry of water after 

soaking for a certain period of time. Avoid 

operation where they are immersed in 

water. 

14 

[Test conditions] 

• Dust protected type (IP50) 

The powder circulation pump may be 

replaced by other means suitable to 

maintain the talcum powder in 

suspension in a closed test chamber. The 

talcum powder used shall be able to pass 

through a square- meshed sieve the 

nominal wire diameter of which is 50 µm 

and the nominal width between wires 75 

µm. The amount of talcum powder to be 

used is 2 kg per cubic metre of the test 

chamber volume. The duration of the test 

is 8 hours. 

• Immersion protected type (IP67) 

The lowest point of enclosures should be 

least 1,000 mm below the surface of the 

water. The duration of the test is 30 

minutes.

NOTES FOR TURQUOISE SWITCHES 

TURQUOISE SWITCHES IMPORTANT NOTES REGARDING USE 

1. Fastening of the switch body 

Fasten the switch body onto a smooth 

surface using the correct screw as shown 

in the chart below and tighten it with the 

prescribed torque. Be careful not to 

exceed the prescribed torque when 

tightening as this may adversely affect 

the sealing properties and switch 

functioning, and also cause damage. If 

using a torque driver, verify that it is set to 

the prescribed torque. Also, we 

recommend that you use a spring washer 

and adhesive to prevent loosening and to 

lessen the tightening load on the switch. 

Screws Tightening torque 

M1.2 Not more than 0.098N·m 

ABJ M2.3 Not more than 0.29N·m 

M3.0 Not more than 0.29N·m 

ABS M2.3 Not more than 0.29N·m 

ABV M3.0 Not more than 0.49N·m 

2) Fixed pin type 

To secure the switch unit, thermally crimp 

or press-fit the mounting pins. If the pins 

are to be press-fitted, install a guide on 

the opposite surface to the mounting pins 

to prevent them from slipping out of 

position and developing play. 

3) Be sure to maintain adequate 

insulating clearance between each 

terminal and ground. 

4) The positioning of the switch should be 

such that direct force is not applied to the 

pushbutton or actuator in its free position. 

The operating force to the pushbutton 

should only be applied in a perpendicular 

direction. 

5) The standard value of overtravel used 

should be within the range of 70% to 

100% of the rated O.T. value. 

6) When soldering the V-type turquoise 

switch or the immersion protected type of 

the J and S type switches, the sealing 

material sometimes forms a lump or 

bulge at the base of the terminal or lead. 

Be sure to allow enough space for this 

when attaching the switch. 

2. Soldering operations 

1) Manual soldering: use soldering irons 

(max. 350°C 662°F) capable of 

temperature adjustment. This is to 

prevent deterioration due to soldering 

heat. Care should be taken not to apply 

force to the terminals during soldering. 

Specifications 

Wattage Soldering time 

ABJ 18 W Within 3 seconds 

ABS 60 W Within 3 seconds 

ABV 60 W Within 5 seconds 

2) Terminal portions should not be moved 

within 1 minute after soldering. 

3. Variance of operating 

characteristics 

Allow for up to ±20% variation of the 

specified characteristics values to 

compensate for long term operational 

wear of the switch in your design. 

4. Cautions regarding use 

1) When switching inductive loads 

(relays, solenoids, buzzers, etc.), an arc 

absorbing circuit is recommended to 

protect the contacts. 

2) If switching of the contact is 

synchronized with the phase of the AC 

power, reduced electrical life or welded 

contact may occur. Therefore, test the 

switch while it is operating under actual 

loads for this condition. If found, you may 

wish to take corrective action in your 

design. 

3) In the following operating condition, 

the electrical life might be greatly reduced 

depending upon the switching load. 

Please consult us before use. 

• Switching operation at a high or low 

speed (near limits specified). 

4) If the build up of dust or dirt becomes 

so severe that it requires the use of the 

attached lever, there is the concern that 

the flexible part may be impeded and 

return movement may not be possible. In 

this situation take the following 

precautions: 

• Select a product number for a switch 

with a higher operation load or use a leaf 

type lever. 

• Attach a protective cover to the lever. 

5) If the leaf lever type switch is 

excessively pushed (pushed further than 

the operational limit position) or switching 

is done at high speed or is accompanied 

by the impact, the lever will break. Please 

be careful. Also, be careful with the BV 

short roller lever type switch as improper 

return may result from pressing too 

much. 

5. Protection from dust, water and 

corrosive gas 

1) The pin button and the space around 

the body cap Turquoise switches are 

sealed with elastic material, the terminal 

portion is integrally molded. This prevents 

dust entry and protects the switch against 

corrosive gases. Wireleaded types are 

recommended for applications subject to 

water or oil splash. However, avoid 

soaking these immersion protected types 

in oil or water, because they types are not 

of completely oil tight construction. 

2) Take care that breathing actions don’t 

allow water vapor to get inside during 

opening and closing or cause rapid 

temperature changes. 

3) Keep away from environments where 

silicon based adhesives, oil or grease are 

present as faulty contacts may result 

from silicon oxide. Do not use in areas 

where flammable or explosive gases from 

gasoline and thinner, etc., may be 

present. 

• Dust protection test 

Test conditions: 

Dust-protected switches ... Repeatedly 

pass pure talc powder through a standard 

wire sieve with a 75mm nominal diameter 

so that the talc is suspended in the air 

around the switch area. Two kilograms of 

talc powder should be suspended for 

each cubic meter of laboratory space. 

The talc suspension should then be left 

for eight hours. 

Contact resistance 

• Waterproof test 


Immersion protected IP67 switches ... 

Submerge at 1 m below the water surface 

for 30 minutes. 

Insulation resistance (MΩ) 

1Ω 

100mΩ 

10mΩ 

Standard 

value 8 hours 

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 

Elapsed time (h) 

• Hydrogen sulfide exposure test 


Concentration: 3 ppm 

Temperature: 40°C 104°F 

Humidity: 75% RH 


1000 

100 

10 

100Ω 

10Ω 

1Ω 

100mΩ 

10mΩ 

Standard value 

30 minutes 

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 

Typical products 


0 100 200 300 400 500 


Turquoise switches 

6. Oil-proof and chemical-proof 


The rubber elastomer swells when 

exposed to oil and chemicals. The extent 

of swelling will vary widely depending on 

the type and amount of oil and chemicals. 

Check with the actual oil or chemicals 

used. 

In particular, be aware that solvents such 

as freon, chlorine, and toluene cannot be 

used. 

15

NOTES FOR TURQUOISE SWITCHES 

7. Washability (ABJ and ABS) 

The Turquoise switch terminal with lead 

wires type and without lead wires 

typeshare the same main body. As a 

result, if the print board terminal type 

satisfies the set conditions, then it can 

undergo a complete cleaning after 

automatic soldering. After soldering is 

completed, perform cleaning within the 

prescribed temperature and time range, 

and pay careful attention to the following 

points. 

1) Perform proper temperature, time, 

drying control in the cleaning process in 

order to prevent absorption of the liquid 

due to respiratory action. Be particularly 

careful that all the water droplets in the 

switch area are cleaned off in the final 

drying process. 

2) Some cleaning liquids (solvents) may 

harm the rubber parts. Use water or a 

weak alkaline water solution. 

3) Ultrasonic cleaning methods may 

damage the internal components or 

contacts. Use immersion or shower 

cleaning methods. In addition to the 

above points, the use of automatic 

cleaning equipment is particularly 

recommended for easy control of the 

process temperature and time.The 

recommended cleaning conditions for the 

Turquoise switches are shown below. 

However, please evaluate the actual 

cleaning process to verify its suitability for 

the switch. 

Recommended Cleaning Method 

Cleaning 

Water or 

weak alkaline 

water solution 

70 deg.C 

3 minutes max. 

Room 

temperature 

1 minute 

max. 

Rinse 

Water 

Room 

temperature 

1 minute 

70 deg.C max. 

3 minutes max. 

Drying 

90 deg.C 

3 minutes min. 

(until the water 

droplets around 

the switch area 

are gone) 

REFERENCE 

1. Dust-protected type 

This type of construction prevents dust 

that is large enough to have an effect on 

operation from getting inside the unit. 

This construction is stipulated by 

protective classes against solid matter in 

the IEC standards (IEC529). 

Test conditions: The switch is left for eight 

hours in a test chamber with a constant 

level of floating pure talc that has passed 

through a standard 75mm sieve, in a 

concentration of 2kg of talc per cubic 

meter of volume in the test chamber. 

2. Immersion-protected type 

This type of construction prevents any 

harmful effects even after the device is 

left underwater at a depth of one meter 

for thirty minutes. This construction is 

stipulated by protective classes against 

water in the IEC standards (IEC529). 

3. IEC’s IP Codes 

The IEC (International Electrotechnical 

Commission) has defined the IP 

characteristic code that represents the 

levels of protection described in IEC 

standard 529. The two numbers that 

follow the IP code (the characteristics 

numbers) indicate the suitability of this 

protection for all environmental 

conditions. 

1st characteristics number 

2nd characteristics number 

IP 

• Level of Protection Indicated by the 1st 

Characteristics Number 

1st 


Number 

Protection level 

(IEC529/Solid matter) 

0 No protection 

Protected against solid 

1 

matter larger than 50mm 


2 

matter larger than 12mm 


3 

matter larger than 2.5mm 


4 

matter larger than 1.0mm 

Dust-protected type 

Prevents dust that is large 

5 enough to have an effect 

on operation from getting 

inside the unit 

Dust-resistant type 

6 Prevents dust from getting 

inside the unit 

• Level of Protection Indicated by the 2nd 

Characteristics Number 

JIS C0920 

Dropletprotected 

type I 

Dropletprotected 

type II 

Rainprotected 

type 

Splashprotected 

type 

Sprayprotected 

type 

Waterresistant 

type 

Immersionprotected 

type 

Underwater 

type 

2nd 


Number 

Protection level 

(IEC529/Liquid 

matter) 

0 No protection 

Protected against 

water droplets that 

1 

fall perpendicular to 

the unit 



2 fall from within 15° 

of perpendicular to 

the unit 



3 fall from within 60° 

of perpendicular to 

the unit 


water that splashes 

4 

on the unit from any 

direction 

Free from adverse 

effects even if 

5 sprayed directly 

with water from any 

direction 


water sprayed 

6 

directly on the unit 

from any direction 

Water does not get 

inside of the unit 

when submerged in 

7 

water according to 

the specified 

conditions 

Unit can be used 

8 

underwater 

Note: Details of test conditions are the same 

as JIS C 0920. Please refer to them. 

16

NEW 

ULTRA-LONG STROKE, 

HIGH CONTACT 

RELIABILITY SEAL 

SWITCHES 

(SAME SIZE AS J TYPE) 

FEATURES 

1. Same size as J type with ultra-long 

stroke. For pin plunger type, it 

maintains an ultra-long stroke O.T. 

(Over Travel) with over 2.2 mm on the 

NO side and over 2.5 mm on the NC 

side. Variations in operation can be 

absorbed. 

2. Since contact pressure does not 

depend on the operation stroke, the 

range of possible use over the entire 

stroke is greatly increased. 

(Please refer to operation concept 

diagram.) 

3. High contact reliability to support 

low level switching loads 

High contact reliability is maintained with 

gold plating on both sides of sliding 

contact. 

4. Highly effective sealing for 

resistance against adverse 

environments 

Immersion protection type 

• JIS C0920 (water-resistance 

experiments for electrical machines and 

protection rating against incursion of 

solid substances) 

D2 

• JIS D0203 (method for testing moisture 

resistance and water resistance in 

automotive components) 

IP67 

• IEC529 (rating for outer shell protection) 

ASQ1 

TURQUOISE 

STROKE 

SWITCHES 

5. Silent operation 

With sliding contact construction there is 

no operation noise. 

6. Direct operation possible from 

lateral direction with pin plunger 

(lever-less operation allows space 

savings) 

7. Contains no harmful substances 

(mercury, lead, sexivalent chrome, 

cadmium) 

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 

1. Automobiles (detection of door 

opening and closing and shift lever 

position, etc.) 

2. Household appliances (propane 

stoves, vacuum cleaners, air 

conditioners, and washing machines, 

etc.) 

ORDERING INFORMATION 

Ex. 

ASQ1 

Type of switch 

ASQ1: Turquoise 

stroke 

switch 

Size of mounting hole 

0: 3 mm .118 inch 

standard type 

1: 3 mm .118 inch 

without boss type 

Terminal 

2: Wire leads right side type (NC and NO type only) 

3: Wire leads left side type (NC and NO type only) 

4: Solder terminal 

5: PC board terminal 

6: Wire leads (bottom type) 

Contact form 

1: SPDS 

2: SPST-NC 

(wire lead type only) 

3: SPST-NO 

(wire lead type only) 

Remark: Not every combination is available. Please refer to the following table, “PRODUCT TYPES”. 

Actuator 

0: Pin plunger 

7: Leaf lever 

8: Simulated leaf lever 

17

ASQ1 

OPERATION CONCEPT DIAGRAM (reference) 

Contact form: terminal type 

Operation load 

TF 

OF 

Operation 

load 

0 

OP (NC) 

Standard (mounting boss and 

hole center diameter or standoff) 

NC 

side 

OT (NC) 

Intermediary OFF range 

Contact pressure 

0 

NO 

side 

Stroke 

OT (NO) 

TTP 

OP (NO) 

FP 

Range of possible use 

NC side 

NO side 

PRODUCT TYPES 

1. Terminal type (Mounting hole: 3mm standard type/3mm without boss type) 

Actuator 

Operating force Max. 

Mounting hole: 3mm standard type 

Solder terminal 

Mounting hole: 3mm without boss type 

PC board terminal 

Pin plunger 1.5N ASQ10410 ASQ11510 

Leaf lever 1.7N ASQ10417 ASQ11517 

Simulated leaf lever 1.5N ASQ10418 ASQ11518 

2. Wire leads bottom type (Mounting hole: 3mm standard type) 

Actuator 


Wire leads bottom type (Mounting hole: 3mm standard type) 

Switching type NC type NO type 

Pin plunger 1.5N ASQ10610 ASQ10620 ASQ10630 

Leaf lever 1.7N ASQ10617 ASQ10627 ASQ10637 

Simulated leaf lever 1.5N ASQ10618 ASQ10628 ASQ10638 

3. Wire leads side type (Mounting hole: 3mm standard type) 

Wire leads right side type 

Wire leads left side type 

Actuator 

Operating force Max. (Mounting hole: 3mm standard type) 

(Mounting hole: 3mm standard type) 

NC type NO type NC type NO type 

Pin plunger 1.5N ASQ10220 ASQ10230 ASQ10320 ASQ10330 

Leaf lever 1.7N ASQ10227 ASQ10237 ASQ10327 ASQ10337 

Simulated leaf lever 1.5N ASQ10228 ASQ10238 ASQ10328 ASQ10338 

RATING 

1. Rating 

1 mA, 5 V DC to 100 mA, 30 V DC 

Note: Please consult us regarding 42 V DC rating. 

2. Operation environment and conditions 

Item 


Ambient and storage temperature 

–40°C to +85°C –40°F to +185°F (no freezing and condensing) 

Allowable operating speed 

30 to 500 mm/sec. 

Max. operating cycle rate 

120 cpm 

Note: When switching at low and high speeds or under vibration, or in high-temperature, high-humidity environments, working life and performance may 

be reduced remarkably depending on the load capacity. Please consult us. 

3. Electrical characteristics 

Withstand voltage (Initial) 

Insulation resistance (Initial) 

Contact resistance (Initial) 

Between non-continuous terminals: 600 Vrms, Between each terminal and other exposed metal parts: 1,500 Vrms, 

Between each terminal and ground: 1,500 Vrms (at detection current of 1 mA) 

Min. 100 MΩ (at 100 V DC insulation resistance meter) (Locations measured same as withstand voltage.) 

Max. 1 Ω (at contact resistance meter) 

18

ASQ1 

4. Characteristics 

Item 


Electrical 

5 V DC 1 mA (resistive load) Min. 5 × 10 5 Switching frequency: 20 times/min. 

Conduction ratio: 1:1 

switching 16 V DC 50 mA (resistive load) Min. 5 × 10 5 

Pushbutton operation speed: 100 mm/s 

life 

30 V DC 100 mA (resistive load) Min. 2 × 10 5 Pushbutton switching position: free position (FP) to operation limit position (TTP) 

Vibration resistance 

(malfunction vibration resistance) 

Shock resistance 

(malfunction shock resistance) 

Vibration resistance endurance 

Terminal strength 

Heat resistance 

Cold resistance 

Humidity resistance 

High-temperature, high-humidity resistance 

Thermal shock resistance 

Water resistance 

Single amplitude: 0.75 mm 

Amplitude of vibration: 10 to 55 Hz (4 minutes cycle) 

Direction and time: 30 minutes each in X, Y and Z directions 

Amplitude of vibration: 5 to 200 Hz (10 minutes cycle) 

Acceleration: 43.1 m/s 2 

Direction and time: 30 minutes each in X, Y and Z directions 

Shock value: 980 m/s 2 

Direction and time: 5 times each in X, Y and Z directions 

Frequency of vibration: 33.3 Hz, Acceleration: 43.1 m/s 2 

Direction and time: 8 hours each in X, Y and Z directions 

6 N min. (each direction) *Terminal deformation possible. 

85°C 185°F 500 houres 

–40°C –40°F 500 houres 

40°C 104°F 95% RH 500 houres 

85°C 185°F 85% RH 500 houres 

30 min. at 85°C 185°F to 30 min at –40°C –40°F for 1,000 cycles 

Submersed for 30 min. under 1 m of water. 

Notes: As long as there are no particular designations, the following conditions apply to the test environment. 

• Ambient temperature: 5 to 35°C 41 to 95°F 

• Relative humidity: 25 to 85% RH 

• Air pressure: 86 to 106 kpa 

5. Protective structure 

1) JIS C0920: Waterproof type 

A concrete testing method is to check for any adverse effect on the structure after leaving it submerged for 30 minutes 

under 1 m 3.281 ft of water (with temperature difference between water and switch no larger than 5°C 41°F). 

2) IEC 529: IP67 (waterproof type) 


under 1 m 3.281 ft of water (with temperature difference between water and switch no larger than 5°C 41°F). 

3) JIS D0203: Equivalent of D2 


under 10 cm 3.937 inch of water (with temperature difference between water and switch no larger than 30°C 86°F). 

Note: Names of the standards can be found in the section describing features. 

6. Operating characteristics 

Actuator Pin plunger Leaf lever Simulated leaf lever 

Operating Force (max. O.F.) * Note 2 1.5N 1.7N 1.5N 

Total travel Force (max. T.F.) (reference value) (2.0N) (3.1N) (2.8N) 

Free Position (max. F.P.) 

From mounting boss and hole center line 9.2mm .362inch 11.5mm .453inch 14.4mm .567inch 

From standoff 13.4mm .528inch 15.7mm .618inch 18.6mm .732inch 

Operating Position on NC side 

O.P. (N.C.) * Note 3 

Operating Position on NO side 

O.P. (N.O.) * Note 4 

From mounting boss and hole center line 

From standoff 

From mounting boss and hole center line 

From standoff 

8.7±0.3mm 

.343±.012inch 

12.9±0.3mm 

.508±.012inch 

8.4±0.3mm 

.331±.012inch 

12.6±0.3mm 

.496±.012inch 

Notes: 1. The above indicates the characteristics when operating the pushbutton from the vertical direction. 

2. Indicates operation load for NO contact to achieve ON status. 

3. Indicates position for NC contact to achieve OFF status. 

4. Indicates position for NO contact to achieve ON status. 

9.8±0.5mm 

.386±.020inch 

14.0±0.5mm 

.551±.020inch 

9.3±0.5mm 

.366±.020inch 

13.5±0.5mm 

.531±.020inch 

12.5±0.5mm 

.492±.020inch 

16.7±0.5mm 

.657±.020inch 

12.0±0.5mm 

.472±.020inch 

16.2±0.5mm 

.638±.020inch 

Over travel on N.C. side (min. O.T. (N.C.)) 2.5mm .098inch 3.1mm .122inch 3.3mm .130inch 

Over travel on N.O. side (min. O.T. (N.O.)) 2.2mm .087inch 2.6mm .102inch 2.8mm .110inch 

Total Travel Position (T.T.P.) From mounting boss and hole center line (5.9mm .232inch) (6.2mm .244inch) (8.7mm .343inch) 

(reference value) 

From standoff (10.1mm .398inch) (10.4mm .409inch) (12.9mm .508inch) 

19

ASQ1 

DIMENSIONS 

mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 

1. Terminal type: Mounting hole 3mm, standard type 

Pin plunger 

FP 13.4 .528 MAX. 

OP (NC) 12.9±0.3 .508±.012 

OP (NO) 12.6±0.3 .496±.012 

TTP (10.1 .398) 

FP 9.2 .362 MAX. 

OP (NC) 8.7±0.3 .343±.012 

OP (NO) 8.4±0.3 .331±.012 

TTP (5.9 .232) 

C 0.3 .012 

13.3±0.15 

.524±.006 

5.4 

.213 

2.7 .106 

3.2±0.1 

.126±.004 

8.3±0.1 .327±.004 

3.0 +0.1 

−0 

.118 +.004 

−0 

5.1 

.201 

3.7 

.146 

5.9 

.232 

4.2 

.165 

8.4±0.2 

.331±.008 

5.4±0.15 

.213±.006 

1.9 dia. 

.075 dia. 

Operating Force (max. O.F.) 1.5N 

Free 

Position 

(max. F.P.) 

Operating 

Position on 

NC side 

O.P. (N.C.) 

Operating 

Position on 

NO side 

O.P. (N.O.) 

From mounting boss 

and hole center line 

From standoff 



From standoff 



From standoff 

Over travel on N.C. side 

(min. O.T. (N.C.)) 

Over travel on N.O. side 

(min. O.T. (N.O.)) 

9.2mm 

.362inch 

13.4mm 

.528inch 

8.7±0.3mm 

.343±.012inch 

12.9±0.3mm 

.508±.012inch 

8.4±0.3mm 

.331±.012inch 

12.6±0.3mm 

.496±.012inch 

2.5mm 

.098inch 

2.2mm 

.087inch 

3.0 +0 

−0.1 dia. 

+0 

.118−.004 

dia. 

1.2 

.047 

2.0 

.079 

1.5 

.059 

3.7 

.146 

0.4 

.016 

3.0 +0.3 

−0.2 

.118 +.012 

−.008 

4.1 

.161 

0.4 

.016 

4.53±0.15 4.53±0.15 

.178±.006 .178±.006 

Leaf lever 

FP 15.7 .618 MAX. 

OP (NC) 14.0±0.5 .551±.020 

OP (NO) 13.5±0.5 .531±.020 

TTP (10.4 .409) 

FP 11.5 .453 MAX. 

OP (NC) 9.8±0.5 .386±.020 

OP (NO) 9.3±0.5 .366±.020 

TTP (6.2 .244) 

C 0.3 .012 

13.3±0.15 

.524±.006 

5.4 

.213 

2.7 .106 

1.9 dia. 

.075 dia. 

14.0 

.551 

(18°) 

3.2±0.1 .126±.004 

8.3±0.1 .327±.004 

1.2 

.047 

0.5 

.020 

R 1.3 .051 

5.1 5.9 

.201 .232 

3.0 +0.1 

−0 

.118 +.004 

−0 

3.7 4.2 

.146 .165 

8.4±0.2 

.331±.008 

5.4±0.15 

.213±.006 

3.3 

.130 


Free 

Position 

(max. F.P.) 

Operating 

Position on 

NC side 

O.P. (N.C.) 

Operating 

Position on 

NO side 

O.P. (N.O.) 



From standoff 



From standoff 



From standoff 


(min. O.T. (N.C.)) 


(min. O.T. (N.O.)) 

11.5mm 

.453inch 

15.7mm 

.618inch 

9.8±0.5mm 

.386±.020inch 

14.0±0.5mm 

.551±.020inch 

9.3±0.5mm 

.366±.020inch 

13.5±0.5mm 

.531±.020inch 

3.1mm 

.122inch 

2.6mm 

.102inch 

3.0 +0 

−0.1 dia. 

+0 

.118−.004 

dia. 

1.2 

.047 

2.0 

.079 

4.53±0.15 4.53±0.15 

.178±.006 .178±.006 

1.5 0.4 

.059 .016 

3.0 +0.3 

−0.2 

.118 +.012 

−.008 

4.1 

.161 

0.4 

.016 

Note: When switching at high speed or under shock, lever endurance may drop. Therefore, 

please be sure to conduct an endurance evaluation under actual switching conditions. 

20

ASQ1 

Simulated leaf lever 


FP 18.6 .732 MAX. 

OP (NC) 16.7±0.5 .657±.020 

OP (NO) 16.2±0.5 .638±.020 

TTP (12.9 .508) 

FP 14.4 .567 MAX. 

OP (NC) 12.5±0.5 .492±.020 

OP (NO) 12.0±0.5 .472±.020 

TTP (8.7 .343) 

R 2.0 

.079 

2.8 

.110 

C 0.3 .012 

5.4 

.213 

2.7 .106 

13.3±0.15 

.524±.006 

1.9 dia. 

.075 dia. 

15.0 

.591 

(18°) 

3.2±0.1 .126±.004 

8.3±0.1 .327±.004 

1.2 

.047 

0.5 

.020 

R 1.3 .051 

5.1 5.9 

.201 .232 

3.0 +0.1 

−0 

.118 +.004 

−0 

3.7 4.2 

.146 .165 

8.4±0.2 

.331±.008 

5.4±0.15 

.213±.006 

3.3 

.130 


Free 

Position 

(max. F.P.) 

Operating 

Position on 

NC side 

O.P. (N.C.) 

Operating 

Position on 

NO side 

O.P. (N.O.) 



From standoff 



From standoff 



From standoff 


(min. O.T. (N.C.)) 


(min. O.T. (N.O.)) 

14.4mm 

.567inch 

18.6mm 

.732inch 

12.5±0.5mm 

.492±.020inch 

16.7±0.5mm 

.657±.020inch 

12.0±0.5mm 

.472±.020inch 

16.2±0.5mm 

.638±.020inch 

3.3mm 

.130inch 

2.8mm 

.110inch 

3.0 +0 

−0.1 dia. 

+0 

.118−.004 

dia. 

1.2 

.047 

2.0 

.079 

4.53±0.15 4.53±0.15 

.178±.006 .178±.006 

1.5 0.4 

.059 .016 

3.0 +0.3 

−0.2 

.118 +.012 

−.008 

4.1 

.161 

0.4 

.016 

Note: When switching at high speed or under shock, lever endurance may drop. Therefore, 

please be sure to conduct an endurance evaluation under actual switching conditions. 

Mounting hole: 3 mm without boss type 


C0.2 .008 

0.9 

.035 

5.08±0.15 5.08±0.15 

.200±.006 .200±.006 

3.0 +0.3 

−0.2 

.118 +.012 

−.008 

PC board pattern 

1.0 +0.1 

−0 

+.004 

−0 

.039 

dia. 

dia. 

5.08±0.1 5.08±0.1 

.200±.004 .200±.004 

21

ASQ1 

2. Wire leads bottom type: Mounting hole 3mm, standard type mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 

FP 9.2 .362 MAX. 

OP (NC) 8.7±0.3 .343±.012 

OP (NO) 8.4±0.3 .331±.012 

TTP (5.9 .232) 

C 0.3 .012 

2.7 .106 

5.4 

.213 

13.3 

.524 

3.2±0.1 

.126±.004 

8.4±0.2 

.331±.008 

5.4±0.15 

.213±.006 

1.9 dia. 

.075 dia. 

3.0 +0.1 

−0 

5.1 5.9 

.118 +.004 

−0 

.201 .232 

3.0 +0 

−0.1 dia. 

+0 

.118−.004 

dia. 

3.2 .126 

8.3±0.1 .327±.004 

3.7 

.146 

4.3 

.169 

4.2 .165 

R 0.3 .012 

2.6 

1.4 dia. .102 

.055 dia. 

5.0±2 

.197±.079 

2.2 

.087 

300±10 

11.811±.394 

3.6 

.142 

R 0.3 .012 

3. Wire leads right side type: Mounting hole 3mm, standard type 

FP 9.2 .362 MAX. 

OP (NC) 8.7±0.3 .343±.012 

OP (NO) 8.4±0.3 .331±.012 

TTP (5.9 .232) 

C 0.3 .012 

2.7 .106 

5.4 

.213 

13.3 

.524 

3.2±0.1 

.126±.004 

3.0 +0.1 

−0 

.118 +.004 

−0 

R 0.5 .020 

8.4±0.2 

.331±.008 

5.4±0.15 

.213±.006 

1.9 dia. 

.075 dia. 

5.1 5.9 

.201 .232 

3.0 +0 

−0.1 dia. 

+0 

.118−.004 

dia. 

8.3±0.1 .327±.004 

3.7 

.146 

1.4 dia. 

.055 dia. 

R 0.5 

.020 

4.3 

.169 

4.5 

.177 

R 0.2 .008 

R 0.5 .020 

2.4 

.094 

300±10 

11.811±.394 

5.0±2 

.197±.079 

5.2 

.205 

22

ASQ1 

4. Wire leads left side type: Mounting hole 3mm, standard type mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 

R 0.5 .020 

1.9 dia. 

.075 dia. 

8.4±0.2 

.331±.008 

5.4±0.15 

.213±.006 

FP 9.2 .362 MAX. 

OP (NC) 8.7±0.3 .343±.012 

OP (NO) 8.4±0.3 .331±.012 

TTP (5.9 .232) 

2.7 

.106 

C 0.3 .012 

5.4 

.213 

13.3 

.524 

3.2±0.1 

.126±.004 3.0 +0.1 

−0 

.118 +.004 

−0 

5.1 5.9 

.201 .232 

R 0.5 

.020 

1.4 dia. 

.055 dia. 

8.3±0.1 .327±.004 

3.7 

.146 

4.5 

.177 

4.3 

.169 

5.2 

.205 

5.0±2 

.197±.079 

300±10 

11.811±.394 

R 0.5 .020 3.0 +0 

−0.1 dia. 

2.4 

+0 

.118−.004 

dia. 

.094 

NOTES 

1. Soldering conditions 

The application of excessive heat upon 

the switch when soldering can cause 

degradation of switch operation. 

Therefore, be sure to keep within the 

conditions given below. 

1) Manual soldering: use soldering irons 

(max. 350°C 662°F, within 3 seconds) 

capable of temperature adjustment. This 

is to prevent deterioration due to 

soldering heat. Care should be taken not 

to apply force to the terminals during 

soldering. 

2) Automatic soldering: Soldering must 

be done as below; 

260°C 500°F: within 6 seconds 


2. Mounting 

Please avoid use in which load would be 

applied to the sides (hatch part (both 

sides) shown below) of the switch in the 

direction indicated by the arrows. This 

could cause erroneous operation. Also, 

when using a metal installation board, 

please make considerations for burr 

direction designation and burr 

suppressing, etc., so that the burr side 

will not be on the switch installation side. 

1) To secure the switch, please use an 

M3 small screw on a flat surface and 

tighten using a maximum torque of 0.29 

N·m. It is recommend that spring 

washers be used with the screws and 

adhesive be applied to lock the screws to 

prevent loosening of the screws. Please 

make sure not to apply adhesive onto the 

moving parts. 

2) Be sure to maintain adequate 



3) Although it is possible to directly 

operate the pin plunger type from the 

lateral direction, please consult us if 

doing so. 

4) After mounting please make sure no 

pulling load will be applied to the switch 

terminals. 

5) Range of possible use: Please set the 

operation position to within the ranges in 

the following table so that there is 

sufficient insulation distance and to 

maintain contact reliability. 

mm inch 

Plunger/lever free 

Actuator From mounting 

boss and hole From standoff 

center line 

Pin 

plunger 

Leaf lever 

Simulated 

leaf lever 

Actuator 

Pin 

plunger 

Leaf lever 

Simulated 

leaf lever 

>9.2 

>.362 

>10.7 

>.421 

>13.5 

>.531 

>10.4 

>.409 

>14.9 

>587 

>17.7 

>697 

Plunger/Lever pushed 

From mounting 

boss and hole From standoff 

center line 

7.8 to 5.9 

.307 to .232 

8.4 to 6.2 

.331 to .244 

11.1 to 8.7 

.437 to .343 

12.0 to 10.1 

.472 to .398 

12.6 to 10.4 

12.6 to .409 

15.3 to 12.9 

15.3 to .508 

3. Cautions regarding the circuit 

1) In order to prevent malfunction in set 

devices caused by bounce and chattering 

during the ON-OFF switch operation, 

please verify the validity of the circuit 

under actual operating conditions and 

temperature range. 

2) When switching inductive loads 

(relays, solenoids, buzzers, etc.), an arc 

absorbing circuit is recommended to 

protect the contacts. 

4. Please verify under actual 

conditions. 

Please be sure to conduct quality 

verification under actual operating 

conditions in order to increase reliability 

during actual use. 

5. Switch selection 

Please make your selection so that there 

will be no problems even if the operating 

characteristics vary up to ±20% from the 

standard values. 

6. Oil-proof and chemical-proof 


The rubber cap swells when exposed to 

oil and chemicals. The extent of swelling 

will vary widely depending on the type 

and amount of oil and chemicals. 

Check with the actual oil or chemicals 

used. 

In particular, be aware that solvents such 

as freon, chlorine, and toluene cannot be 

used. 

23

ASQ1 

7. Environment 

• Although continuous operation of the 

switch is possible within the range of 

ambient temperature (humidity), as the 

humidity range differs depending on the 

ambient temperature, the humidity range 

indicated below should be used. 

Continuous use near the limit of the 

range should be avoided. 

• This humidity range does not guarantee 

permanent performance. 

; 

;;;;; 


95 

Acceptable range 

50 


used at temperatures condensation when 

lower than 0°C 32°F) used at temperatures 


5 

–40 

0 

–40 +32 


;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;;;; 

+85 

+185 

8. Other 

1) Please remember that this switch 

cannot be used under water. Also, 

pleased be warned that switching and 

sudden temperature changes with the 

presence of water droplets can cause 

seepage into the unit. 

2) Keep away from environments where 

silicon based adhesives, oil or grease are 

present as faulty contacts may result 

from silicon oxide. Do not use in areas 

where flammable or explosive gases from 

gasoline and thinner, etc., may be 

present. 

3) When using the lever type, please be 

careful not to apply unreasonable load 

from the reverse or lateral directions of 

operation. 

4) Do not exceed the total travel position 

(TTP) and press the actuator. This could 

cause operation failure. Also, when 

switching at high speed or under shock 

even within the operation limit, the 

working life may decrease. Therefore, 

please be sure to verify the quality under 

actual conditions of use. 

5) Please make considerations so that 

the switch does not become the stopper 

for the moving part. 

24

Dust protected type 

Immersion protected type 

(wire leads bottom type) 

(Mounting hole 

2.3mm .091inch type) 

(Mounting hole 

2.3mm .091inch type) 

HIGH ENVIRONMENTAL 

RESISTANCE 

ABJ1,2,3,4,5 

TURQUOISE 

SWITCHES 

J TYPE (ABJ) 

FEATURES 

• Ultra-miniature size (12.8×6.5×6 mm) (.504×.256×.236 inch) 

• Sealed construction for use in adverse environment-Sealed 

construction by epoxy resin and rubber cap keeps off the cause of 

miscontact such as dust. Conforming to IP67* of IEC protective 

construction classification 

• Elastomer double molding technology, an industry first and ultrasonic 

swaging technology contribute to uniform sealing in high production 

quantities 

• UL/CSA approved 

• Long stroke type is available 

Since the repeatability is excellent and the play distance (overtrabel) from 

the operating position is ample, the task of performing the adjustments 

during installation is an easy one. 

Operating position accuracy ±0.4 mm ±.016 inch 

Overtravel= Min. 2.0 mm .079 inch 

As wide range of high pressure is achieved, a stable reliability is ensured 

• Leaf lever side wire leads type added. We now offer two types. 

M3 type installation hole 

Fixed pin type 

Immersion protected 

(wire leads side type) 

Long stroke type 


• Industrial use video jack 

• Automotives (ex. Device for opening and shutting of automobile 

doors) 

* Based on the protective construction classification of IEC, items which 

satisfy the test requirements are denoted with an IP designation. 


Ex. ABJ 1 4 1 0 4 0 

Type of 

switch 

ABJ: 

Turquoise 

switch 

J type 

Size of mounting hole 

1: 1.2 mm (.047 inch) 

2: 2.3 mm (.091 inch) 

3: 3 mm (.118 inch) 

4: Fixed pin 

(right side pin) type 

5: Fixed pin 

(left side pin) type 

Terminal 



6: Wire leads (bottom type) 

7: Wire leads (right side type) 

8: Wire leads (left side type) 

Contact 

Actuator 

arrangement 

1: SPDT 0: Pin plunger 

2: SPST-NC 2: Hinge lever 

3: SPST-NO 4: Simulated roller lever 

6: Roller lever 

8: Leaf lever (Mounting 

hole 3 mm .118 inch 

lead wire type only) 

L: Long stroke type 

Remarks: 1. Standard packing: Dust protected type 100 pcs./carton, 2,000 pcs./case; Immersion protected type 50 pcs./case. 

2. SPST-NC and SPST-NO are only available for wire leads type. 

3. Leaf lever is only available for wire leads type 

4. Not every combination is available. Please refer to the following table, “PRODUCT TYPES”. 

Operating force by 

pin plunger (max.) 

4: 1.23 N 

6: 1.96 N 

7: 2.45 N 

(Long stroke type only) 

Contact 

0: Silver-alloy 

1: Gold-clad 

25

ABJ1,2,3,4,5 

PRODUCT TYPES 

1. Dust protected type (Terminal type) 

Mounting hole 1.2mm .047inch type / Mounting hole 2.3mm .091inch type 

Silver alloy 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 

Actuator 

Simulated roller lever 

Roller lever 

Operating force 

Max. 

Mounting hole 1.2 mm .047 inch type 

Mounting hole 

2.3 mm .091 inch type 

Solder terminal PC board terminal Solder terminal 

1.23 N ABJ141040 ABJ151040 ABJ241040 

1.96 N ABJ141060 ABJ151060 ABJ241060 

0.39 N ABJ141240 ABJ151240 ABJ241240 

0.64 N ABJ141260 ABJ151260 ABJ241260 

0.39 N ABJ141440 ABJ151440 ABJ241440 

0.64 N ABJ141460 ABJ151460 ABJ241460 

0.39 N ABJ141640 ABJ151640 ABJ241640 

0.64 N ABJ141660 ABJ151660 ABJ241660 

Gold-clad 

Actuator 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


Roller lever 


Max. 

Mounting hole 


2.3 mm .091 inch type 

Solder terminal PC board terminal Solder terminal 

1.23 N ABJ141041 ABJ151041 ABJ241041 

1.96 N ABJ141061 ABJ151061 ABJ241061 

0.39 N ABJ141241 ABJ151241 ABJ241241 

0.64 N ABJ141261 ABJ151261 ABJ241261 

0.39 N ABJ141441 ABJ151441 ABJ241441 

0.64 N ABJ141461 ABJ151461 ABJ241461 

0.39 N ABJ141641 ABJ151641 ABJ241641 

0.64 N ABJ141661 ABJ151661 ABJ241661 

2-(1). Immersion protected type (Bottom wire leads type) 

Mounting hole 1.2mm .047inch type 

Silver alloy 

Actuator 



Max. 

SPDT SPST-NC SPST-NO 

Pin plunger 

1.23 N ABJ161040 ABJ162040 ABJ163040 

1.96 N ABJ161060 ABJ162060 ABJ163060 

Hinge lever 

0.39 N ABJ161240 ABJ162240 ABJ163240 

0.64 N ABJ161260 ABJ162260 ABJ163260 


0.39 N ABJ161440 ABJ162440 ABJ163440 

0.64 N ABJ161460 ABJ162460 ABJ163460 

Roller lever 

0.39 N ABJ161640 ABJ162640 ABJ163640 

0.64 N ABJ161660 ABJ162660 ABJ163660 


Gold-clad 

Actuator 



Max. 


Pin plunger 

1.23 N ABJ161041 ABJ162041 ABJ163041 

1.96 N ABJ161061 ABJ162061 ABJ163061 

Hinge lever 

0.39 N ABJ161241 ABJ162241 ABJ163241 

0.64 N ABJ161261 ABJ162261 ABJ163261 


0.39 N ABJ161441 ABJ162441 ABJ163441 

0.64 N ABJ161461 ABJ162461 ABJ163461 

Roller lever 

0.39 N ABJ161641 ABJ162641 ABJ163641 

0.64 N ABJ161661 ABJ162661 ABJ163661 

Remarks: When ordering UL/CSA approved types, please attach suffix “9” to the part number. 

26

ABJ1,2,3,4,5 


Silver alloy 

Actuator 



Max. 


Pin plunger 

1.23 N ABJ261040 ABJ262040 ABJ263040 

1.96 N ABJ261060 ABJ262060 ABJ263060 

Hinge lever 

0.39 N ABJ261240 ABJ262240 ABJ263240 

0.64 N ABJ261260 ABJ262260 ABJ263260 


0.39 N ABJ261440 ABJ262440 ABJ263440 

0.64 N ABJ261460 ABJ262460 ABJ263460 

Roller lever 

0.39 N ABJ261640 ABJ262640 ABJ263640 

0.64 N ABJ261660 ABJ262660 ABJ263660 

Gold-clad 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 

Mounting hole 3mm .118inch type (Leaf lever type) 

Silver alloy 


Mounting hole 3 mm type 

Actuator 

Max. 


0.98 N ABJ361840 ABJ362840 ABJ363840 

Leaf lever 

1.27 N ABJ361860 ABJ362860 ABJ363860 

Gold-clad 

2-(2). Immersion protected type (Side wire leads type) 

Fixed pin (right side pin) type 

Silver alloy 


Wire leads type 

Actuator 

Wire leads direction 

Max. 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

1.27 N Right ABJ472840 ABJ473840 

1.27 N Left ABJ482840 — 

Leaf lever 

1.76 N Right ABJ472860 ABJ473860 

1.76 N Left ABJ482860 — 

Gold-clad 

Actuator 


Roller lever 

Leaf lever 

Leaf lever 

Actuator 

Actuator 



Max. 


1.23 N ABJ261041 ABJ262041 ABJ263041 

1.96 N ABJ261061 ABJ262061 ABJ263061 

0.39 N ABJ261241 ABJ262241 ABJ263241 

0.64 N ABJ261261 ABJ262261 ABJ263261 

0.39 N ABJ261441 ABJ262241 ABJ263441 

0.64 N ABJ261461 ABJ262461 ABJ263461 

0.39 N ABJ261641 ABJ262641 ABJ263641 

0.64 N ABJ261661 ABJ262661 ABJ263661 


Mounting hole 3 mm type 

Max. 


0.98 N ABJ361841 ABJ362841 ABJ363841 

1.27 N ABJ361861 ABJ362861 ABJ363861 




Max. 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

1.27 N Right ABJ472841 ABJ473841 

1.27 N Left ABJ482841 — 

1.76 N Right ABJ472861 ABJ473861 

1.76 N Left ABJ482861 — 

Fixed pin (left side pin) type 

Silver alloy 



Actuator 


Max. 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

1.27 N Right ABJ572840 ABJ573840 

1.27 N Left ABJ582840 — 

Leaf lever 

1.76 N Right ABJ572860 ABJ573860 

1.76 N Left ABJ582860 — 


27

ABJ1,2,3,4,5 

Gold-clad 

Leaf lever 

Mounting hole 3mm .118inch type 

Silver alloy 

Leaf lever 

Gold-clad 

Leaf lever 

Actuator 

Actuator 

Actuator 


Max. 

3. Immersion protected type (Bottom wire leads type) Long stroke type 


Silver alloy 


Mounting hole 2.3 mm type 

Actuator 

Max. 


Pin plunger (Horizontal) 2.45 N *ABJ261L70 ABJ262L70 ABJ263L70 


APPLICABLE CURRENT RANGE 


SPST-NC 


SPST-NO 

1.27 N Right ABJ572841 ABJ573841 

1.27 N Left ABJ582841 — 

1.76 N Right ABJ572861 ABJ573861 

1.76 N Left ABJ582861 — 




Max. 

SPST-NC 

1.27 N 

ABJ382840 

Left 

1.76 N ABJ382860 




Max. 

SPST-NC 

1.27 N 

ABJ382841 

Left 

1.76 N ABJ382861 

Gold-clad 


Mounting hole 2.3 mm type 

Actuator 

Max. 


Pin plunger (Horizontal) 2.45 N *ABJ261L71 ABJ262L71 ABJ263L71 

Contact 

Applicable current 

range 

1mA 0.1A 1A 2A 

Max. operating force for 

operation (at pin plunger) 

1.23 N 1.96 N 

Ag 

Au 

SPECIFICATIONS 

1. Contact rating 

Type Operating force Max. Standard rating Low-level circuit rating 


1.76 N, 1.96 N 

2 A 125 V AC 

2 A 30 V DC 

— 

1.23 N, 1.27 N 

1 A 125 V AC 

1 A 30 V DC 

— 






2.45 N 

1.23 N, 1.27 N 

1.76 N, 1.96 N 

2.45 N 

1 A 125 V AC 

1 A 30 V DC 

0.1 A 125 V AC 

0.1 A 125 V AC 

0.1 A 30 V DC 

— 

5 mA 6 V DC 

2 mA 12 V DC 

1 mA 24 V DC 

5 mA 6 V DC 

2 mA 12 V DC 

1 mA 24 V DC 

28

ABJ1,2,3,4,5 


Mechanical life 

(O.T.: Specified value) 

Electrical life at rated load 

(O.T.: max.) 

Insulation resistance 

Leaf lever, Long stroke type 

Wire leads (right & left side type) 

Other types 

Silver alloy contact type 

Gold-clad contact type 

Dielectric strength 

Between non-continuous terminals 

Between each terminal and other exposed metal parts 

Between each terminal and ground 

Vibration resistance (Pin plunger type) 

Shock resistance (Pin plunger type) 


Allowable operating speed (at no load) 

Max. operating cycle rate (at no load) 

Ambient temperature 

Unit weight 

Silver contact type 

Gold clad contact type 

Min. 5×10 5 (at 60 cpm) 

Min. 3×10 5 (at 60 cpm) 

Min. 10 6 (at 60 cpm) 

Min. 3×10 4 (at 20 cpm) 

Min. 10 5 (at 20 cpm) 

Min. 100 MΩ (at 500 V DC insulation resistance meter) 

600 Vrms 

1,500 Vrms 

1,500 Vrms 

10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.75 mm (Contact opening max. 1 msec.) 

Min. 294 m/s 2 {30 G} (Contact opening max. 1 msec.) 

Dust protected type (IP50): Max. 50 mΩ 

Immersion protected type (IP67): Max. 100 mΩ 

(By voltage drop 1 A 6 to 8 V DC) 



(By voltage drop 0.1 A 6 to 8 V DC) 

1 to 500 mm/sec. 

Other type: 120 cpm 

Long stroke type: 60 cpm 

–40°C to +85°C –40°F to +185°F 

Approx. 0.5 g .018 oz (IP50 type) 


Type of actuator 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


Roller lever 

Leaf lever 

Operating force, 

Max. 

Release force, 

Min 

1.23N 0.15N 

1.96N 0.25N 

0.39N 0.029N 

0.64N 0.049N 

0.39N 0.029N 

0.64N 0.049N 

0.39N 0.029N 

0.64N 0.049N 

Pretravel, 

Max. mm inch 

Movement 

differential, 

Max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

Min. mm inch 

0.6 .024 0.12 .005 0.25 .010 

3.0 .118 0.5 .020 0.5 .020 

3.0 .118 0.5 .020 0.5 .020 

3.0 .118 0.5 .020 0.5 .020 

0.98N 0.20N 6.0 .236 1.0 .039 2.5 .098 

1.27N 0.22N 2.6 .102 0.5 .020 1.4 .055 

1.76N 0.26N 2.6 .102 0.5 .020 1.4 .055 

1.27N 0.29N 6.0 .236 1.0 .039 2.5 .098 

Operating position, 

mm inch 

Mounting hole: 1.2 .047 

5.5±0.2 .217 ±.008 


7.0±0.2 .276 ±.008 


6.8±1.0 .286 ±.039 


8.3±1.0 .327 ±.039 


9.8±1.0 .386 ±.039 


11.3±1.0 .445 ±.039 


13.1 ±1.0 .516 ±.039 


14.6±1.0 .575 ±.039 


16.0±2.0 .630 ±.079 


10.7±0.7 .421 ±.076 


16.25±0.7 .640 ±.076 


10.7±0.7 .421 ±.076 


16.25±0.7 .640 ±.076 


16.0±2.0 .630 ±.079 

Long stroke type 2.45N 0.20N — 0.5 .020 2.0 .079 2.5±0.4 .098 ±.016 

Note: The O.P. differs between the 1.2 mm and 2.3 mm dia. installation hole types. 

29

ABJ1,2,3,4,5 

DIMENSIONS 


1. Dust protected type 

1-(1) PC board terminal 


Pin plunger 

5.4±0.3 

0.213±.012 

Pretravel 0.6Max. 

.024Max 

1.5 dia 

.059 dia 

1.2±0.05 dia. 

.047±.002 dia. 

5.0±0.15 

.197±.006 

Operating Position 

1.0 

5.5±0.2 

0.0394 .217±.008 

1.1±0.12 

.043±.005 

5.08±0.1 

.200±.039 

5.08±0.1 

.200±.039 

1.5±0.1 

.059±.004 

0.9 

.035 

+0.12 

2-0 

dia. 

+.005 

.079-0 

6.5±0.1 

.256±.004 

5.08±0.15 5.08±0.15 

.200±.006 .200±.006 

12.8±0.15 

.504±.006 

5.50 

.217 

6-C 0.3 

6-C .012 

1.6 

.063 

4.4 

.173 

6 

.236 

1.5±0.12 

.059±.005 

t=0.4 

.016 

1.25±0.12 

.049±.005 

Pretravel, Max. mm inch 0.6 .024 

Movement differential, Max. mm inch 0.12 .005 

Overtravel, Min. mm inch 0.25 .010 

Operating 

position 

Distance from mounting 

hole, mm inch 

Distance from stand-off, 

mm inch 

5.5±0.2 

.217 ±.088 

7±0.3 

.276 ±.012 

Hinge lever 

8.6 4.4±0.4 

.339 .173±.016 

R13.3 

.524 


.118Max 

3 

.118 

1.2±0.05 dia. 

.047±.002 dia. 

4.2 

.165 


6.8±1.0 

.268±.039 

8.3±1.2 

.327±.047 

5.08±0.1 

.200±.039 

5.08±0.1 

.200±.039 




Operating 

position 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

6.8±1.0 

.267 ±.039 

8.3±1.2 

.327 ±.047 


R13.2 

.520 

R2.5 

.098 

3.3±0.4 

.130±.016 


.118Max 

3 

.118 

1.2±0.05 dia. 

.047±.002 dia. 

5.08±0.1 5.08±0.1 

.200±.039 .200±.039 


9.8±1.0 

.386±.039 

11.3±1.2 

.445±.047 




Operating 

position 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

9.8±1.0 

.386 ±.039 

11.3±1.2 

.445 ±.047 

Roller lever 

3.4–0.4 

.134–.016 


.118Max 

2.2 

.087 

1.2–0.05 dia. 

.047–.002 dia. 

R13.8 

R.543 

4.8 dia. 

.189 dia. 


13.1–1.0 14.6–1.2 

.516 –.039 .575–.047 

5.08–0.1 5.08–0.1 

.200–.039 .200–.039 




Operating 

position 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

13.1±1.0 

.516 ±.039 

14.6±1.0 

.575 ±.039 

30

ABJ1,2,3,4,5 

1-(2) Solder terminal mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 

Pin plunger 

Mounting hole: 1.2 mm .047 inch 


5.4±0.3 

0.213±.012 


.024Max 

1.5 dia 

.059 dia 

4.6±0.3 

0.181±.012 

Pretravel 0.6Max 

.024Max 

1.5 dia 

.059 dia 

5±0.15 

.197±.006 

1.5 

.059 


1.0 

5.5±0.2 

0.0394 .217±.008 

6.5±0.15 

.256±.006 

+0.1 

2.4-.05 

.094 +.004 

-.002 

5.7 

.224 


7±0.2 

.276±.008 

1.5±0.1 

.059±.004 

1.2 

.047 

+0.12 

2-1.2-0 dia. 

+.005 

2-0.47-0 

dia. 

6.5±0.1 

.256±.004 

5.08±0.15 5.08±0.15 

.200±.006 .200±.006 

12.8±0.15 

.504±.006 

2.2 

.087 

5 

.197 

6-C 0.3 

6-C .012 

0.4 

.016 

4.4 

.173 

6 

.236 

1.5 

.059 

2 

.079 

0.5 

.020 

5.08±0.15 

.200±.006 

1.2 

.047 4.8±0.1 

.189±.004 

6 

.236 

12.8±0.15 

.504±.006 

1.7 

.067 

2.2 

.087 

5.08±0.15 

.200±.006 

dia. 

+0.1 

2.4-0.05 

+.004 

.094-.002 dia. 

6 

.236 

0.4 

.016 

Remarks: Dimensions of the actuator type are the same as corresponding PC board terminal types. 

2. Immersion protected type 

2-(1) Bottom wire leads type 

Pin plunger 



13.9 

.547 

6.5±0.15 

.256±.006 

7.50 

.295 

8.2 

.323 

300±10 

11.811±.394 

5±2 

.197±.079 

6 

.236 

Thickness of the lead 

wire: 0.3 mm 2 

UL/CSA approved type: 

AWG #20 

Color of the lead wire: 

COM...Black 

N.C. ...Red 

N.O. ...White 

COM N.O. N.C. 

13.9±0.4 

.547±.016 

300±10 

11.811±.394 

5±2 

.197±.079 

Thickness of the lead 

wire: 0.3 mm 2 


AWG #20 


COM ...Black 

N.C. ....Red 

N.O. ...White 

Remarks: 1. As for M1.2 type, other dimensions are the same as those of corresponding PC board terminal types. 

As for M2.3 type, other dimensions are the same as those of corresponding solder terminal types. 

2. Dimensions of the actuator type are the same as corresponding PC board terminal types. 

31

ABJ1,2,3,4,5 

Leaf lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 

Mounting hole: 3 mm .118 inch 

13±0.1 

.512±.004 

4.8±0.3 

.189±.012 

8.6±1 2.5 

.339±.039 .098 

Pretravel 6 max. 

.236 max. 

R2.5 

.098 

9 

.354 

5 

.197 

Free Position 

(19.0) 

(.748) 

5 

.197 

9.25 

.364 

3.1 

+0.1 

–0.05 

.122 +.004 

–.002 

3.3 

.130 


(16±2) 

(.630±.079) 

Totaltravel Position 

(11.5 min.) 

(.453) 

6.5 

.256 

3 

.118 

+0 

-0.15 

+0 

-.006 

dia. 

dia. 

4.4 

.173 

7.5 

.295 

R3.25 

.128 

20.0±0.4 

.787±.016 

300±10 

11.811±.394 

5±2 

.197±.079 

6 

.236 


Movement differential, 

Max. mm inch 

1.0 .039 

Overtravel, Min mm inch 2.5 .098 

Operating 

position 

Distance from 

mounting hole, 

mm inch 

16.0±2.0 

.630 ±.079 

2-(2) Side wire leads type 


Right side pin type 

Right wire leads type 

6.7 

.264 

6.0 

.236 

5.0 

.197 

5.0 −0.2 

+0.0 

.197 −.008 

+0 

Free position (F.P.) 

13.05 .514 max. 

Operating position (O.P.) 

10.7 ±0.7 .421 ±.028 

Totaltravel position (T.T.P.) 

(8.55)(.337) 

R2.0 

.079 

C0.2 

.008 

9.53 ±0.1 

.375 ±.004 

2.2 ±0.05 dia. 

2.6 ±0.05 

.102 ±.002 

9.53 

.375 

7.6 ±1.0 

.299 ±.039 .272 ±.012 

.087 ±.002 dia. 

6.9 ±0.3 

3.45 

.136 

2.6 ±0.05 

8.55 

.102 ±.002 .337 

16.65 

.656 

5 ±2 

300 ±10 

11.811 ±.394 .197 ±.079 



Max. mm inch 

0.5 .020 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

10.7±0.7 

.421 ±.028 

32

ABJ1,2,3,4,5 

Left wire leads type mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 

6.7 

.264 

6.0 

.236 

5.0 

.197 

5.0 −0.2 

+0.0 

.197 −.008 

+0 


13.05 .514 max. 


10.7 ±0.7 .421 ±.028 


(8.55)(.337) 

R2.0 

.079 

C0.2 

.008 

9.53 ±0.1 

.375 ±.004 

2.2 ±0.05 dia. 

.087 ±.002 dia. 

2.6 ±0.05 

.102 ±.002 

9.53 

.375 

7.6 ±1.0 

6.9 ±0.3 

.299 ±.039 

3.45 

.136 

2.6 ±0.05 

8.55 

.102 ±.002 .337 

5 ±2 

.197 ±.079 300 ±10 

16.65 

11.811 ±.394 

.656 

.272 ±.012 



Max. mm inch 

0.5 .020 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

10.7±0.7 

.421 ±.028 

Left side pin type 

Right wire leads type 

9.53 

.375 

2.6 ±0.05 

C0.2 .102 ±.002 

.008 2.2 ±0.05 dia. 

.087 ±.002 dia. 

9.53 ±0.1 

.375 ±.004 

5.0 −0.2 

+0.0 

.197 −.008 

+0 

6.7 

.264 

6.0 

.236 

R2.0 

5.0 

.079 

.197 

7.6 ±1.0 

6.9 ±0.3 

.299 ±.039 .272 ±.012 

3.45 

.136 

2.6 ±0.05 

8.55 

.102 ±.002 .337 


13.05 .514 max. 


10.7 ±0.7 .421 ±.028 


(8.55)(.337) 

16.65 

.656 

5 ±2 

300 ±10 

11.811 ±.394 .197 ±.079 



Max. mm inch 

0.5 .020 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

10.7±0.7 

.421 ±.028 

Left wire leads type 

C0.2 

.008 

9.53 

.375 

2.6 ±0.05 

.102 ±.002 

2.2 ±0.05 dia. 

.087 ±.002 dia. 

9.53 ±0.1 

.375 ±.004 

5.0 −0.2 

+0.0 

.197 −.008 

+0 

6.7 

.264 

6.0 

.236 

R2.0 

5.0 

.079 

.197 

7.6 ±1.0 

6.9 ±0.3 

.299 ±.039 .272 ±.012 

3.45 

.136 

2.6 ±0.05 

8.55 

.102 ±.002 .337 

5 ±2 

.197 ±.079 300 ±10 

16.65 

11.811 ±.394 

.656 


13.05 .514 max. 


10.7 ±0.7 .421 ±.028 


(8.55)(.337) 



Max. mm inch 

0.5 .020 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

10.7±0.7 

.421 ±.028 

33

ABJ1,2,3,4,5 

Mounting hole 3mm .118 inch type mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 

3.0 −0.1 

+0 

dia. 

.118 −.004 

+0 

dia. 

8.4 −0.3 

+0.1 

.331 −.012 

+.004 

6.0 +0.2 

−0.15 

.236 −.006 

+.008 

5.0 

.197 


18.6 .732 max. 


16.25 ±0.7 .640 ±.028 


(14.1)(.555) 

R2.0 

.079 

C0.30 

.012 

5.8 ±1.0 

12.3 

.228 ±.039 .484 

1.85 ±0.3 

.073 ±.012 

9.0 

.354 

5 ±2 

4.0 13.0 ±0.1 

.197 ±.079 .157 .512 ±.004 

300 ±10 

19.6 

11.811 ±.394 

.772 

3.1 −0 

+0.1 

.122 −0 

+.004 

3.3 

.130 6.0 

.236 



Max. mm inch 

0.5 .020 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

16.25±0.7 

.640 ±.028 

3. Immersion protected type (Bottom wire leads type) Long stroke type 



3.2 .126 max. 


2.5 ±0.4 .098 ±.016 2.0 dia. 

.079 dia. 

16.7 

4.95 

.657 

1.0 .195 12.8 

.039 

.504 

6.0 ±0.15 

.236 ±.006 

8.1 2.4 −0.05 

+0.1 

.319 .236 +.004 

8.2 

.323 

300 ±10 

11.811 ±.394 

.764 

−.002 

19.4 

2.5 ±0.1 

.098 ±.004 

4.8 ±0.1 

.189 ±.004 

+0.1 

2.4 dia. 

.236 −0.05 

+.004 

dia. 

−.002 

9.0 

.354 

6.0 

.236 

+0. 

3.0 dia. 

.118 −0.15 

+0 

−.006 dia. 

C0.6 

.024 

5 ±2 

.197 ±.079 

COM NO NC 

13.9 ±0.4 

.547 ±.016 


Max. mm inch 

0.5 .020 


Operating position 

2.5 ±0.4 

.098±.016 

34



RESISTANCE 

ABS1,4,5 

VDE 

TURQUOISE 

SWITCHES 

S TYPE (ABS) 

FEATURES 

• Subminiature size (19.8×11.1×6.4 mm) (.780×.437×.252 inch) 

• Sealed construction for use in adverse environment-Sealed construction by 

epoxy resin and rubber cap keeps off the cause of miscontact such as dust. 

Conforming to IP67* of IEC protective construction classification 

• Elastomer double molding technology, an industry first and ultrasonic swaging 

technology contribute to uniform sealing in high production quantities 

• Expansion of low-level circuit type 

• We offer an Au clad 2-ply contact type (for small loads) that we developed 

specifically for small current and voltage loads in the range of 1 mA to 100 mA 

and 5 V to 30 V. 

• UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO approved 

(AS for gold-clad twin layer, VDE and SEMKO are not approved.) 

* Based on the protective construction classification of IEC, items which satisfy the test 

requirements are denoted with an IP designation. 


• Automotives 

• Home appliances (vacuum cleaner, air purifier) 

• Others (gas cookingrange, water vallet) 

Ex. ABS 1 1 1 0 4 0 

Type of 

switch 

ABS: 

Turquoise switch 

S type 

Wire and 

terminal position 

1: Straight type 

4: Right angle 

5: Left angle 

Terminal 

1: .110 quick-connect 

terminal 



6: Wire leads 

Contact 

arrangement 

1: SPDT 

2: SPST-NC 

3: SPST-NO 

Actuator 


1: Short hinge lever 

2: Hinge lever 

3: Long hinge lever 

4: Simulated roller lever 


8: Leaf lever 

Remarks: 1. Standard packing: Dust protected type 100 pcs./carton, 1,000 pcs./case; Immersion protected type 50 pcs./case. 

2. SPST-NC and SPST-NO are only available for wire leads type. 

3. Leaf lever is only available for wire leads type 

4. As for wire position: 



4: 0.98 N {100 gf} 

5: 1.47 N {150 gf} 

Contact 


1: Gold-clad 

triple layer 

4: Gold-clad 

double layer 

Straight type 

Wire opposite to the 

actuator side type 

(Right angle) 

Wire actuator side type 

(Left angle) 


35

ABS1,4,5 

PRODUCT TYPES 


Silver alloy 

Pin plunger 

Actuator 

Short hinge lever 

Hinge lever 

Long hinge lever 


Roller lever 


Max. 

.110 

quick-connect 

terminal 



Terminal position 

Straight Right angle Left angle 

0.98 N ABS111040 ABS141040 ABS151040 ABS451040 ABS551040 












Gold-clad triple layer 

Actuator 

Pin plunger 


Hinge lever 



Roller lever 

.110 



quick-connect Solder terminal 


Max. 

terminal 














Gold-clad double layer 

Pin plunger 

Actuator 


Hinge lever 



Roller lever 

.110 



quick-connect Solder terminal 


Max. 

terminal 














Remarks: When ordering UL/CSA approved types, please attach suffix “9" to the part number. 

When ordering VDE/SEMKO approved types, please attach suffix “8" to the part number. 

36

2. Immersion protected type (3 wire leads type SPDT) 

Silver alloy 

Pin plunger 

Actuator 


Hinge lever 



Roller lever 


Max. 

SPDT 

Wire position 

ABS1,4,5 


0.98 N ABS161040 ABS461040 ABS561040 

1.47 N ABS161050 ABS461050 ABS561050 

0.39 N ABS161140 ABS461140 ABS561140 

0.59 N ABS161150 ABS461150 ABS561150 

0.34 N ABS161240 ABS461240 ABS561240 

0.54 N ABS161250 ABS461250 ABS561250 

0.25 N ABS161340 ABS461340 ABS561340 

0.44 N ABS161350 ABS461350 ABS561350 

0.34 N ABS161440 ABS461440 ABS561440 

0.54 N ABS161450 ABS461450 ABS561450 

0.39 N ABS161640 ABS461640 ABS561640 

0.59 N ABS161650 ABS461650 ABS561650 


Actuator 

Pin plunger 


Hinge lever 



Roller lever 

SPDT 


Wire position 

Max. 


0.98 N ABS161041 ABS461041 ABS561041 

1.47 N ABS161051 ABS461051 ABS561051 

0.39 N ABS161141 ABS461141 ABS561141 

0.59 N ABS161151 ABS461151 ABS561151 

0.34 N ABS161241 ABS461241 ABS561241 

0.54 N ABS161251 ABS461251 ABS561251 

0.25 N ABS161341 ABS461341 ABS561341 

0.44 N ABS161351 ABS461351 ABS561351 

0.34 N ABS161441 ABS461441 ABS561441 

0.54 N ABS161451 ABS461451 ABS561451 

0.39 N ABS161641 ABS461641 ABS561641 

0.59 N ABS161651 ABS461651 ABS561651 


Pin plunger 

Actuator 


Hinge lever 



Roller lever 

SPDT 


Wire position 

Max. 


0.98 N ABS161044 ABS461044 ABS561044 

1.47 N ABS161054 ABS461054 ABS561054 

0.39 N ABS161144 ABS461144 ABS561144 

0.59 N ABS161154 ABS461154 ABS561154 

0.34 N ABS161244 ABS461244 ABS561244 

0.54 N ABS161254 ABS461254 ABS561254 

0.25 N ABS161344 ABS461344 ABS561344 

0.44 N ABS161354 ABS461354 ABS561354 

0.34 N ABS161444 ABS461444 ABS561444 

0.54 N ABS161454 ABS461454 ABS561454 

0.39 N ABS161644 ABS461644 ABS561644 

0.59 N ABS161654 ABS461654 ABS561654 



37

ABS1,4,5 

3. Immersion protected type (2 wire leads type SPST-NC) 

Silver alloy 

Pin plunger 

Actuator 


Hinge lever 



Roller lever 


Max. 

SPST-NC 

Wire position 


0.98 N ABS162040 ABS462040 ABS562040 

1.47 N ABS162050 ABS462050 ABS562050 

0.39 N ABS162140 ABS462140 ABS562140 

0.59 N ABS162150 ABS462150 ABS562150 

0.34 N ABS162240 ABS462240 ABS562240 

0.54 N ABS162250 ABS462250 ABS562250 

0.25 N ABS162340 ABS462340 ABS562340 

0.44 N ABS162350 ABS462350 ABS562350 

0.34 N ABS162440 ABS462440 ABS562440 

0.54 N ABS162450 ABS462450 ABS562450 

0.39 N ABS162640 ABS462640 ABS562640 

0.59 N ABS162650 ABS462650 ABS562650 


Actuator 

Pin plunger 


Hinge lever 



Roller lever 

SPST-NC 


Wire position 

Max. 


0.98 N ABS162041 ABS462041 ABS562041 

1.47 N ABS162051 ABS462051 ABS562051 

0.39 N ABS162141 ABS462141 ABS562141 

0.59 N ABS162151 ABS462151 ABS562151 

0.34 N ABS162241 ABS462241 ABS562241 

0.54 N ABS162251 ABS462251 ABS562251 

0.25 N ABS162341 ABS462341 ABS562341 

0.44 N ABS162351 ABS462351 ABS562351 

0.34 N ABS162441 ABS462441 ABS562441 

0.54 N ABS162451 ABS462451 ABS562451 

0.39 N ABS162641 ABS462641 ABS562641 

0.59 N ABS162651 ABS462651 ABS562651 


Pin plunger 

Actuator 


Hinge lever 



Roller lever 

SPST-NC 


Wire position 

Max. 


0.98 N ABS162044 ABS462044 ABS562044 

1.47 N ABS162054 ABS462054 ABS562054 

0.39 N ABS162144 ABS462144 ABS562144 

0.59 N ABS162154 ABS462154 ABS562154 

0.34 N ABS162244 ABS462244 ABS562244 

0.54 N ABS162254 ABS462254 ABS562254 

0.25 N ABS162344 ABS462344 ABS562344 

0.44 N ABS162354 ABS462354 ABS562354 

0.34 N ABS162444 ABS462444 ABS562444 

0.54 N ABS162454 ABS462454 ABS562454 

0.39 N ABS162644 ABS462644 ABS562644 

0.59 N ABS162654 ABS462654 ABS562654 



38

4. Immersion protected type (2 wire leads type SPST-NO) 

Silver alloy 

Pin plunger 

Actuator 


Hinge lever 



Roller lever 


Max. 

SPST-NO 

Wire position 

ABS1,4,5 


0.98 N ABS163040 ABS463040 ABS563040 

1.47 N ABS163050 ABS463050 ABS563050 

0.39 N ABS163140 ABS463140 ABS563140 

0.59 N ABS163150 ABS463150 ABS563150 

0.34 N ABS163240 ABS463240 ABS563240 

0.54 N ABS163250 ABS463250 ABS563250 

0.25 N ABS163340 ABS463340 ABS563340 

0.44 N ABS163350 ABS463350 ABS563350 

0.34 N ABS163440 ABS463440 ABS563440 

0.54 N ABS163450 ABS463450 ABS563450 

0.39 N ABS163640 ABS463640 ABS563640 

0.59 N ABS163650 ABS463650 ABS563650 


Actuator 

Pin plunger 


Hinge lever 



Roller lever 

SPST-NO 


Wire position 

Max. 


0.98 N ABS163041 ABS463041 ABS563041 

1.47 N ABS163051 ABS463051 ABS563051 

0.39 N ABS163141 ABS463141 ABS563141 

0.59 N ABS163151 ABS463151 ABS563151 

0.34 N ABS163241 ABS463241 ABS563241 

0.54 N ABS163251 ABS463251 ABS563251 

0.25 N ABS163341 ABS463341 ABS563341 

0.44 N ABS163351 ABS463351 ABS563351 

0.34 N ABS163441 ABS463441 ABS563441 

0.54 N ABS163451 ABS463451 ABS563451 

0.39 N ABS163641 ABS463641 ABS563641 

0.59 N ABS163651 ABS463651 ABS563651 


Pin plunger 

Actuator 


Hinge lever 



Roller lever 

SPST-NO 


Wire position 

Max. 


0.98 N ABS163044 ABS463044 ABS563044 

1.47 N ABS163054 ABS463054 ABS563054 

0.39 N ABS163144 ABS463144 ABS563144 

0.59 N ABS163154 ABS463154 ABS563154 

0.34 N ABS163244 ABS463244 ABS563244 

0.54 N ABS163254 ABS463254 ABS563254 

0.25 N ABS163344 ABS463344 ABS563344 

0.44 N ABS163354 ABS463354 ABS563354 

0.34 N ABS163444 ABS463444 ABS563444 

0.54 N ABS163454 ABS463454 ABS563454 

0.39 N ABS163644 ABS463644 ABS563644 

0.59 N ABS163654 ABS463654 ABS563654 



39

ABS1,4,5 

5. Immersion protected type (3 wire leads type SPDT) 

• Leaf lever type 

Silver alloy 

Leaf lever 

Actuator 


Max. 

SPDT 

Wire position 


0.88 N ABS161840 ABS461840 ABS561840 

1.08 N ABS161850 ABS461850 ABS561850 


Actuator 

Leaf lever 


Actuator 

Leaf lever 

SPDT 


Wire position 

Max. 


0.88 N ABS161841 ABS461841 ABS561841 

1.08 N ABS161851 ABS461851 ABS561851 

SPDT 


Wire position 

Max. 


0.88 N ABS161844 ABS461844 ABS561844 

1.08 N ABS161854 ABS461854 ABS561854 

6. Immersion protected type (2 wire leads type SPST-NC) 


Silver alloy 

SPST-NC 


Actuator 

Wire position 

Max. 


0.88 N ABS162840 ABS462840 ABS562840 

Leaf lever 

1.08 N ABS162850 ABS462850 ABS562850 


Actuator 

Leaf lever 


Actuator 

Leaf lever 

SPST-NC 


Wire position 

Max. 


0.88 N ABS162841 ABS462841 ABS562841 

1.08 N ABS162851 ABS462851 ABS562851 

SPST-NC 


Wire position 

Max. 


0.88 N ABS162844 ABS462844 ABS562844 

1.08 N ABS162854 ABS462854 ABS562854 

7. Immersion protected type (2 wire leads type SPST-NO) 


Silver alloy 

SPST-NO 


Actuator 

Wire position 

Max. 


0.88 N ABS163840 ABS463840 ABS563840 

Leaf lever 

1.08 N ABS163850 ABS463850 ABS563850 


Leaf lever 

Actuator 

SPST-NO 


Wire position 

Max. 


0.88 N ABS163841 ABS463841 ABS563841 

1.08 N ABS163851 ABS463851 ABS563851 



40


Leaf lever 

Actuator 


Max. gf 



SPST-NO 

Wire position 

ABS1,4,5 


0.89 N ABS163844 ABS463844 ABS563844 

1.08 N ABS163854 ABS463854 ABS563854 



Voltage 


Low-level circuit rating (Gold-clad contact type) 

Rated voltage 

Resistive load 

6 V DC 5 mA 

12 V DC 2 mA 

24 V DC 1 mA 


Gold-clad 

triple layer 

Resistive load Inductive load Resistive load 

Gold-clad 

twin layer 

125 V AC 2 A 2 A 0.1 A — 

250 V AC 2 A 2 A 0.1 A — 

30 V DC 2 A 2 A 0.1 A 0.1 A 

125 V DC 0.4 A 0.05 A — — 

Recommended contact material chart 

classified by load voltage & current 

2A 

100mA 

1mA 

0 DC 

AC 

5 

5 

Silver-alloy 



15 30V 

30 250V 

Remarks: If the contact is being used in the constant 

low-level circuit load range, the gold-clad 

twin layer contact is recommended. If there 

is a danger of the current being less than 

0.5 A, for instance if the contact is being 

turned on and off, the gold-clad triple layer 

type is recommended. 



(O.T.: Specified value) 

Electrical life at rated load 

(O.T.: Max.) 



Leaf lever 

Other types 













Unit weight 



Type of actuator Operating force, Max. Release force, Min. 

Pin plunger 0.98N 1.47N 0.15N 0.20N 

Short hinge lever 0.39N 0.59N 0.034N 0.039N 

Hinge lever 0.34N 0.54N 0.029N 0.034N 

Long hinge lever 0.25N 0.44N 0.025N 0.029N 

Simulated roller lever 0.34N 0.54N 0.029N 0.034N 

Roller lever 0.39N 0.59N 0.034N 0.039N 

Leaf lever 0.88N 1.08N 0.17N 0.20N 

Min. 5x10 5 (at 60 cpm) 

Min. 5x10 6 (at 60 cpm) 

Min. 5x10 4 (at 20 cpm) 

Min. 2x10 5 (at 20 cpm) 


1,000 Vrms 

1,500 Vrms 

1,500 Vrms 

10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.75 mm (Contact opening Max. 1 msec.) 

Min. 294 m/s 2 (Contact opening Max. 1 msec.) 







0.1 to 500 mm/sec. 

120 cpm 

–40°C to +85°C –40°F to +185°F 

Approx. 2 g .071 oz (IP50 type) 

Pretravel, Max. 

mm inch 

0.6 

.024 

2.5 

.098 

2.8 

.110 

3.5 

.138 

2.8 

.110 

2.5 

.098 

4.5 

.177 

Movement 

differential, 

Max. mm inch 

0.1 

.004 

0.5 

.020 

0.8 

.031 

1.0 

.039 

0.8 

.031 

0.5 

.020 

1.0 

.039 

Overtravel, 

Min. mm inch 

0.4 

.016 

0.8 

.031 

1.2 

.047 

1.6 

.063 

1.2 

.047 

0.8 

.031 

2.5 

.098 

Operating 

position, 

mm inch 

8.4±0.3 

.331 ± .012 

8.8±0.8 

.346 ± .031 

8.8±0.8 

.346 ± .031 

8.8±1.2 

.346 ± .047 

11.65±0.8 

.459 ± .031 

14.5±0.8 

.571 ± .031 

14.5±1.5 

.571 ± .059 

41

ABS1,4,5 

DIMENSIONS 



1-(1) .110 quick-connect terminal 

Pin plunger 

7.6±0.3 

.299±.012 

Pretravel 

0.6 max. 

.024 max. 

1.7 dia. 

.067 dia. 

7.7 

.303 

2.4 

.094 

3.4±0.1 2.4 

.134±.004 .094 

11 

.433 

5.5±0.1 

.217±.004 

7.1±0.15 

.280±.006 

1.2±0.05 dia. 

.047±.002 dia. 

+0.1 

−0.05 

+.004 

−.002 

2.5±0.1 

.098± 

.004 

6.7 

.264 

2.8±0.1 C0.6 

9.5±0.1 

.110±.004 

.374±.004 

4 

7.6±0.15 

.299±.006 

7.6±0.15 

.299±.006 

.157 

19.8±0.3 

.780±.012 

Operating 

Position 

8.4±0.3 

2.4 

.094 

.331±.012 

+0.1 

−0.05 

+.004 

−.002 

dia. 

dia. 

11.8±0.4 

.465±.016 

6.4±0.2 

.252±.008 



Max. mm inch 

0.1 .004 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

Distance from 

stand-off, 

mm inch 

8.4±0.3 .331 

± .012 

11.8±0.4 

.465 ± .016 


6.3 

.248 

12.85 

.506 

5±0.4 

.197±.016 

R18 

.709 

Pretravel 

2.5 max. 

.098 max. 

Operating 

Position 

8.8±0.8 

.346±.031 

12.2±0.9 

.480±.035 

(3.7) 

(.146) 

4 

.157 



Max. mm inch 

0.5 .020 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

Distance from 

stand-off, 

mm inch 

8.8±0.8 .346 

± .031 

12.2±0.9 

.480 ± .035 

Hinge lever 

7.15±0.4 

.281±.016 

R20.2 

.795 

Pretravel 

2.8 max. 

.110 max. 

(3.7) 

(.146) 

4 

.157 

Operating 

Position 

8.8±0.8 

.346±.031 

12.2±0.9 

.480±.035 



Max. mm inch 

0.8 .031 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

Distance from 

stand-off, 

mm inch 

8.8±0.8 

.346±.031 

12.2±0.9 

.480 ± .035 


13.1±0.4 

.516±.016 

R26.1 

1.028 

Pretravel 

3.5 max. 

.138 max. 

4 

.157 

(3.5) 

(.138) 

Operating 

Position 

8.8±1.2 

.346±.047 

12.2±1.3 

.480±.051 



Max. mm inch 

1 .039 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

Distance from 

stand-off, 

mm inch 

8.8±1.2 .346 

± .047 

12.2±1.3 

.480 ± .051 

42

ABS1,4,5 

Simulated roller lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 

6.3±0.4 

.248±.016 

R19.9 

.783 

R2.5 

.098 

Pretravel 

2.8 max. 

.110 max. 

(3.5) 

(.138) 

4 

.157 

Operating 

Position 

11.65±0.8 

.459±.031 

15.05±0.9 

.593±.035 



Max. mm inch 

0.8 .031 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

Distance from 

stand-off, 

mm inch 

11.65±0.8 

.459 ± .031 

15.05±0.9 

.593 ± .035 

Roller lever 

5.15±0.4 

.203±.016 

R18.9 

.744 

Pretravel 

2.5 max. 

.098 max. 

Operating 

Position 

14.5±0.8 

.571±.031 

17.9±0.9 

.705±.035 

3.2 

.126 

5 dia. 

.197 



Max. mm inch 

0.5 .020 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

Distance from 

stand-off, 

mm inch 

14.5±0.8 

.571 ± .031 

17.9±0.9 

.705 ± .035 

1-(2) Solder terminal 

+0.1 

2.4-0.05 

+.004 

-.002 

.094 

7.4 

.291 

1.9 

.075 

2.4 

.094 

2.4 

.094 

2.5±0.1 

.098±.004 9.5±0.1 

.374±.004 

8.7±0.15 

.343±.006 15.4±0.15 

.606±.006 

19.8±0.3 

.780±.012 

2.8±0.2 

.110±.008 

3.4±0.15 

.134±.006 

2.4 

.094 

+0.1 

-0.05 

+.004 

-.002 

dia. 

dia. 

1.85±0.2 

.073±.008 

0.5 

.020 

5.2 

.205 

6.4±0.2 

.252±.008 

1.1±0.12 

.043±.005 

1.5±0.12 

.059±.005 

1.25±0.1 

.059±.004 

Remarks: Dimensions of the actuator types are 

the same as those of corresponding 

.110 quick-connect terminal types. 


Straight type 

2.4 

.094 

+0.1 

-0.05 

+.004 

-.002 

2.4 

7.4 .094 

.291 

2.5±0.1 

.098±.004 9.5±0.1 

.374±.004 

8.7±0.15 

.343±.006 

15.4±0.15 

.606±.006 

19.8±0.3 

.780±.012 

2.2 

.087 

3.4±0.15 

.134±.006 

2.4 

.094 

0.9 

.035 

+0.1 

-0.05 

+.004 

-.002 

dia. 

dia. 

1.85±0.2 

.073±.008 

0.5 

.020 

5.2 

.205 

6.4±0.2 

.252±.008 

1.1±0.12 

.043±.005 

1.5±0.12 

.059±.005 

1.25±0.1 

.059±.004 

1.2±0.05 dia. 

.047±.002 dia. 

8.7±0.1 

.343±.004 

15.4±0.1 

.606±.004 




43

ABS1,4,5 

Right angle type mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 

3-1.5±0.05 dia. 

3-.059±.002 dia. 

5.08±0.2 

.043±.005 

7.62±0.1 

.300±.004 

7.62±0.1 

.300±.004 

7.62±0.15 

.300±.006 

7.62±0.15 

.300±.006 

6.4 

.252 

0.5 

.020 




Left angle type 

3-1.5±0.05 dia. 

3-.059±.002 dia. 

5.08±0.2 

.043±.005 

7.62±0.1 

.300±.004 

7.62±0.1 

.300±.004 

6-C0.3 

(2.8) 

(.110) 

1.3 

7.62±0.15 7.62±0.15 .051 

.300±.006 .300±.006 

7.62±0.15 7.62±0.15 

.300±.006 .300±.006 

1.3 

.051 

0.5 

.020 

6.4 

.252 

3.2 

.126 6.4 

.252 





Wire leads 

Pin plunger 

Straight type 

9.2 

.362 

300±10 

11.811±.394 

21.2 

.835 

2.4 

.094 

+0.1 

-0.05 

+.004 

-.002 

dia. 

dia. 

COM NO NC 

6.4 

.252 

Thickness of the lead wire: 0.5 mm 2 

UL/CSA approved type and Right/Left angle type: 

AWG #20 


COM...Black 

N.C. ...Red 

N.O. ...White 

Remarks: 1. Other dimensions are the same as those of 


2. Dimensions of the actuator types are the 

same as those of corresponding .110 quickconnect 

terminal types. 

5±2 

.197±.079 

Right angle type 


5±2 

.179±079 

300±10 

11.811±394 

5±2 

.197±.079 

300±10 

11.811±.394 

44

ABS1,4,5 

Leaf lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 

Straight type 

5 

.197 

7.7 

.303 

7.6±0.3 

.299±.012 

8±1 

.315±.039 

1.5 

.059 

Pretravel 

4.5 max. 

.177 max. 

Free Position 

(16.5) (.650) 


14.5±1.5 .571±.059 

Totaltravel Position 

(10.5 min.) (.413) 

Thickness of the lead wire: 0.5 mm 2 

UL/CSA approved type and Right/Left angle type: 

AWG #20 


COM...Black 

N.C. ...Red 

N.O. ...White 

8.4 

.331 

2.5±0.1 

.098±.004 

2.4 

.094 

+0.1 

-0.05 

+.004 

-.002 

dia. 

dia. 

8.4 

.331 

6.4 

.252 

300±10 

11.811±.394 

5±2 

.197±.079 

23.8±0.4 

.937±.016 

Right angle type 


5 

.197 

5 

.197 

5±2 

.197±.079 

300±10 

11.881±.394 

6.4 

.252 

6.4 

.252 

5±2 

.197±.079 

300±10 

11.881±.394 

45

ABV1 


RESISTANCE 

VDE 

TURQUOISE 

SWITCHES 

V TYPE (ABV) 

FEATURES 

• Miniature size (33×15.9×10.3 mm) (1.299×.626×.406 inch) 

• Sealed construction for use in adverse environment-Sealed construction by 

epoxy resin and rubber cap keeps off the cause of miscontact such as dust 

Conforming to IP67* of IEC protective construction classification 

• Elastomer double molding technology, an industry first and ultrasonic swaging 

technology contribute to uniform seling in high production quantities 


* Based on the protective construction classification of IED, items which satisfy the test 

requirements are denoted with an IP designation. 


• Automotives 

• Agricultural devices 

• Industrial equipment 


Ex. ABV1 2 1 0 6 1 


ABV1: 

Turquoise switch 

V type 

Terminal 

2: .187 quick-connect terminal 

6: Wire leads 

Contact 

arrangement 

1: SPDT 

2: SPST-NC 

3: SPST-NO 

Actuator 




5: Short roller lever 


Remarks: 1. Standard packing: Dust protected type 50 pcs./carton, 500 pcs./case; Immersion protected type 50 pcs./case. 




4: 0.98 N 

5: 1.96 N 

Contact 

1: Gold-clad 


CONSTRUCTION 

.187 quick-connect terminal Wire leads 

Rubber cap 

Ultrasonic swaging technology contribute for sealing 

Epoxy resin 

Epoxy resin (include) 

Wire leads 

46

PRODUCT TYPES 

Silver-alloy 

Contact 

Silver-alloy 

Actuator 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 


Short roller lever 

Roller lever 

Contact 

Arrangement 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 


When ordering VDE/SEMKO approved types, please attach suffix “8” to the part number. 

Operating force, Max. 187 Quick-connect terminal Wire Leads 

0.98 N ABV121040 ABV161040 

1.96 N ABV121050 ABV161050 

0.98 N ABV122040 ABV162040 

1.96 N ABV122050 ABV162050 

0.98 N ABV123040 ABV163040 

1.96 N ABV123050 ABV163050 

0.59 N ABV121240 ABV161240 

1.18 N ABV121250 ABV161250 

0.59 N ABV122240 ABV162240 

1.18 N ABV122250 ABV162250 

0.59 N ABV123240 ABV163240 

1.18 N ABV123250 ABV163250 

0.59 N ABV121440 ABV161440 

1.18 N ABV121450 ABV161450 

0.59 N ABV122440 ABV162440 

1.18 N ABV122450 ABV162450 

0.59 N ABV123440 ABV163440 

1.18 N ABV123450 ABV163450 

1.08 N ABV121540 ABV161540 

2.16 N ABV121550 ABV161550 

1.08 N ABV122540 ABV162540 

2.16 N ABV122550 ABV162550 

1.08 N ABV123540 ABV163540 

2.16 N ABV123550 ABV163550 

0.59 N ABV121640 ABV161640 

1.18 N ABV121650 ABV161650 

0.59 N ABV122640 ABV162640 

1.18 N ABV122650 ABV162650 

0.59 N ABV123640 ABV163640 

1.18 N ABV123650 ABV163650 

ABV1 

47

ABV1 

Gold-clad 

Contact 

Gold-clad 

Actuator 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 



Roller lever 

Contact 

Arrangement 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

SPDT 

SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 


When ordering VDE/SEMKO approved types, please attach suffix “8” to the part number. 

Operating force, Max. 187 Quick-connect terminal Wire Leads 

0.98 N ABV121041 ABV161041 

1.96 N ABV121051 ABV161051 

0.98 N ABV122041 ABV162041 

1.96 N ABV122051 ABV162051 

0.98 N ABV123041 ABV163041 

1.96 N ABV123051 ABV163051 

0.59 N ABV121241 ABV161241 

1.18 N ABV121251 ABV161251 

0.59 N ABV122241 ABV162241 

1.18 N ABV122251 ABV162251 

0.59 N ABV123241 ABV163241 

1.18 N ABV123251 ABV163251 

0.59 N ABV121441 ABV161441 

1.18 N ABV121451 ABV161451 

0.59 N ABV122441 ABV162441 

1.18 N ABV122451 ABV162451 

0.59 N ABV123441 ABV163441 

1.18 N ABV123451 ABV163451 

1.08 N ABV121541 ABV161541 

2.16 N ABV121551 ABV161551 

1.08 N ABV122541 ABV162541 

2.16 N ABV122551 ABV162551 

1.08 N ABV123541 ABV163541 

2.16 N ABV123551 ABV163551 

0.59 N ABV121641 ABV161641 

1.18 N ABV121651 ABV161651 

0.59 N ABV122641 ABV162641 

1.18 N ABV122651 ABV162651 

0.59 N ABV123641 ABV163641 

1.18 N ABV123651 ABV163651 



Type Standard rating Low-level rating 


Silver-alloy 

3 A 250 V AC (O.F. 1.96 N) 

1 A 250 V AC (O.F. 0.98 N) 

5 A 250 V AC (O.F. 1.96 N) 

3 A 250 V AC (O.F. 0.98 N) 

5 mA 6 V DC 

2 mA 12 V DC 

1 mA 24 V DC 

— 

48


Mechanical life (O.T.: Specified value) 

Electrical life 


Note: *1 O.F. 0.98N type is Min 5 × 10 5 (at 20 com) 

Min. 5x10 6 (at 60 cpm) 

Nominal rating (O.T.: Max.) Min. 10 5 (at 20 cpm)* 1 

Low-level rating (O.T.: Specified value) 












Ambient temperature (at no load) 

Unit weight 

Min. 10 6 (at 20 cpm) 


ABV1 

1,000 Vrms 

2,000 Vrms 

2,000 Vrms 

10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.75 mm (Contact opening: max. 1 msec.) 

Min. 294 m/s 2 (Contact opening: Max. 1 msec.) 








120 cpm 

−40°C to +85°C –40°F to +185°F 

Approx. 7 g .247 oz (IP50 type) 


Type of actuator Operating force, Max. Release force, Min. 

Pin plunger 1.96N 0.98N 0.39N 0.25N 

Hinge lever 1.18N 0.59N 0.13N 0.098N 

Simulated roller lever 1.18N 0.59N 0.13N 0.098N 

Short roller lever 2.16N 1.08N 0.39N 0.20N 

Roller lever 1.18N 0.59N 0.13N 0.098N 

( ): Low force type 

Pretravel, 

Max. mm inch 

1.6 

.063 

3.2 

.126 

3.2 

.126 

1.6 

.063 

3.2 

.126 

Movement 

differential, 

Max. mm inch 

0.4 

.016 

1.2 

.047 

1.2 

.047 

0.5 

.020 

1.2 

.047 

Overtravel, 

Min. mm inch 

0.8 

.031 

1.2 

.047 

1.2 

.047 

0.8 

.031 

1.2 

.047 

Operating 

position, 

mm inch 

14.7±0.6 

.579 ± .024 

15.3±1.2 

.602 ± .047 

18.5±1.2 

.728 ± .047 

20.7±0.8 

.815 ± .031 

20.7±1.2 

.815 ± .047 

DIMENSIONS 



1-(1) .187 quick-connect terminal 

Pin plunger 

4.75 

.187 

Pretravel 

1.6 max 

.063 

20.2±0.3 

.795±.012 

3.1 

+0.25 

-0.05 

.122 +.010 

-.002 

dia. 

dia. 

2.5 

.098 

Operating 2.8 .110 

Position 

14.7±0.6 

.579±.024 

10.3±-0.1 

.406±.004 

+0.25 

3.1 -0.05 

+.010 

.122-.002 

2.8 

.110 

3.4 

.134 

22.2±-0.1 

.874±.004 

33 

1.299 

42 

1.654 

45.5 

1.791 

0.5 

.020 

5.2 

.205 

15.9 

.626 

5.2 

.205 

10 

.394 

10.3 

.406 

Pretravel, 

Max. mm inch 


Max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

Min. mm inch 


mm inch 

1.6 .063 

0.4 .016 

0.8 .031 

14.7±0.6 

.579 ±.024 

49

ABV1 

Hinge lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 

Pretravel 

3.2 max. 

.126 max. 

R30.8 

1.213 

35.8±0.5 

1.409±.020 

5 

.197 


15.3±1.2 

.602±.047 

10.6 

.417 

17.2 

.677 

Pretravel, 

Max. mm inch 


Max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

Min. mm inch 


mm inch 

3.2 .126 

1.2 .047 

1.2 .047 

15.3±1.2 

.602±.047 


Pretravel 

3.2 max. 

.126 max. 


18.5±1.2 

.728±.047 

32.8±0.5 

1.291±.020 

R27.8 

1.094 

5 

.197 

Pretravel, 

Max. mm inch 


Max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

Min. mm inch 


mm inch 

3.2 .126 

1.2 .047 

1.2 .047 

18.5±1.2 

.728±.047 


Pretravel 

1.6 max. 

.063 max. 

20.6±0.5 

.811±.020 

4.9 

.193 


20.7±0.8 

.815±.031 

R17.2 

.677 

4.8 dia. 

.189 dia. 

Pretravel, 

Max. mm inch 


Max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

Min. mm inch 


mm inch 

1.6 .063 

0.5 .020 

0.8 .031 

20.7±0.8 

.815±.031 

Roller lever 

Pretravel 

3.2 max. 

.126 max. 

34.2±0.5 

1.346±.020 

4.9 

.193 


20.7±1.2 

.815±.047 

R30.0 

1.181 

4.8 dia. 

.189 dia. 

Pretravel, 

Max. mm inch 


Max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

Min. mm inch 


mm inch 

3.2 .126 

1.2 .047 

1.2 .047 

20.7±1.2 

.815±.047 


Wire Leads 

Pretravel 

1.6 max. 

.063 max. 

Operating 

Position 

14.7±0.6 

.579±.024 

10.3±0.1 

.406±.004 

+0.25 

3.1-0.05 

+.010 

.122-.002 

2.8 

.110 

3.4 

.134 

20.2±0.3 

.795±.012 

3.1 

+0.25 

-0.05 

+.010 

.122-.002 

dia. 

dia. 

22.2±0.1 

.874±.004 

36 300±10 

1.417 

11.8±.394 

15.9 

.626 

10 

.394 

10 

.394 

Thickness of the lead wire: 

Standard type: 0.75mm 2 


AWG #18 

Color of the lead wire 

COM ...black 

N.C. ....red 

N.O. ....white 

50

HIGH CONTACT CAPACITY, 

PRECISE OPERATION 

FEATURES 

• 15 A High current switching capacity 

and high precision 

• Wide allowance of operating speed 

• Versatile variety of actuators 

• UL/CSA approved 

NZ BASIC 

(AM1) 

SWITCHES 

AM1 

TYPICAL APPLICATION 

• General industrial machinery 

• Medical equipment 

• Measuring instruments 

• Transportation equipment 

• Home electric appliances 


Ex. AM 1 5 0 1 K 


NZ basic (AM1) 

switch 

Upper body cover shape & terminal 

1: Flat, solder terminal 

3: Flat, screw terminal 

5: Grooved, solder terminal 

7: Grooved, screw terminal 

Upper body cover shape 

Flat Grooved 

Basic specifications 

0: Standard type 

1: Oil tight type 

3: Reversed action type 

4: One way type 

Remarks: Not every combination is available. Please refer to the following table, “PRODUCT TYPES”. 

Actuators 


1: Hinge lever (leaf spring) 

3: Hinge roller lever (roller, leaf, spring) 

4: Hinge short roller lever 

5: Overtravel plunger 

6: Compact overtravel plunger 

7: Panel mount plunger 

811: Panel mount roller plunger 

812: Panel mount cross roller plunger 

TERMINAL VARIATION 

Standard types, reversed action types and oil tight types are available in two terminal designs, solder and screw terminals, as shown 

in the above columns: 

Differences in dimension between solder and screw terminals are as follows; 

mm inch 


Screw terminal 

6.3 

.248 

9.1 

.358 

49.2 

1.937 

49.2 

1.937 

N.O. 

CIRCUT 

N.C. 

CIRCUT 

17.5 

.689 

C NO NC 

17.5 

.689 

Terminal plate 

19.8 

.780 

M4 screw P0.7 

20.2 

.795 

51

AM1 

PRODUCT TYPES 

1. Standard type 

Actuator Solder terminal Screw terminal 

Pin plunger AM1100K AM1300K 

Over travel plunger AM1105K AM1305K 

Compact over travel plunger AM1106K AM1306K 

Panel mount plunger AM1107K AM1307K 

Panel mount roller plunger AM110811K AM130811K 

Panel mount cross roller plunger AM110812K AM130812K 

Flexible leaf lever AM1101K AM1301K 

Flexible roller leaf lever AM1103K AM1303K 

Rigid lever AM1501K AM1701K 

Rigid short roller lever AM1504K AM1704K 

Rigid roller lever AM1503K AM1703K 

One way type•Rigid short roller lever AM1544K AM1744K 

One way type•Rigid roller lever AM1543K AM1743K 

Reversed action type•Rigid lever AM1531K AM1731K 

Reversed action type •Rigid short roller lever AM1534K AM1734K 

Reversed action type•Rigid roller lever AM1533K AM1733K 

2. Oil tight types 

Actuator Solder terminal Screw terminal 

Rigid lever AM1511K AM1711K 

Rigid short roller lever AM1514K AM1714K 

Rigid roller lever AM1513K AM1713K 

Remarks: 1. Standard part number indicates UL/CSA mark. 

2. Standard packing for inner carton: 20cps. 


1. Contact Rating 

Type 

Standard types 

One way types 

Reversed action types 

Oil tight types 

Voltage 

Resistive load Inductive load 

Motor or lamp load 

(cos φ = 1) (cos φ = 0.6 to 0.7) 

N.C. 

N.O. 

125 V AC 15 A 10 A 4 A 2 A 

250 V AC 15 A 10 A 3 A 1.5 A 

480 V AC 3 A 2 A 1.5 A 0.75 A 

125 V DC 0.5 A 0.05 A — — 

250 V DC 0.25 A 0.03 A — — 

125 V AC 15 A 10 A 3 A 1.5 A 

250 V AC 10 A 6 A 2 A 1.0 A 

125 V DC 0.5 A 0.05 A — — 


Expected 

life 

Mechanical 

Electrical (O.T.: Max.) 

Item 

Pin plunger types (O.T.: specified value) 

Other types (O.T.: specified value) 


Between open terminals 

Dielectric 


strength 


Contact resistance (initial) (by voltage drop, 1 A, 6–8 V DC) 


Shock Pin plunger types 

resistance Other types 




Weight 


Min. 2 ×10 7 (60 cpm) (at rated overtravel) 

(Oil tight: Min. 1.5 ×10 6 ) 

Min. 5 ×10 6 (60 cpm) (at rated overtravel) 

(Oil tight: Min. 1.5 ×10 6 ) 

Min. 5 ×10 5 (20 cpm) (at rated load) 

(Oil tight: Min. 1.5 ×10 5 ) 

Min. 100 MΩ(at 500 V DC) 

1,000 Vrms for 1 min. 



Max. 50 mΩ 

Single amplitude: 0.75 mm, 10 to 55 Hz (contact opening: max. 1 msec.) 

Min. 300 m/s 2 (contact opening: max. 1 msec.) 

Min. 50 m/s 2 (contact opening: max. 1 msec.) 

0.1 to 1,000 mm/sec. (at pin plunger position) 

240 cpm 

–25°C to +80°C –13°F to +176°F (no freezing at low temperature) 

Approx. 20 to 55 g.705 to 1.940 oz 

52

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS 

Standard types 

Types of actuator Pin plunger Overtravel plunger 

Compact overtravel 

plunger 

AM1 

Panel mount plunger 

Operating force, max. 

3.63 N 

Release force, min. 

1.12 N 

Pretravel, max. mm inch 0.4 .016 

Movement differential, max. mm inch 0.05 .002 

Overtravel, min. mm inch 0.13 .005 1.5 .059 1.5 .059 5.6 .220 

Operating position, mm inch 15.9±0.4 .626±.016 28.2±0.5 1.110±.020 21.2±0.5 .835±.020 21.8±0.8 .858±.031 

Types of actuator 

Panel mount roller 

plunger 

Panel mount cross roller 

plunger 

Flexible leaf lever 

Standard types (cont' d) 

Types of actuator Rigid lever Rigid short roller lever Rigid roller lever 

Operating force, max. 0.69 N 1.57 N 0.98 N 

Release force, min. 0.14 N 0.42 N 0.2 N 

Pretravel, max. mm inch 10 .394 4.5 .177 7.5 .295 

Movement differential, max. mm inch 1.3 .051 0.7 .028 1.3 .051 

Overtravel, min. mm inch 5.6 .220 2.4 .094 3.6 .142 

Operating position, mm inch 19.1±0.7 .752±.028 30.2±0.4 1.189±.016 30.2±0.7 1.189±.028 

One way types 

Types of actuator Rigid short roller lever Rigid roller lever 

Operating force, max. 2.23 N 1.67 N 

Release force, min. 0.42 N 0.42 N 

Pretravel, max. mm inch 3.5 .138 4.5 .177 

Movement differential, max. mm inch 0.4 .016 0.5 .020 

Overtravel, min. mm inch 1.5 .059 2.4 .094 

Free position, max. mm inch 31.8 1.252 43.3 1.705 

Operating position, mm inch 30.2±0.4 1.189±.016 41.3±0.4 1.626±.016 

Flexible roller leaf lever 

Operating force, max. 3.63 N 1.47 N 

Release force, min. 1.12 N 0.14 N 

Pretravel, max. mm inch 0.4 .016 4 .157 

Movement differential, max. mm inch 0.05 .002 1.3 .051 

Overtravel, min. mm inch 3.6 .142 1.6 .063 

Operating position, mm inch 33.3±1.2 1.311±.047 17.5±0.8 .689±.031 28.6±0.8 1.126±.031 

Reversed action types 




Pretravel, max. mm inch 5.0 .197 2.5 .098 3.6 .142 




Oil tight types 




Pretravel, max. mm inch 10 .394 4.5 .177 7.5 .295 




53

AM1 

DIMENSIONS 


1. Standard types 

Pin plunger 

AM1100K (Solder terminal) 

AM1300K (Screw terminal) 

P.T. 

O.P. 

4.2 +0.1 

−0.05 

.165 +.004 

−.002 

4.5±0.1 

.177±.004 

2.4 

.095 

23.3±0.3 

.917±.012 

25.4±0.1 

1.000±.004 

49.2 

1.937 

11.9 

.469 

14.6 

.575 

5.4 

.212 

15 

.591 

+0.1 

4.2 −0.05 dia. hole 

.165 +.004 

−.002 

9.1 

.359 

17.5 

.689 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

3.63 N 

1.12 N 

0.4 .016 

0.05 .002 

0.13 .005 

15.9±0.4 

.626±.016 

Overtravel plunger 



P.T. 

O.P. 

23.3±0.3 

.917±.012 

Plunger: Hardening steel 

8.4 

.331 

15 

.591 

4 dia. 

.157 

6.35 dia. 

.250 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

3.63 N 

1.12 N 

0.4 .016 

0.05 .002 

1.5 .059 

28.2±0.5 

1.110±.020 

Compact over plunger 



O.P. 

21.2 

.835 

Plunger: Plastic 

P.T. 

0.4 max. 

23.3 ±0.3 

.016 .917 ±.012 

4.2 

+.004 

.165 –0.05 

+0.10 

±0.5 –.002 

±.020 14.3 

.563 14.5 

.571 

7.1 dia. 

4.2 .280 

.165 

4.2 +0.10 

–0.05 

+.004 

–.002 

.165 dia. 

dia. 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

3.63 N 

1.12 N 

0.4 .016 

0.05 .002 

1.5 .059 

21.2±0.5 

.835±.020 

Panel mount plunger 



Plunger: Plastic 

R8 .315 

P.T. 

0.4 max. 

23.3 ±0.3 

8.25 dia. 

.016 .917 ±.012 

.325 

M12 × P1 

Lock nut 

O.P. 

(2 thick) 

±0.8 

21.8 

.858 ±..031 13.1 

Nut (2 thick) 

.516 

±0.5 

16 

+.004 

.165 –0.05 

+0.10 

4.2 

14.3 

–.002 

.630 ±.020 .563 

4.2 +0.10 

–0.05 

+.004 

–.002 

.165 dia. 

dia. 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

3.63 N 

1.12 N 

0.4 .016 

0.05 .002 

5.6 .220 

21.8±0.8 

.858±.031 

54

AM1 

Panel mount roller plunger mm inch General tolerance: ±0.4 ±.016 



P.T. 

0.4 max. 

.016 

90° 

15.5 

.610 

16 ±0.5 +.004 

.165 –0.05 

+0.10 

4.2 

–.002 

.630 ±.020 

23.3 ±0.3 

.917 ±.012 

O.P. 

±1.2 

33.3 

1.311 ±.047 14.3 

.563 

Roller 12.7 dia. × 4.6 

.500 dia. × .181 

: Plastic 

M12 × P1 

Nut (2 thick) 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

3.63 N 

1.12 N 

0.4 .016 

0.05 .002 

3.6 .142 

33.3±1.2 

1.311±.047 

4.2 +0.10 

–0.05 

+.004 

–.002 

.165 dia. 

dia. 

Panel mount cross roller plunger 



P.T. 

0.4 max. 

.016 

O.P. 

±1.2 

33.3 

90° 

23.3 ±0.3 

.917 ±.012 

1.311 ±.047 .610 

16 ±0.5 +.004 

.165 –0.05 

+0.10 

4.2 

–.002 

14.3 

.630 ±.020 15.5 

.563 

Roller 12.7 dia. × 4.6 

.500 dia. × .181 

: Plastic 

M12 × P1 

Nut (2 thick) 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

3.63 N 

1.12 N 

0.4 .016 

0.05 .002 

3.6 .142 

33.3±1.2 

1.311±.047 

4.2 +0.10 

–0.05 

+.004 

–.002 

.165 dia. 

dia. 

Dimensions and Operating characteristics are the same as those of Panel mount roller plunger type. However, the roller joins the switch body at an angle of 90°. 

Flexible leaf lever 



F.P. 

O.P. 

49.6±0.8 

1.954±.031 

Leaf: Stainless steel 

14.6 

.575 

4.8 

.189 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

1.47 N 

0.14 N 

4 .157 

1.3 .051 

1.6 .063 

17.5±0.8 

.689±.031 

Flexible roller leaf lever 



F.P. 

O.P. 

46±0.8 

1.811±.031 

Leaf: Stainless steel 

14.6 

.575 

Roller 9.5 dia.×4: 

Plastic 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

1.47 N 

0.14 N 

4 .157 

1.3 .051 

1.6 .063 

28.6±0.8 

1.126±.031 

55

AM1 

Rigid lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.4 ±.016 



20.1±0.5 

.791±.020 

26.1 

1.028 

R63.5 

Lever: Stainless steel 

F.P. 

O.P. 

4.8 

.189 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

0.69 N 

0.14 N 

10 .394 

1.3 .051 

5.6 .220 

19.1±0.7 

.752±.028 

Rigid short roller lever 



20.1±0.5 

.791±.020 

26.1 

1.028 

R26.7 

O.P. 

F.P. 


Plastic 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

1.57 N 

0.42 N 

4.5 .177 

0.7 .028 

2.4 .094 

30.2±0.4 

1.189±.016 

Rigid roller lever 



20.1±0.5 

.791±.020 

26.1 

1.028 

R48.3 

O.P. 

F.P. 


Plastic 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

0.98 N 

0.2 N 

7.5 .295 

1.3 .051 

3.6 .142 

30.2±0.7 

1.189±.028 

2. One way types 

This type is operated only to one direction, not to the reversed direction by the construction of the roller lever, pivoting away from the 

cam on the return stroke. 




27.8 max. 

1.094 max. 20.1±0.5 

.791±.020 

R21.1 

26.1 

1.028 

O.P. 

F.P. 

Roller 4.75 dia.×4.75: 

Plastic 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

2.23 N 

0.42 N 

3.5 .138 

0.4 .016 

1.5 .059 

30.2±0.4 

1.189±.016 

56

AM1 

Rigid roller lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.4 ±.016 



34.1 max. 

1.343 max. 

20.1±0.5 

.791±.020 

26.1 

1.028 

R31 

O.P. 

F.P. 


Plastic 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

1.67 N 

0.42 N 

4.5 .177 

0.5 .020 

2.4 .094 

41.3±0.4 

1.626±.016 

3. Reversed action types 

When the actuator is operated, the switching mechanism returns to the free position. Extraordinary force by pushing the plunger too 

much is not put on the switching mechanism, which means stability in life. 

Rigid lever 



20.1±0.5 16.9±0.8 

.791±.020 .666±.032 

9.1 

.358 

4.2 +0.1 

−0.05 

.165 +.004 

−.002 

11.9 

.469 

18.7 

.736 

4.5±0.1 

.177±.004 

25.4±0.1 

1.000±.004 

49.2 1.938 

11.9 

.469 

R56 

+0.1 

4.2 −0.05 dia. hole 

.165 +.004 

−.002 


F.P. 

O.P. 

4.8 

.189 

17.5 

.690 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

1.67 N 

0.27 N 

5.0 .197 

0.9 .035 

5.6 .220 

19.1±0.8 

.752±.031 




20.1±0.5 

.791±.020 

18.7 

.736 

R19 

O.P. 


Plastic 

F.P. 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

5.30 N 

1.67 N 

2.5 .098 

0.4 .016 

2.0 .079 

30.2±0.5 

1.189±.020 




20.1±0.5 

.791±.020 

18.7 

.736 

R41 


Plastic 

O.P. 

F.P. 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

2.35 N 

0.56 N 

3.6 .142 

0.7 .028 

4.0 .157 

30.2±0.8 

1.189±.031 

57

AM1 

4. Oil tight types mm inch General tolerance: ±0.4 ±.016 

The pushbutton part is sealed with the rubber cap and the connected part between the cap and body is also coated with resin so that 

these parts are kept off from foreign matters. This type has resistance to oil. 

Rigid lever 


0.69 N 

max. 



20.1±0.5 

.791±.020 

Plunger seal 

26.1 

1.028 

R63.5 


F.P. 

O.P. 

4.8 

.189 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

0.14 N 

10 .394 

1.5 .059 

5.6 .220 

19.1±0.7 

.752±.028 




20.1±0.5 

.791±.020 .666±.032 

16.9±0.8 

Plunger seal 

26.1 

1.028 

R26.7 

O.P. 

F.P. 


Plastic 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, max. 

mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

1.67 N 

0.42 N 

4.5 .177 

0.7 .028 

2.4 .094 

30.2±0.4 

1.189±.016 




20.1±0.5 

.791±.020 16.9±0.8 

.666±.032 

Plunger seal 

26.1 

1.028 

R48.3 

F.P. 

O.P. 


Plastic 


max. 


min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

0.98 N 

0.20 N 

7.5 .295 

1.3 .051 

3.6 .142 

30.2±0.7 

1.189±.028 

58

AM1 

TERMINAL COVER FOR NZ BASIC SWITCHES 


Terminal cover 

(for the standard type with soldering terminal) 

AA7000 

R4 

.157 

21.2 

.835 

17.9 +0.2 

0 

.705 +.008 

0 

8 

.315 

Terminal cover 

(for the standard type with screw terminal) 

21.2 

.835 

17.9 +0.2 

0 

.705 +.008 

0 

4.4 

.173 

4.2 +0.1 

−0.05 

.165 +.004 

−.002 

5.5 

.217 

4.2 +0.1 

−0.05 

.165 +.004 

−.002 

R2.1 

.157 

8 

.315 

8 

.315 

53.2 

2.094 

50 

1.969 

25.4±0.1 

1.000±.004 

R4 

.157 

16.5 

.650 

8 

.315 

53.2 

2.094 

50 

1.969 

25.4±0.1 

1.000±.004 

8 

.315 

8 

.315 

4.2 +0.1 

−0.05 

.165 +.004 

−.002 

16 

.630 

4.2 +0.1 

−0.05 

.165 +.004 

−.002 

1. Terminal cover can protect switches from 

external force and the leakage between 

terminals can be avoided. Also it can be a 

simple safety protector because the direct 

touch of fingers to terminals can be avoided. 

2. Nylon 66 is used for higher durability. 

3. The height of terminal cover for the solder 

types is lower than terminal cover for the 

screw types. 

4. AA7000 and AA8000 have 6 knoch-out 

portions. Lead wire can be taken out from 

any desired portion. 

AA8000 

R4 

.157 

8 

.315 

4.4 

.173 

5.5 

.217 

R2.1 

.157 

8 

.315 

R4 

.157 

16.5 

.650 

8 

.315 

8 

.315 

20 

.787 

8 

.315 

8 

.315 

NOTES 

1. Regarding fastening of switch body 

1) In fastening the switch body, use M4 

mounting screws to attach switches with 

the torque 1.5 N·m or less. 

2) After mounting and wiring, the 

insulation distance between ground and 

each terminal should be confirmed as 

sufficient. 

2. Adjustment of the operating device 

The operating device should be 

positioned so that it applies no stress to 

the pushbutton or actuator when the 

switch is in the open position. If this 

condition is exceeded, the mechanical 

and electrical performance will be 

impaired. In addition, the force applied by 

the operating device should be in a 

perpendicular direction. Even if the 

pushbutton is used in the full total travel 

position, there will be no influence on the 

life of the switch. 


Soldering should be done in less than 5 

seconds, with a 60 watt iron (tip 

temperature = 350°C 662°F max.). Care 

should be taken not to apply force to the 

terminal during soldering. 

4. Avoid using switches in the 


• In corrosive gases such as hydrogen 

sulfide. 

• In flammable or explosive gases such 

as gasoline or thinner etc. 

• In a dusty environment. 

• In an ambient humidity over 85%. 

• In the conditions where the 

perpendicular operating speed is less 

than 0.1 mm/sec. or more than 1,000 

mm/sec. 

• In a silicon atmosphere. 

5. Others 

Caution should be taken not to drop 

switches. 

59

AM5 

VDE 

MINIATURE SWITCHES 

WITH HIGH PRECISION 

QV (AM5) 

SWITCHES 

FEATURES 

• High precision as a result of designing ideal spring by 

using computer analysis 

O.P. 14.7±0.4mm .579±.016inch 

• Reliable design with shock resistance min. 980 m/s 2 {100 G} 

• High inrush resistance 160A 

• Wide variety of contact ratings and terminal types 


Standard type contact gap is 1mm .039inch. Please consult us if 

you need more than 1mm .039inch contact gap. 


• Home appliances 

• Vending machines 

• Amusement and communication equipment 

• Copiers 

• General industrial machines 

CONSTRUCTION 

1. Silver alloy contact 2. Gold clad contact 


Ex. AM5 0 6 1 0 C 5 R 

Type of 


Contact rating 

Terminals Actuators Terminals 

switch 


Guard 

AM5: 

QV 

switch 

00: 0.1 A (Gold clad) 

06: 6 A (Silver alloy) 




(Product is end of life) 

1: Bottom COM, SPDT 

2: Bottom COM, SPST-NC 

3: Bottom COM, SPST-NO 

4: Side COM, SPDT 

5: Side COM, SPST-NC 

6: Side COM, SPST-NO 






5: Short roller lever 


(A: .187 Quickconnect/solder 

terminal) 

C: .187 Quickconnect 

terminal 

D: .250 Quickconnect 

terminal 

3: 0.49 N 

4: 0.98 N 

5: 1.96 N 

6: 2.94 N 

7: 3.92 N 

R: Right hand 

guarded 

L: Left hand 

guarded 

Remarks: 1. Not every combination is available. Please refer to the table, PRODUCT TYPES . 

2. .187 Quick connect/solder terminal and 2.94 N operating force types are custom ordered. Please consult us. 

3. When ordering agency standard approved types, please attach the following number to the part number. 

9: UL/CSA 6 × 10 3 rated 

4: UL/CSA 10 5 rated 

3: UL/CSA 6 × 10 3 rated, VDE and SEMKO approved 

31: UL/CSA 10 5 rated, VDE and SEMKO approved 

8: VDE and SEMKO approved 

60

TERMINALS 

.187 Quick-connect terminal 

.187 Quick-connect/solder terminal 

Bottom COM terminal 



AM5 

GUARDS 

Guarded types are available only for Side 

COM terminal type (.187 Quick-connect). 

All types of bottom COM are not guarded. 

NC 

Left hand guarded 

NC 

1 

2 

NO 

3 

1 

2 

NO 

3 

C 

C 

Side COM terminal 


Right hand guarded 

1 

NC 

2 

NO 

3 

1 

NC 

2 

NO 

3 

C 

C 

Dimensions 


Dimensions 

1.55 dia. 

.061 dia. 

4.75 6.4 

.187 .252 

3.2 

.126 

6.35 

.250 

Dimensions 

.187 Quick-connect/solder terminal 

2 

.079 

8.05 

+0.1 

–0.05 

.317 +.004 

–.002 

+0.1 

1.65 0 dia. 

+.004 

.065 0 dia. 

6.35 

+0.05 

–0.07 

.250 +.002 

–.003 

4.15 

±0.15 

.163 ±.006 

R1.2 

.047 

1.2 

.047 

R0.8 

.031 

3.2 

.126 

6.35 

.250 

4.75 6.4 

.187 .252 

PRODUCT TYPES 

1. 0.1A type (Gold clad contact) 

.187 Quick-connect terminal (Guardless) 

1) Bottom COM terminal 

Pin plunger 

Actuator 


Hinge lever 




Roller lever 

Operating force, Max. 

Contact arrangement 



0.49 N AM50010C3 AM50020C3 AM50030C3 

0.98 N AM50010C4 AM50020C4 AM50030C4 

1.96 N AM50010C5 AM50020C5 AM50030C5 

0.59 N AM50011C3 AM50021C3 AM50031C3 

1.08 N AM50011C4 AM50021C4 AM50031C4 

2.16 N AM50011C5 AM50021C5 AM50031C5 

0.29 N AM50012C3 AM50022C3 AM50032C3 

0.59 N AM50012C4 AM50022C4 AM50032C4 

1.18 N AM50012C5 AM50022C5 AM50032C5 

0.15 N AM50013C3 AM50023C3 AM50033C3 

0.29 N AM50013C4 AM50023C4 AM50033C4 

0.59 N AM50013C5 AM50023C5 AM50033C5 

0.29 N AM50014C3 AM50024C3 AM50034C3 

0.59 N AM50014C4 AM50024C4 AM50034C4 

1.18 N AM50014C5 AM50024C5 AM50034C5 

0.59 N AM50015C3 AM50025C3 AM50035C3 

1.08 N AM50015C4 AM50025C4 AM50035C4 

2.16 N AM50015C5 AM50025C5 AM50035C5 

0.29 N AM50016C3 AM50026C3 AM50036C3 

0.59 N AM50016C4 AM50026C4 AM50036C4 

1.18 N AM50016C5 AM50026C5 AM50036C5 

61

AM5 

2) Side COM terminal 

Pin plunger 

Actuator 


Hinge lever 




Roller lever 





0.49 N AM50040C3 AM50050C3 AM50060C3 

0.98 N AM50040C4 AM50050C4 AM50060C4 

1.96 N AM50040C5 AM50050C5 AM50060C5 

0.59 N AM50041C3 AM50051C3 AM50061C3 

1.08 N AM50041C4 AM50051C4 AM50061C4 

2.16 N AM50041C5 AM50051C5 AM50061C5 

0.29 N AM50042C3 AM50052C3 AM50062C3 

0.59 N AM50042C4 AM50052C4 AM50062C4 

1.18 N AM50042C5 AM50052C5 AM50062C5 

0.15 N AM50043C3 AM50053C3 AM50063C3 

0.29 N AM50043C4 AM50053C4 AM50063C4 

0.59 N AM50043C5 AM50053C5 AM50063C5 

0.29 N AM50044C3 AM50054C3 AM50064C3 

0.59 N AM50044C4 AM50054C4 AM50064C4 

1.18 N AM50044C5 AM50054C5 AM50064C5 

0.59 N AM50045C3 AM50055C3 AM50065C3 

1.08 N AM50045C4 AM50055C4 AM50065C4 

2.16 N AM50045C5 AM50055C5 AM50065C5 

0.29 N AM50046C3 AM50056C3 AM50066C3 

0.59 N AM50046C4 AM50056C4 AM50066C4 

1.18 N AM50046C5 AM50056C5 AM50066C5 

Remarks: 1. Regarding side COM terminal types, right hand guarded types and left hand guarded types are available. 

When ordering, please attach suffix “R” for right hand guarded types or “L” for left hand guarded types to the part number. 

Guardless type Right hand guarded type 

AM50040C4 → AM50040C4R 







3. Also .187 Quick-connect/solder terminal is available. When ordering, change the eighth digit of part number C to A. 

.187 Quick-connect terminal .187 Quick-connect/solder terminal 

AM50010C4 → AM50010A4 

4. .250 Quick-connect terminal is available for operating force min. 0.49N types. When ordering, change the eighth digit of part number C to D. 

.187 Quick-connect terminal .250 Quick-connect terminal 

AM50010C3 → AM50010D3 

62

2. 6A type (Silver alloy contact) 



Actuator 





0.49 N AM50610C3 AM50620C3 AM50630C3 

0.98 N AM50610C4 AM50620C4 AM50630C4 

Pin plunger 

1.96 N AM50610C5 AM50620C5 AM50630C5 

*2.94 N AM50610C6 AM50620C6 AM50630C6 

3.92 N AM50610C7 AM50620C7 AM50630C7 

0.59 N AM50611C3 AM50621C3 AM50631C3 

1.08 N AM50611C4 AM50621C4 AM50631C4 


2.16 N AM50611C5 AM50621C5 AM50631C5 

*3.14 N AM50611C6 AM50621C6 AM50631C6 

4.12 N AM50611C7 AM50621C7 AM50631C7 

0.29 N AM50612C3 AM50622C3 AM50632C3 

0.59 N AM50612C4 AM50622C4 AM50632C4 

Hinge lever 

1.18 N AM50612C5 AM50622C5 AM50632C5 

*1.77 N AM50612C6 AM50622C6 AM50632C6 

2.35 N AM50612C7 AM50622C7 AM50632C7 

0.15 N AM50613C3 AM50623C3 AM50633C3 

0.29 N AM50613C4 AM50623C4 AM50633C4 


0.59 N AM50613C5 AM50623C5 AM50633C5 

*0.88 N AM50613C6 AM50623C6 AM50633C6 

1.18 N AM50613C7 AM50623C7 AM50633C7 

0.29 N AM50614C3 AM50624C3 AM50634C3 

0.59 N AM50614C4 AM50624C4 AM50634C4 


1.18 N AM50614C5 AM50624C5 AM50634C5 

*1.77 N AM50614C6 AM50624C6 AM50634C6 

2.35 N AM50614C7 AM50624C7 AM50634C7 

0.59 N AM50615C3 AM50625C3 AM50635C3 

1.08 N AM50615C4 AM50625C4 AM50635C4 


2.16 N AM50615C5 AM50625C5 AM50635C5 

*3.14 N AM50615C6 AM50625C6 AM50635C6 

4.12 N AM50615C7 AM50625C7 AM50635C7 

0.29 N AM50616C3 AM50626C3 AM50636C3 

0.59 N AM50616C4 AM50626C4 AM50636C4 

Roller lever 

1.18 N AM50616C5 AM50626C5 AM50636C5 

*1.77 N AM50616C6 AM50626C6 AM50636C6 

2.35 N AM50616C7 AM50626C7 AM50636C7 




AM50640C4 → AM50640C4R 



4: UL/CSA 105 rated 






AM50610C4 → AM50610A4 

4. * is a custom order. Please consult us. 

5. .250 Quick-connect terminal is available. When ordering, change the eighth digit of part number C to D. 


AM50610C3 → AM50610D3 

AM5 

63

AM5 


Pin plunger 

Actuator 


Hinge lever 




Roller lever 





0.49 N AM50640C3 AM50650C3 AM50660C3 

0.98 N AM50640C4 AM50650C4 AM50660C4 

1.96 N AM50640C5 AM50650C5 AM50660C5 

*2.94 N AM50640C6 AM50650C6 AM50660C6 

3.92 N AM50640C7 AM50650C7 AM50660C7 

0.59 N AM50641C3 AM50651C3 AM50661C3 

1.08 N AM50641C4 AM50651C4 AM50661C4 

2.16 N AM50641C5 AM50651C5 AM50661C5 

*3.14 N AM50641C6 AM50651C6 AM50661C6 

4.12 N AM50641C7 AM50651C7 AM50661C7 

0.29 N AM50642C3 AM50652C3 AM50662C3 

0.59 N AM50642C4 AM50652C4 AM50662C4 

1.18 N AM50642C5 AM50652C5 AM50662C5 

*1.77 N AM50642C6 AM50652C6 AM50662C6 

2.35 N AM50642C7 AM50652C7 AM50662C7 

0.15 N AM50643C3 AM50653C3 AM50663C3 

0.29 N AM50643C4 AM50653C4 AM50663C4 

0.59 N AM50643C5 AM50653C5 AM50663C5 

*0.88 N AM50643C6 AM50653C6 AM50663C6 

1.18 N AM50643C7 AM50653C7 AM50663C7 

0.29 N AM50644C3 AM50654C3 AM50664C3 

0.59 N AM50644C4 AM50654C4 AM50664C4 

1.18 N AM50644C5 AM50654C5 AM50664C5 

*1.77 N AM50644C6 AM50654C6 AM50664C6 

2.35 N AM50644C7 AM50654C7 AM50664C7 

0.59 N AM50645C3 AM50655C3 AM50665C3 

1.08 N AM50645C4 AM50655C4 AM50665C4 

2.16 N AM50645C5 AM50655C5 AM50665C5 

*3.14 N AM50645C6 AM50655C6 AM50665C6 

4.12 N AM50645C7 AM50655C7 AM50665C7 

0.29 N AM50646C3 AM50656C3 AM50666C3 

0.59 N AM50646C4 AM50656C4 AM50666C4 

1.18 N AM50646C5 AM50656C5 AM50666C5 

*1.77 N AM50646C6 AM50656C6 AM50666C6 

2.35 N AM50646C7 AM50656C7 AM50666C7 




AM50640C4 → AM50640C4R 









AM50610C4 → AM50610A4 

4. * is a custom order. Please consult us. 



AM50610C3 → AM50610D3 

64




Actuator 





Pin plunger 0.98 N AM51110C4 AM51120C4 AM51130C4 

Short hinge lever 1.08 N AM51111C4 AM51121C4 AM51131C4 

Hinge lever 0.59 N AM51112C4 AM51122C4 AM51132C4 

Long hinge lever 0.29 N AM51113C4 AM51123C4 AM51133C4 

Simulated roller lever 0.59 N AM51114C4 AM51124C4 AM51134C4 

Short roller lever 1.08 N AM51115C4 AM51125C4 AM51135C4 

Roller lever 0.59 N AM51116C4 AM51126C4 AM51136C4 


Actuator 





Pin plunger 0.98 N AM51140C4 AM51150C4 AM51160C4 

Short hinge lever 1.08 N AM51141C4 AM51151C4 AM51161C4 

Hinge lever 0.59 N AM51142C4 AM51152C4 AM51162C4 

Long hinge lever 0.29 N AM51143C4 AM51153C4 AM51163C4 

Simulated roller lever 0.59 N AM51144C4 AM51154C4 AM51164C4 

Short roller lever 1.08 N AM51145C4 AM51155C4 AM51165C4 

Roller lever 0.59 N AM51146C4 AM51156C4 AM51166C4 




AM51140C4 → AM51140C4R 









AM51110C4 → AM51110A4 



AM51110C4 → AM51110D4 

AM5 




Actuator 





1.96 N AM51610C5 AM51620C5 AM51630C5 

Pin plunger 

*2.94 N AM51610C6 AM51620C6 AM51630C6 

3.92 N AM51610C7 AM51620C7 AM51630C7 

2.16 N AM51611C5 AM51621C5 AM51631C5 


*3.14 N AM51611C6 AM51621C6 AM51631C6 

4.12 N AM51611C7 AM51621C7 AM51631C7 

1.18 N AM51612C5 AM51622C5 AM51632C5 

Hinge lever 

*1.77 N AM51612C6 AM51622C6 AM51632C6 

2.35 N AM51612C7 AM51622C7 AM51632C7 

0.59 N AM51613C5 AM51623C5 AM51633C5 


*0.88 N AM51613C6 AM51623C6 AM51633C6 

1.18 N AM51613C7 AM51623C7 AM51633C7 

1.18 N AM51614C5 AM51624C5 AM51634C5 


*1.77 N AM51614C6 AM51624C6 AM51634C6 

2.35 N AM51614C7 AM51624C7 AM51634C7 

1.18 N AM51615C5 AM51625C5 AM51635C5 


*3.14 N AM51615C6 AM51625C6 AM51635C6 

4.12 N AM51615C7 AM51625C7 AM51635C7 

1.18 N AM51616C5 AM51626C5 AM51636C5 

Roller lever 

*1.77 N AM51616C6 AM51626C6 AM51636C6 

2.35 N AM51616C7 AM51626C7 AM51636C7 

65

AM5 


Pin plunger 

Actuator 


Hinge lever 




Roller lever 





1.96 N AM51640C5 AM51650C5 AM51660C5 

*2.94 N AM51640C6 AM51650C6 AM51660C6 

3.92 N AM51640C7 AM51650C7 AM51660C7 

2.16 N AM51641C5 AM51651C5 AM51661C5 

*3.14 N AM51641C6 AM51651C6 AM51661C6 

4.12 N AM51641C7 AM51651C7 AM51661C7 

1.18 N AM51642C5 AM51652C5 AM51662C5 

*1.77 N AM51642C6 AM51652C6 AM51662C6 

2.35 N AM51642C7 AM51652C7 AM51662C7 

0.59 N AM51643C5 AM51653C5 AM51663C5 

*0.88 N AM51643C6 AM51653C6 AM51663C6 

1.18 N AM51643C7 AM51653C7 AM51663C7 

1.18 N AM51644C5 AM51654C5 AM51664C5 

*1.77 N AM51644C6 AM51654C6 AM51664C6 

2.35 N AM51644C7 AM51654C7 AM51664C7 

2.16 N AM51645C5 AM51655C5 AM51665C5 

*3.14 N AM51645C6 AM51655C6 AM51665C6 

4.12 N AM51645C7 AM51655C7 AM51665C7 

1.18 N AM51646C5 AM51656C5 AM51666C5 

*1.77 N AM51646C6 AM51656C6 AM51666C6 

2.35 N AM51646C7 AM51656C7 AM51666C7 




AM51640C5 → AM51640C5R 









AM51610C5 → AM51610A5 

4. * is a custom ordered product. Please consult us. 



AM51610C5 → AM51610D5 




Actuator 





Pin plunger 

*2.94 N AM52110D6 AM52120D6 AM52130D6 

3.92 N AM52110D7 AM52120D7 AM52130D7 


*3.14 N AM52111D6 AM52121D6 AM52131D6 

4.12 N AM52111D7 AM52121D7 AM52131D7 

Hinge lever 

*1.77 N AM52112D6 AM52122D6 AM52132D6 

2.35 N AM52112D7 AM52122D7 AM52132D7 


*0.88 N AM52113D6 AM52123D6 AM52133D6 

1.18 N AM52113D7 AM52123D7 AM52133D7 


*1.77 N AM52114D6 AM52124D6 AM52134D6 

2.35 N AM52114D7 AM52124D7 AM52134D7 


*3.14 N AM52115D6 AM52125D6 AM52135D6 

4.12 N AM52115D7 AM52125D7 AM52135D7 

Roller lever 

*1.77 N AM52116D6 AM52126D6 AM52136D6 

2.35 N AM52116D7 AM52126D7 AM52136D7 

66


Pin plunger 

Actuator 


Hinge lever 




Roller lever 



Remarks: 1. When ordering agency standard approved types, please attach the following number to the part number. 






2. * is a custom ordered product. Please consult us. 

DATA 

Gold-clad type 

Range of low-level current voltage 



*2.94 N AM52140D6 AM52150D6 AM52160D6 

3.92 N AM52140D7 AM52150D7 AM52160D7 

*3.14 N AM52141D6 AM52151D6 AM52161D6 

4.12 N AM52141D7 AM52151D7 AM52161D7 

*1.77 N AM52142D6 AM52152D6 AM52162D6 

2.35 N AM52142D7 AM52152D7 AM52162D7 

*0.88 N AM52143D6 AM52153D6 AM52163D6 

1.18 N AM52143D7 AM52153D7 AM52163D7 

*1.77 N AM52144D6 AM52154D6 AM52164D6 

2.35 N AM52144D7 AM52154D7 AM52164D7 

*3.14 N AM52145D6 AM52155D6 AM52165D6 

4.12 N AM52145D7 AM52155D7 AM52165D7 

*1.77 N AM52146D6 AM52156D6 AM52166D6 

2.35 N AM52146D7 AM52156D7 AM52166D7 

AM5 

500 

Current (mA) 

100 

50 

10 

5 

2 

1 

4 8 12 16 20 24 

DC voltage (V) 



Gold clad contact 


Type 

0.1A type 

6A type 

11A type 

16A type 

21A type 

Gold clad contact for low level circuit 

Voltage 

Remark: The inductive load for DC should have a time constant of 7 ms or less. 


(cos φ ] 1) 

Inductive load 

(cos φ ] 0.6 to 0.7) 

250V AC 0.1A 0.1A 

125V AC 0.1A 0.1A 

30V DC 0.1A 0.1A 

250V AC 6A 3A 

125V AC 6A 3A 

125V DC 0.5A 0.5A 

250V AC 11A 6A 

125V AC 11A 6A 

125V DC 0.6A 0.6A 

250V AC 16A 10A 

125V AC 16A 10A 

125V DC 0.6A 0.6A 

250V AC 21A 16A 

125V AC 21A 16A 

125V DC 0.6A 0.6A 

6V DC 5mA — 

12V DC 2mA — 

24V DC 1mA — 

67

AM5 


Type 21A type (Silver alloy) 16, 11, 6A type (Silver alloy) 0.1A type (Gold clad) 

Mechanical 

10 7 operations (at 60 cpm) 

Expected life 

10 5 operations (at rated load) 

(min.) Electrical 

10 5 Operations (at rated load 20 cpm) 

2 × 10 6 operations 

(at low-level circuit rating) 


100MΩ (at 500V DC) 

Between terminals 

1,000Vrms for 1 min. 

Dielectric 

strength 


and other exposed 

metal parts 


and ground 

Contact resistance (initial) 


(by pin plunger) 



(contact opening: max. 1msec.) 


Maximum operating cycle rate 


Weight 



50mΩ (by voltage drop at 1A 6 to 8V DC) 

50mΩ (by voltage drop at 0.1A 6 to 

8V DC) 

10 to 55Hz at simple amplitude of 0.75mm (Contact opening: max. 1msec.) 

O.F. 0.49 N max. type 

O.F. 0.15 N to 0.49 N max. type 

Min. 98 m/s 2 

Min. 98 m/s 2 



Min. 294 m/s 2 

Min. 196 m/s 2 

Min. 196 m/s 2 

O.F. 1.96 N to 3.92 N max. type O.F. 1.96 N max. type 

Min. 294 m/s 2 

Min. 294 m/s 2 

0.1 to 1,000mm/sec. (at pin plunger) 

600cpm 

–25 to +105°C –13 to +221°F (Not freezing below 0°C 32°F) 

6.3g .222oz 


Pin plunger 

7th digit of part No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

Operating force, max. — — 0.49 N 0.98 N 1.96 N 2.94 N 3.92 N 

Release force, min. — — 0.12 N 0.25 N 0.49 N 0.74 N 0.98 N 

Pretravel, max. mm inch — 1.4 .055 

Movement differential, max. mm inch — 0.4 .016 

Overtravel, min. mm inch — 1.0 .039 

Operating position mm inch — 14.7±0.4 .579±.016 


7th digit of part No. 3 4 5 6 7 

Operating force, max. 0.59 N 1.08 N 2.16 N 3.14 N 4.12 N 

Release force, min. 0.098 N 0.20 N 0.39 N 0.59 N 0.78 N 



Overtravel, min. mm inch 0.9 .035 

Operating position mm inch 15.3±0.5 .602±.020 

Hinge lever 
















68

















Roller lever 








AM5 

DIMENSIONS 


1. Pin plunger 


(Guardless) 


(P.T.) 

1.4 max. 

.055 

(O.P.) 

±0.4 

14.7 

.579 ±.016 

15.9 

.626 

10.3 ±0.1 

.406 ±.004 

2.8 

.110 

3.1 

.122 

+0.25 

–0.05 

+.010 

–.002 

1.55 dia. 

.061 

6.4 

.252 

3.2 4.75 

.126 .187 

6.35 

1.8 .250 

27.8 1.094 .071 

20.2 .795 

+0.25 

2.8 3.1 –0.05 dia. 

2.8 

.110 

+.010 

.122 –.002 dia. 

.110 

4.1 5.65 

.161 .222 

NC 

0.5 9.3 6.5 

2 

1 

.020 .366 .256 

NO 

3 

C 

6.65 

±0.15 

3.4 

.262 

.134 ±.006 13.5 

±0.1 

22.2 .531 

.874 ±.004 39.45 

1.553 

3.95 

.156 

10.3 

.406 

+0.05 

6.35 –0.07 

+.002 

.250 –.003 

±0.15 

4.15 

2 .163 

.079 

±.006 

+0.1 

8.05 -0.05 

1.8 

+.004 

(P.T.) 

.317 -.002 

1.4 max. 

27.8 1.094 .071 

+0.25 

3.1 –0.05 dia. 

.055 

20.2 .795 

+.010 

2.8 .122 –.002 dia. 

2.8 

.110 

4.1 3.6 

.110 

.161 .142 

(O.P.) 

±0.4 

14.7 

15.9 10.3 ±0.1 

NC 

.579 ±.016 2 

9.3 

.626 .406 

10.6 

±.004 

0.8 

1 

.366 

NO 

.417 

3 

.031 

2.8 

.110 

3.1 

.122 

+0.25 

–0.05 

+.010 

–.002 

3.4 

±0.15 

22.2 

C 

.134 ±.006 ±0.1 

.874 ±.004 

42.7 

1.681 

±1 

12° 

+0.1 

1.65 0 dia. 

+.004 

.065 0 dia. 

9.7 

.382 

3.95 

.156 

10.3 

.406 


(Guardless) .187 Quick-connect terminal .250 Quick-connect terminal 

(P.T.) 

1.4 max. 

.055 

(O.P.) 

±0.4 

14.7 

15.9 

10.3 ±0.1 

2.8 

.110 

3.1 

.122 

+0.25 

–0.05 

+.010 

–.002 

3.2 

1.8 

27.8 1.094 .071 

20.2 .795 

2.8 

.110 

NC 

2 

1 

NO 

3 

C 

±0.15 

3.4 

.134 ±.006 ±0.1 

22.2 

.874 ±.004 

39.45 

1.553 

.126 6.35 

.250 

2.8 

.110 

0.5 

1.55 dia. 

.061 

4.75 

.187 

6.4 

.252 

+0.25 

3.1 –0.05 dia. 

+.010 

.122 –.002 dia. 

4.1 

.161 

9.3 

5.65 

.222 

6.5 

3.95 

.156 

.579 ±.016 

.626 .406 ±.004 

.020 .366 .256 

.626 .406 ±.004 

6 

.236 

C 

±0.15 

2.8 3.4 

10.3 

.406 

2 

.079 

NC 

2 

1 

NO 

3 

.134 ±.006 ±0.1 

22.2 

.874 ±.004 

+0.1 

8.05 -0.05 

1.8 

+.004 

(P.T.) 

.317 -.002 

27.8 1.094 .071 

+0.25 

1.4 max. 

3.1 –0.05 dia. 

.055 

+.010 

20.2 .795 2.8 .122 –.002 dia. 

2.8 

.110 

4.1 3.6 

.110 

.161 .142 

(O.P.) 

±0.4 

14.7 

15.9 10.3 ±0.1 

.579 ±.016 9.3 10.6 

0.8 .366 .417 

.031 

.110 

3.1 

.122 

+0.25 

–0.05 

+.010 

–.002 

42.7 

1.681 

4.15 

+0.1 

1.65 0 dia. 

+.004 

.065 0 dia. 

6.35 

.250 

±0.15 

.163 ±.006 

+0.05 

–0.07 

+.002 

–.003 

9.8 

.386 

3.95 

.156 

10.3 

.406 

69

AM5 

Side COM terminal mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 

(Right hand guarded) 


1.55 dia. 

.061 

6.4 

.252 

(P.T.) 

1.4 max. 

.055 

(O.P.) 

±0.4 

14.7 

.579 ±.016 

15.9 

.626 

10.3 ±0.1 

.406 ±.004 

2.8 

.110 

3.1 

.122 

+0.25 

–0.05 

+.010 

–.002 

3.2 

1.8 

27.8 1.094 .071 

20.2 .795 

2.8 

.110 

NC 

2 

1 

NO 

3 

C 

±0.15 

3.4 

.134 ±.006 ±0.1 

22.2 

.874 ±.004 

39.45 

1.553 

41 

1.614 

.126 6.35 

.250 

2.8 

.110 

4.75 

.187 

+0.25 

3.1 –0.05 dia. 

+.010 

.122 –.002 dia. 

0.5 

.020 

4.1 

.161 

9.3 

.366 

5.65 

.222 

6.5 

.256 20 

.787 

6 

.236 

3.95 

.156 

10.3 

.406 

0.5 

.020 

1.0 

.039 


(Left hand guarded) 

Pin plunger characteristic chart 

0.1A type — — 

6A type 

11A type — — — — 

16A type — — 

21A type — — — 








2. Short hinge lever 

The dimensions other than drawn above are same as pin plunger type. 

70 

0.5 

.020 

1.0 

.039 

3.95 

.156 

10.3 

.406 

5.65 

.222 

6.5 

20 .256 

.787 

6 

.236 


6.4 

.252 

4.75 

.187 

1.55 dia. 

.061 

+0.25 

3.1 –0.05 dia. 

+.010 

.122 –.002 dia. 

4.1 

.161 

9.3 

.366 

0.5 

.020 

6.35 

.250 

3.2 

.126 

2.8 

.110 

1.8 

.071 

27.8 1.094 

20.2 .795 

2.8 

.110 

22.2 

39.45 

1.553 

41 

1.614 

3.4 

±0.15 

.134 ±.006 

±0.1 

.874 ±.004 

2.8 

.110 

3.1 

.122 

+0.25 

–0.05 

+.010 

–.002 

(P.T.) 

1.4 max. 

.055 

(O.P.) 

10.3 ±0.1 

±0.4 

15.9 

14.7 

±.004 

.406 .626 

.579 ±.016 

0.1A type — — 

1.55 dia. 

.061 

6A type 

11A type — — — — 

6.4 

.252 

16A type — — 

3.2 4.75 

21A type — — — 

.126 .187 

6.35 


(P.T.) 

22.1 ±0.5 

.250 

±.020 

.870 1.8 


0.59 1.08 2.16 3.14 4.12 

1.6 max. 

.063 

27.8 1.094 .071 

5.0 Max. 

N N N N N 

20.2 .795 2.8 

+0.25 .197 

.110 

3.1 –0.05 dia. 

+.010 


0.098 0.20 0.39 0.59 0.78 

.122 –.002 dia. 

Min. 

N N N N N 

4.1 

(O.P.) 

5.65 

.161 

±0.5 

.222 

Pretravel, 

15.3 

15.9 10.3 1.6 .063 

±0.1 

NC 

.602 ±.020 0.5 9.3 6.5 

max. mm inch 

.626 .406 ±.004 

2 

1 

.020 .366 .256 

NO 

3 


C 

6.65 

0.5 .020 

±0.15 

2.8 3.4 

.262 

max. mm inch 

.110 .134 ±.006 13.5 

Overtravel, 

+0.25 

±0.1 

3.1 

10.3 

–0.05 22.2 .531 

0.9 .035 

+.010 

.122 

.406 min. mm inch 

–.002 .874 ±.004 39.45 


1.553 

15.3±0.5 .602±.020 

mm inch

AM5 

3. Hinge lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 

1.55 dia. 

0.1A type — — 

.061 

6A type 

11A type — — — — 

6.4 

.252 

16A type — — 

3.2 4.75 

21A type — — — 

.126 .187 

6.35 


(P.T.) 

35.8 ±0.5 

.250 

±.020 

3.2 max. 

1.409 

1.8 


0.29 0.59 1.18 1.77 2.35 

.126 

27.8 1.094 .071 

5.0 Max. 

N N N N N 

20.2 .795 2.8 

+0.25 

3.1 dia. .197 

–0.05 

.110 

+.010 

.122 –.002 dia. 


0.049 0.098 0.20 0.29 0.39 

Min. 

N N N N N 

4.1 

(O.P.) 

5.65 

.161 

±1.0 

.222 

Pretravel, 

14.3 15.9 10.3 ±0.1 

NC 

3.2 .126 

.602 ±.039 0.5 9.3 6.5 

.626 .406 max. mm inch 

±.004 

2 

1 

.020 .366 .256 

NO 

3 


C 

6.65 

1.0 .039 

±0.15 

2.8 3.4 

.262 

max. mm inch 

.110 .134 ±.006 13.5 

Overtravel, 

+0.25 

±0.1 

3.1 

10.3 

–0.05 22.2 .531 

1.4 .055 

+.010 

.122 


–.002 .874 ±.004 39.45 


1.553 

15.3±1.0 .602±.039 

mm inch 


4. Long hinge lever 

1.55 dia. 

0.1A type — — 

.061 

6A type 

6.4 

11A type — — — — 

.252 

16A type — — 

3.2 4.75 

(P.T.) 

.126 .187 

21A type — — — 

7.5 max. 

6.35 

.295 

59.5 ±0.5 

.250 


±.020 

2.343 

1.8 

5.0 

27.8 1.094 .071 


0.15 0.29 0.59 0.88 1.18 

.197 

20.2 .795 2.8 

Max. 

N N N N N 

+0.25 

3.1 –0.05 dia. 

.110 

+.010 

.122 –.002 dia. 


0.025 0.049 0.098 0.15 0.20 

4.1 

(O.P.) 

5.65 

Min. 

N N N N N 

.161 

±2.6 

.222 

15.3 

Pretravel, 

10.3 ±0.1 

+0.25 

15.9 3.1 

NC 

.602 ±.102 –0.05 

0.5 9.3 6.5 

7.5 .295 

.626 .406 ±.004 +.010 

.122 

1 

2 

–.002 

.020 .366 .256 

max. mm inch 

NO 

3 

C 

6.65 


±0.15 

2.8 

3.4 

.262 

2.0 .079 

max. mm inch 

.110 

.134 ±.006 13.5 

±0.1 

22.2 .531 

10.3 Overtravel, 

.874 

.406 

2.2 .087 

±.004 min. mm inch 

39.45 

1.553 


15.3±2.6 .602±.102 

mm inch 


5. Simulated roller lever 

R3 

.118 

4.75 

.187 

3.2 

(P.T.) 

.126 

3.2 max. 

6.35 

.126 

.250 

32.8 ±0.5 

±.020 

1.291 

1.8 

27.8 1.094 .071 

20.2 .795 

2.8 

.110 

(O.P.) 

±1.0 

18.5 

.728 ±.039 15.9 10.3 ±0.1 

NC 

0.5 

.626 .406 ±.004 

2 

1 

.020 

NO 

3 

C 

±0.15 

2.8 3.4 

.110 .134 ±.006 13.5 

+0.25 

±0.1 

3.1–0.05 

22.2 .531 

+.010 

.122 –.002 .874 ±.004 39.45 

1.553 

1.55 dia. 

.061 

6.4 

.252 

+0.25 

3.1 –0.05 dia. 

+.010 

.122 –.002 dia. 

4.1 5.65 

.161 .222 

9.3 6.5 

.366 .256 

6.65 

.262 

5.0 

.197 

10.3 

.406 

0.1A type — — 

6A type 

11A type — — — — 

16A type — — 

21A type — — — 



Max. 


Min. 

Pretravel, 

max. mm inch 


max. mm inch 

Overtravel, 

min. mm inch 


mm inch 

0.29 

N 

0.049 

N 

0.59 

N 

0.098 

N 

1.18 

N 

0.20 

N 

3.2 .126 

1.0 .039 

1.4 .055 

1.77 

N 

0.29 

N 

18.5±1.0 .728±.039 

2.35 

N 

0.39 

N 


71

AM5 

6. Short roller lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 


1.55 dia. 

0.1A type — — 

.061 

6A type 

11A type — — — — 

6.4 

.252 

16A type — — 

3.2 4.75 

21A type — — — 

(P.T.) 

.126 .187 

20.6 ±0.5 

±.020 

4.9 

1.6 max. 

.811 1.8 6.35 


.193 

.063 

27.8 1.094 .071 .250 


0.59 1.08 2.16 3.14 4.12 

20.2 .795 2.8 

Max. 

N N N N N 

.110 

+0.25 

4.8 

3.1 –0.05 dia. 

+.010 

.189 Release force, 

0.098 0.20 0.39 0.59 0.78 

.122 –.002 dia. 

(O.P.) 

Min. 

N N N N N 

4.1 

±0.5 

20.7 

5.65 

.161 

.815 

.222 

Pretravel, 

±.020 

15.9 10.3 ±0.1 

NC 

1.6 .063 

0.5 9.3 6.5 

max. mm inch 

.626 .406 ±.004 

2 

1 

.020 .366 .256 

NO 

3 


C 

6.65 

0.5 .020 

±0.15 

2.8 3.4 

.262 

max. mm inch 

.110 .134 ±.006 13.5 

Overtravel, 

+0.25 

±0.1 

3.1 

10.3 

–0.05 22.2 .531 

0.9 .035 

+.010 

.122 


–.002 .874 ±.004 39.45 


1.553 

20.7±0.5 .815±.020 

mm inch 

7. Hinge Roller lever 

1.55 dia. 

0.1A type — — 

.061 

6A type 

6.4 

11A type — — — — 

.252 

16A type — — 

3.2 4.75 

21A type — — — 

(P.T.) 

.126 .187 

34.2 

3.2 max. 

±0.5 

6.35 

±.020 

1.346 

4.9 7th digit of part No. 3 4 5 6 7 

.126 

1.8 .250 

.193 

27.8 1.094 .071 


0.29 0.59 1.18 1.77 2.35 

20.2 .795 2.8 

4.8 Max. 

N N N N N 

+0.25 

.110 3.1 –0.05 dia. 

.189 

+.010 

.122 –.002 dia. 


0.049 0.098 0.20 0.29 0.39 

(O.P.) 

4.1 

Min. 

N N N N N 

±1.0 

20.7 

5.65 

.161 

.815 

.222 

Pretravel, 

±.039 

15.9 10.3 ±0.1 

NC 

0.5 9.3 6.5 

3.2 .126 

.626 .406 ±.004 

2 

max. mm inch 

1 

.020 .366 .256 

NO 

3 

C 

6.65 


1.0 .039 

±0.15 

2.8 3.4 

.262 

max. mm inch 

.110 .134 ±.006 13.5 

+0.25 

±0.1 

3.1 

10.3 

–0.05 22.2 .531 

Overtravel, 

1.4 .055 

+.010 

.122 

.406 

–.002 .874 min. mm inch 

±.004 

39.45 


1.553 

20.7±1.0 .815±.039 

mm inch 


NOTES 


1) Use flat filister head M3 screws to 

mount switches with less than a 0.49 

N·m torque. Use of screws washers or 

adhesive lock is recommended to 

prevent loosening of the screws. 

2) Check insulation distance between 

ground and each terminal. 

3) When the operation object is in the 

free position, force should not be applied 

directly to the actuator or pin plunger. 

Also force should be applied to the pin 

plunger from vertical direction to the 

switch. 

4) The standard value of overtravel 

should be the range of 70% to 100% of 

the rated O.T. value. 


Soldering should be accomplished in 

less than 5 seconds, with a 60 watt iron. 

Care should be taken not to apply force 

to the terminal during soldering. 

3. Varience of operating 


When specifying the switch, allow +20% 

to the listed operating and release 

forces. 


Avoid using the switches in the following 

conditions; 

• In corrosive gases, such as silicon gas 

• In a dusty environment 

5. For switching of inductive loads 

(relays, solenoids, etc.) 

1) In order to prevent damage to 

contacts due to the occurrence of arcing, 

an arc absorbing circuit should be 

applied. 

2) Care should be taken that occurrence 

in AC load possibly shorten the expected 

life. 

6. Please assure the quality and 

reliability of the switch under the 

actual service condition. 

7. It is recommended to use Gold clad 

contact type in use of low-level circuit 

rating. 

8. Cover and body are press-fitted. 

Once it is taken apart, it may cause 

change of characteristics. 

USE OF CONNECTOR 

The .187 Quick-connect terminal and 

.250 Quick-connect terminal accept the 

all kinds of 1 polarity connectors and the 

“Positive Lock” connectors. 

Please contact the manufacturers directly. 

• receptacle terminal 

.250 series .187 series 

• “Positive Lock” connector. (equipped 

with the lock construction of low 

insertion type) 

.187 type 

(1 polarity) 

.250 type 

(1 polarity) 

.187 type 

(2 polarities) 

.187 type 

(3 polarities) 

72



(Contact gap: more than 

1mm .039inch type) 

QV (AM5) 

SWITCHES 

• Conforms with the IEC950 standards for secondary circuit 

insulation distance. 

Assures a contact gap of at least 1mm .039inch 

• Can handle high-capacity loads on the secondary side that 

S-type size switches cannot 

• High inrush and hard impacts resistant 

• Excellent operating position precision 

• UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO/TÜV approved 

PRODUCT TYPES 

Contact rating: 0.1A, 6A, 11A, 16A (250V AC) 

Terminal shape: .187 Quick connect terminal, .187 Quick connect/solder terminal 

For other specifications, please consult us. 

DIMENSIONS AND NOTES 

Please refer to Standard QV switches catalog for dimensions and notes. 


• Contact ratings (0.1 to 16 A) 

Voltage 



(cos φ = 1.0) 

(cos φ ] 0.6 to 0.7) 

Type 0.1A 6A 11A 16A 0.1A 6A 11A 16A 

250V AC 0.1A 6A 11A 16A 0.1A 3A 6A 10A 

125V AC 0.1A 6A 11A 16A 0.1A 3A 6A 10A 

125V DC 0.1A 0.5A 0.6A 0.6A 0.1A 0.5A 0.6A 0.6A 

Remark: The inductive load for DC should have a time constant of 7 ms or less. 

• 0.1A type minimum load: 

6V DC 5mA (Resistive load) 



Please consult us for further information. 

73

AH7 

HIGH PERFORMANCE 


WITH WIDE RANGE 

FEATURES 

• Extra long-life spring mechanism 

—More than 10 7 mechanical operations, 

10 5 electrical 

• High contact rating of 15 Amps with 

an operating force of only 200 g 7.05 oz 

• Safety insulation guard types 

available 

• Available in a wide operating force 

and capacity range 


NV (AH7) 

SWITCHES 

(Heart resistant type) 

TYPICAL 

APPLICATIONS 

• Home appliances 


• Amusement and communication 

equipment 

• Copiers 

• General industrial machines 


Ex. AH7 


NV switch 

Contact arrangement Terminal Actuators 

1: Bottom COM 

terminal SPDT 

2: Bottom COM 

terminal SPST-NC 

3: Bottom COM 

terminal SPST-NO 

4: Side COM 

terminal SPDT 

5: Side COM 

terminal SPST-NC 

6: Side COM 

terminal SPST-NO 

*2: (Solder terminal 

without guard) 

5: .187 Quick-connect/ 

solder terminal 

without guard 

8: (.250 Quick-connect 

terminal) 


1: Short hinge 

lever 


3: Long hinge 

lever 

4: Simulated 

roller lever 

5: Short roller 

lever 


Heat 

resistant 

type 

(Standard) 

Heat resistant type 

(Low-level circuit type) 

Operating force by pin plunger (max.) 

Remark: Please consult us for * marked product. 

When ordering international standard approved types, please attach the following number to the part no. 

9: UL/CSA 6 × 10 3 rated 8: VDE/SEMKO 

4: UL/CSA 10 5 rated 7: UL TV rating 

Type 0.49N 0.98N 1.96N 3.92N 

.187 Quick-connect/ 

solder terminal without guard 

Solder terminal without guard 


356 

362 

456 

*(355) *(455) 

462 

555 

562 

755 

— 

TERMINALS 

1. .187 Quick-connect/solder terminal 


2. Solder terminal 


3. .250 Quick-connect terminal 


mm inch 

3.4 

3.4 

.134 

.134 

(10) 

t=0.5 .020 (.394) 

t=0.5 (6.5) 

3-.187 Quick-connect terminal 

.020 (.256) 

6.5 

.256 

4 2.4 dia. 

.157 .094 

(10) 

7 

(.394) 

.276 

6.35 

3.2* .250 

.126* 

4.75 ±0.1 6.4 

.187 ±.004 .252 


3) Terminal portion dimensions 

2)Terminal portion dimensions 

3.7 

.146 

2.35 

6° 

.093 (11) 

t=0.8 .031 (.433) 

3-.250 Quick-connect terminal 

2) Terminal portion dimensions 

3.4 

.134 

8.05 

.317 

1.65 dia. 

.065 

6.35 ±0.1 

.250 ±.004 

* Indicating for the center of 1.6 dia. .063 dia. 

74 

2.4 dia. 

.094 

1.6 dia. 

.063

TABLE OF PRODUCT TYPES 

Types 

Heat resistant 

type 

Heat resistant 

type 

(Low-level 

circuit type) 

Contact 

rating 

15A 250V 

AC 

10A 250V 

AC 

5A 250V 

AC 

3A 250V 

AC 

1A 250V 

AC 

PRODUCT TYPES 

Contact arrangement Schematic Terminals Operating force, max. 

SPDT 

SPST- 

NC 

SPST- 

NO 

1. Heat resistant type (Standard) 

.187 Quick-connect/solder terminal without guard 

Actuators 

Pin plunger 


Hinge lever 




Roller lever 

Bottom 

COM 

terminal 

(without 

guard) 

Side 

terminal 

(without 

guard) 

.187 

Quickconnect/ 

solder 

terminal 

Solder 

terminal 

.250 

Quickconnect 

terminal 

AH7 

0.49N 0.98N 1.96N 2.94N 3.92N 

— — 

— — — — 

— — — — 

— — 

— — — — — — — 

Operating 

force, max. 

Bottom COM 

terminal 

Side COM 

terminal 

0.49N AH7150356 AH7450356 

0.98N AH7150456 AH7450456 

1.96N AH7150555 AH7450555 

3.92N AH7150755 AH7450755 

0.59N AH7151356 AH7451356 

1.08N AH7151456 AH7451456 

2.16N AH7151555 AH7451555 

4.12N AH7151755 AH7451755 

0.29N AH7152356 AH7452356 

0.59N AH7152456 AH7452456 

1.18N AH7152555 AH7452555 

2.35N AH7152755 AH7452755 

0.15N AH7153356 AH7453356 

0.29N AH7153456 AH7453456 

0.59N AH7153555 AH7453555 

1.18N AH7153755 AH7453755 

0.29N AH7154356 AH7454356 

0.59N AH7154456 AH7454456 

1.18N AH7154555 AH7454555 

2.35N AH7154755 AH7454755 

0.59N AH7155356 AH7455356 

1.08N AH7155456 AH7455456 

2.16N AH7155555 AH7455555 

4.12N AH7155755 AH7455755 

0.29N AH7156356 AH7456356 

0.59N AH7156456 AH7456456 

1.18N AH7156555 AH7456555 

2.35N AH7156755 AH7456755 

Remarks: 1. When ordering solder terminal, change the fifth digit of part number 

from “5” to “2”. 

(ex.) AH7150555→AH7120555 

2. When ordering 2.94N types, insert the number “655” at the 

seventh digit of part no. instead of “356”, “456”, “555” or “755”. 

3. Please consult us for NC and NO types. 

4. When ordering international standard approved types, please attach 

the following number to the part no. 

9: UL/CSA 6×10 3 rated 

8: VDE/SEMKO 

7: UL TV rating 

2. Heat resistant type (Low-level circuit type) 

Actuators 

Operating 

force, max. 

Bottom COM 

terminal 

Side COM 

terminal 

0.49N AH7150362 AH7450362 

Pin plunger 

0.98N AH7150462 AH7450462 

1.96N AH7150562 AH7450562 

0.59N AH7151362 AH7451362 

Short hinge lever 1.08N AH7151462 AH7451462 

2.16N AH7151562 AH7451562 

0.29N AH7152362 AH7452362 

Hinge lever 

0.59N AH7152462 AH7452462 

1.18N AH7152562 AH7452562 

0.15N AH7153362 AH7453362 


0.29N AH7153462 AH7453462 

0.59N AH7153562 AH7453562 

0.29N AH7154362 AH7454362 

Simulated roller lever 0.59N AH7154462 AH7454462 

1.18N AH7154562 AH7454562 

0.59N AH7155362 AH7455362 


1.08N AH7155462 AH7455462 

2.16N AH7155562 AH7455562 

0.29N AH7156362 AH7456362 

Roller lever 

0.59N AH7156462 AH7456462 

1.18N AH7156562 AH7456562 

Remarks: 1. Please consult us for NC and NO types. 

2. As for International standard, please refer to the “Information”. 

75

AH7 



Contact Operating force by pin plunger (max.) Rating (resistive load) 

0.49N 5A 250V AC, 0.5A 125V DC 

Silver alloy 

0.98N 10A 250V AC, 0.6A 125V DC 

1.96N, 3.92N 

15A 250V AC, 0.6A 125V DC 

Gold clad 0.49 to 1.96N 3A 250V AC 

• Gold clad low level circuit type (resistive load) 

Minimum load: 

6V DC 5mA 

12V DC 2mA 

24V DC 1mA 


Contact Silver alloy Gold clad 

Operating force by pin plunger (max.) 0.49N 0.98N 1.96N, 2.94N, 3.92N — — 0.49N 0.98N 1.96N 

Expected Mechanical (at O.T. rated) 

Min. 10 7 (at 60 cpm) 

life (min.) Electrical (at O.T. min.) 

Min. 10 5 (at rated load, 20 cpm) 

Insulation resistance (min.) 

Min. 100MΩ (at 500V DC) 


1,000V AC for 1min. 

Dielectric 

strength 

Between terminals and other 

exposed metal parts 

Between terminals and ground 



Contact resistance (Initial) Max. 50mΩ (by voltage drop at 1A 6 to 8V DC) Max. 50 mΩ (by voltage drop at 0.1A 6 to 8V DC) 

Vibration resistance (by pin plunger types) 10 to 55 Hz at amplitude of 0.75mm (Contact opening: max. 1msec.) 

Shock resistance (by pin plunger types) 

Min. 




Unit weight 

98m/s 2 196m/s 2 294m/s 2 98m/s 2 196m/s 2 294m/s 2 

0.1 to 1,000mm/sec. 

600/min. 

–25°C to +120°C –13°F to +248°F (No freezing below 0°C) 

8g .28oz 


1) Pin plunger 

mm inch 

Fifth digit of 

part number 

O.F. max. R.F. min. P.T. max. M.D. max. O.T. min. O.P. max. 

1 — — — — — — 

2 — — — — — — 

3 0.49N 0.12N 1.6 .063 0.4 .016 0.8 .031 14.7±0.6 .579±.024 

4 0.98N 0.25N 1.6 .063 0.4 .016 0.8 .031 14.7±0.6 .579±.024 

5 1.96N 0.49N 1.6 .063 0.4 .016 0.8 .031 14.7±0.6 .579±.024 

6 2.94N 0.74N 1.6 .063 0.4 .016 0.8 .031 14.7±0.6 .579±.024 

7 3.92N 0.98N 1.6 .063 0.4 .016 0.8 .031 14.7±0.6 .579±.024 

2) Short hinge lever 


part number 


3 0.59N 0.098N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 15.3±0.8 .602±.031 

4 1.08N 0.20N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 15.3±0.8 .602±.031 

5 2.16N 0.39N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 15.3±0.8 .602±.031 

6 3.14N 0.59N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 15.3±0.8 .602±.031 

7 4.12N 0.78N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 15.3±0.8 .602±.031 

3) Hinge lever 


part number 


3 0.29N 0.049N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 15.3±1.2 .602±.047 

4 0.59N 0.098N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 15.3±1.2 .602±.047 

5 1.18N 0.20N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 15.3±1.2 .602±.047 

6 1.77N 0.29N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 15.3±1.2 .602±.047 

7 2.35N 0.39N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 15.3±1.2 .602±.047 

76

4) Long hinge lever 


part number 

5) Simulated roller lever 

6) Short roller lever 

7) Roller lever 

DIMENSIONS 


3 0.15N 0.025N 7.5 .295 2.2 .087 2.2 .087 15.3±2.6 .602±.102 

4 0.29N 0.049N 7.5 .295 2.2 .087 2.2 .087 15.3±2.6 .602±.102 

5 0.59N 0.098N 7.5 .295 2.2 .087 2.2 .087 15.3±2.6 .602±.102 

6 0.88N 0.15N 7.5 .295 2.2 .087 2.2 .087 15.3±2.6 .602±.102 

7 1.18N 0.39N 7.5 .295 2.2 .087 2.2 .087 15.3±2.6 .602±.102 


part number 


3 0.29N 0.049N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 18.5±1.2 .728±.047 

4 0.59N 0.098N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 18.5±1.2 .728±.047 

5 1.18N 0.20N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 18.5±1.2 .728±.047 

6 1.77N 0.29N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 18.5±1.2 .728±.047 

7 2.35N 0.39N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 18.5±1.2 .728±.047 


part number 


3 0.59N 0.098N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 20.7±0.8 .815±.031 

4 1.08N 0.20N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 20.7±0.8 .815±.031 

5 2.16N 0.39N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 20.7±0.8 .815±.031 

6 3.14N 0.59N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 20.7±0.8 .815±.031 

7 4.12N 0.78N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 20.7±0.8 .815±.031 


part number 


3 0.29N 0.049N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 20.7±1.2 .815±.047 

4 0.59N 0.098N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 20.7±1.2 .815±.047 

5 1.18N 0.20N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 20.7±1.2 .815±.047 

6 1.77N 0.29N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 20.7±1.2 .815±.047 

7 2.35N 0.39N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 20.7±1.2 .815±.047 


Bottom COM terminal (Guardless) 

(P.T.) 

1.6 max. 

.063 

.187 Quick-connect/Solder terminal 


(P.T.) 

3.95 

2.8 

.795 ±.012 

+0.25 

1.6 max. 

20.2 ±0.3 

–0.05 

+.010 

2.8 

.122 –.002 dia. hole .156 

.063 

2.8 

.795 ±.012 

.110 

.110 

2.8 

.110 

.110 

(O.P.) 

10.3 +0.1 

15.9 

14.7 ±0.6 

.406 +.004 .626 

10.3 

.579 ±.024 +0.1 

20.2 ±0.3 

(O.P.) 

14.7 ±0.6 

.579 ±.024 

3.1 +0.25 

–0.05 

.122 +.010 

–.002 

2.8 

.110 

3.1 dia. hole 

0.5 

.020 

3.4 ±0.15 

.134 ±.006 

22.2 ±0.1 

.874 ±.004 

27.8 

1.094 

37.8 ±0.5 

1.488 

19.3 

.760 

10.3 

.406 

.406 +.004 

3.1 +0.25 

–0.05 

.122 +.010 

–.002 

2.8 

.110 

+0.25 

3.1 –0.05 dia. hole 

+.010 

.122 –.002 dia. hole 

15.9 

.626 19.3 

.760 

27.8 

1.094 

37.3 ±0.5 

1.469 ±.020 

3.4 ±0.15 

.134 ±.006 

22.2 ±0.1 

.874 ±.004 

AH7 

mm inch 

3.95 

.156 

10.3 

.406 

77

AH7 

Side COM terminal (with right-hand guard) 

Side COM terminal (Guardless) 

.187 Quick-connect/Solder terminal 

mm inch 

(P.T.) 

1.6 max. 

.063 

20.2 ±0.3 

2.8 

.795 ±.012 

.110 

2.8 

.110 

3.1 

.122 

dia. hole 

dia. hole 

14.7 ±0.6 

10.3 16.1 15.9 

.579 ±.024 .406 +.004 

.634 .626 

1.488 ±.020 +0.25 

–0.05 

+.010 

–.002 

(O.P.) 

3.1 +0.25 

–0.05 3.4 ±0.15 

.122 +.010 

–.002 .134 ±.006 

2.8 

22.2 ±0.1 

.110 

.874 ±.004 

27.8 

1.094 

37.8 ±0.5 

3.95 

.156 

10.3 

.406 

2. Short hinge lever 

(P.T.) 

1.6 max. 

.063 

22.1 ±0.5 

.870 ±.020 

(O.P.) 

15.3 ±0.8 

.602 ±.031 

5 

.200 

3. Hinge lever 

(P.T.) 

3.2 max. 

.126 

35.8 ±0.5 

1.409 ±.020 

(O.P.) 

15.3 ±1.2 

.602 ±.047 

5 

.200 

4. Long hinge lever 

(P.T.) 

7.5 max. 

.295 

59.5 ±0.5 

2.343 ±.020 

(O.P.) 

15.3 ±2.6 

.602 ±.102 

5 

.200 


(P.T.) 

3.2 max. 

.126 

32.8 ±0.5 

3R 

.118R 

(O.P.) 

18.5 ±1.2 

.728 ±.047 

1.291 ±.020 

5 

.200 

78

AH7 

6. Short roller lever mm inch 

(P.T.) 

1.6 max. 

.063 

20.6 ±0.5 

.811 ±.020 

(O.P.) 

20.7 ±0.8 

.815 ±.031 

4.9 

.193 

4.8 dia. 

.189 

7. Roller lever 

(P.T.) 

3.2 max. 

.126 

4.9 

34.2 ±0.5 

1.346 ±.020 .193 

(O.P.) 

20.7 ±1.2 

.815 ±.047 

4.8 dia. 

.189 

NOTES 

1. Use M3 screws to mount switches with 

less than a 0.49N·m torque. Use of screw 

washers or adhesive lock is 

recommended. Before mounting, check 

insulation distance between terminals as 

well as between terminals and ground. If 

enough distance is not secured, it is 

recommended to use insulation material 

in mounting. 

Set 70 to 100% overtravel in actual use. 

When the operation object is in the free 

position, force should not be applied 

directly to the actuator or to the pin 

plunger. Also force should be applied to 

the pin plunger from vertical direction to 

the switch. 

2. When specifying NV switches, allow 

±20% to the listed operating and release 

forces. 

3. Hand soldering should be 

accomplished in less than 5 seconds, 

preferably with a 60 watt iron. Avoid 

contacting the switch case with the 

soldering iron. 

4. Low-level circuit type is recommended 

for using under low-level current and 

voltage. 

5. Avoid using NV switches in the 


• In corrosive gases, such as hydrogen 

sulfide. 

• In flammable or explosive gases such 

as gasoline or thinner etc. 

• In a dusty environment. 

• In an ambient temperature under 

–25°C –13°F or over 80°C 176°F. 

• In an ambient humidity over 85% R.H.. 

79

AV3,AVM3/AVT3,AVL3 

NEW SUBMINIATURE 

SWITCHES 


VDE 

FS•FS-T (AV) 

SWITCHES 

FS 

FS-T 

FEATURES 

• New additions: FS-T Cross-line 

terminal types Gold-clad double layer 

types exclusively for low-level circuits 

• Consistent quality and high 

precision through sophisticated 

automatic fabrication system —O.P.: 

8.4±0.3 mm .331±.012 inch (O.P.of 

conventional subminiature switches: 

8.4±0.5 .331±.020) 

• Flux-resistant construction with 

integrally molded terminals 

• Solder terminal; Self-standing, 

internationally common pitch, right 

angle, left angle terminals for PC 

board; Quick connect .110 terminals 

for easy mounting 

• Insulation guard available for safety 

mounting 

• 2 lever pivot positions available for 

applications where low operating 

force is required 

• UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO approved (As 

for gold-clad double layer, VDE and 

SEMKO are not approved) 

TYPICAL 

APPLICATIONS 

• Communication equipment 


• Security systems 

• Data systems 

• Medical equipment 

• Cassette tape recorders 

• VCR 

PC board 

thickness: 

1.6 mm .063 inch 

CONSTRUCTION (Example: AV3/AVM3 type) 

Standard version 

2 lever pivot positions 

Spring 

Long life version 

Arch-shaped independent spring 

CONTACT 

ARRANGEMENT 

Solder-terminal 

Self-standing PC terminal 

.110 Quick connect terminal 

COM 

NO 

NC 

Optional insulation guard 

Flux resistant construction 

Remark: As for FS-T switches, the terminals are the different shape. 

80


1.FS switches 


Ex. AV 3 2 0 2 

Type of 

switch 

FS•FS-T 

switch 

Version 

3: Standard 

M3: Long life 

Terminals Actuators 


pin plunger, max. 

Lever position Contacts 


Standard version: Nil: Standard 

1: Short hinge lever 0: 0.25 N [11: forward] 


2: 0.49 N 

3: Long hinge lever 4: 0.98 N 



1: Self-standing solder terminal 

with guard 


without guard 


with opposite side guard 

4: Self-standing PC terminal 

(5: Internationally common pitch 

PC terminal) 

(6: Right angle terminal) 

(7: Left angle terminal) 

8: .110 Quick-connect terminal 

Long life version: 

5: 1.47 N 

Nil: Standard type 

61: Gold-clad 

triple layer 

64: Gold-clad 

double layer 

type exlusively 

for low-level 

circuits 

2.FS-T switches 

Ex. AV T3 2 0 2 

Type of 

switch 

FS•FS-T 

switch 

Version 

T3: Standard 

L3: Long life 

Terminals Actuators 


pin plunger, max. 

Lever position 

Contacts 

0: Pin plunger Standard version: Nil: Standard 

1: Short hinge lever 0: 0.25 N 

[11: forward] 

2: Hinge lever 2: 0.49 N 

3: Long hinge lever 4: 0.98 N 

4: Simulated roller 

lever 

Long life version: 

5: Roller lever 5: 1.47 N 


4: PC terminal 

8: .110 Quick-connect 

terminal 

Nil: Standard type 

(Not applicable to 0.25 N type) 

61: Gold-clad triple layer 

64: Gold-clad double layer 

type exlusively for low-level 

circuits 


Type 

Standard 

version 

Long life 

version 

Contact 



contact type 


contact type 



contact type 


contact type 

Rating 

1mA 100mA 3A 5A 

0.25 N 

0.49 N 

Remark: For high capacity contact rating up to 10.1 A, please refer to PS (AVM3P) switches catalog. 

O.F. 

0.98 N 

1.47 N 

Gold-clad double layer (64) Gold-clad triple layer (61) 

Au 

Au 

CuNi 

Ag 

CuNi 

81


PRODUCT TYPES 

1.FS switches (In-line terminal type) 

Standard type 

Part No. 

Operating 

Self-standing solder terminal 

Actuator 

force, 

.110 Quickconnect 

Self-standing 

Max. 

With opposite 

Without guard With guard 

PC terminal 

side guard 

terminal 

Pin plunger 

0.49 N AV3202 AV3102 AV3302 AV3402 AV3802 

0.98 N AV3204 AV3104 AV3304 AV3404 AV3804 


0.20 N AV3212 AV3112 AV3312 AV3412 AV3812 

0.39 N AV3214 AV3114 AV3314 AV3414 AV3814 

0.16 N AV3222 AV3122 AV3322 AV3422 AV3822 

Hinge lever 


0.34 N AV3224 AV3124 AV3324 AV3424 AV3824 

type 

0.12 N AV3232 AV3132 AV3332 AV3432 AV3832 


0.25 N AV3234 AV3134 AV3334 AV3434 AV3834 


0.16 N AV3242 AV3142 AV3342 AV3442 AV3842 

0.34 N AV3244 AV3144 AV3344 AV3444 AV3844 

Roller lever 

0.20 N AV3252 AV3152 AV3352 AV3452 AV3852 

0.39 N AV3254 AV3154 AV3354 AV3454 AV3854 

0.25 N AV320061 AV310061 AV330061 AV340061 AV380061 

Pin plunger 

0.49 N AV320261 AV310261 AV330261 AV340261 AV380261 

0.98 N AV320461 AV310461 AV330461 AV340461 AV380461 

0.098 N AV321061 AV311061 AV331061 AV341061 AV381061 


0.20 N AV321261 AV311261 AV331261 AV341261 AV381261 

0.39 N AV321461 AV311461 AV331461 AV341461 AV381461 

0.078 N AV322061 AV312061 AV332061 AV342061 AV382061 


Hinge lever 

0.16 N AV322261 AV312261 AV332261 AV342261 AV382261 

contact type 

0.34 N AV322461 AV312461 AV332461 AV342461 AV382461 


0.12 N AV323261 AV313261 AV333261 AV343261 AV383261 

0.25 N AV323461 AV313461 AV333461 AV343461 AV383461 


0.16 N AV324261 AV314261 AV334261 AV344261 AV384261 

0.34 N AV324461 AV314461 AV334461 AV344461 AV384461 

Roller lever 

0.20 N AV325261 AV315261 AV335261 AV345261 AV385261 

0.39 N AV325461 AV315461 AV335461 AV345461 AV385461 

0.25 N AV320064 AV310064 AV330064 AV340064 AV380064 

Pin plunger 

0.49 N AV320264 AV310264 AV330264 AV340264 AV380264 

0.98 N AV320464 AV310464 AV330464 AV340464 AV380464 

0.098 N AV321064 AV311064 AV331064 AV341064 AV381064 


0.20 N AV321264 AV311264 AV331264 AV341264 AV381264 

0.39 N AV321464 AV311464 AV331464 AV341464 AV381464 

Gold-clad double 

0.078 N AV322064 AV312064 AV332064 AV342064 AV382064 

layer type 

Hinge lever 

0.16 N AV322264 AV312264 AV332264 AV342264 AV382264 

exclusively for 

low-level circuits 

0.34 N AV322464 AV312464 AV332464 AV342464 AV382464 


0.12 N AV323264 AV313264 AV333264 AV343264 AV383264 

0.25 N AV323464 AV313464 AV333464 AV343464 AV383464 


0.16 N AV324264 AV314264 AV334264 AV344264 AV384264 

0.34 N AV324464 AV314464 AV334464 AV344464 AV384464 

Roller lever 

0.20 N AV325264 AV315264 AV335264 AV345264 AV385264 

0.39 N AV325464 AV315464 AV335464 AV345464 AV385464 

Remark: When ordering, please refer to “Remarks” of ordering information. 

82

2.FS-T switches (Cross-line terminal type) 

Standard type 

Operating 

Actuator 

force, 

Max. 


type 


contact type 


layer type 

exclusively for 


Pin plunger 


Hinge lever 



Roller lever 

Pin plunger 


Hinge lever 



Roller lever 

Pin plunger 


Hinge lever 



Roller lever 


without guard 


Part No. 

PC terminal 

.110 Quick-connect 

terminal 

0.49 N AVT3202 AVT3402 AVT3802 

0.98 N AVT3204 AVT3404 AVT3804 

0.20 N AVT3212 AVT3412 AVT3812 

0.39 N AVT3214 AVT3414 AVT3814 

0.16 N AVT3222 AVT3422 AVT3822 

0.34 N AVT3224 AVT3424 AVT3824 

0.12 N AVT3232 AVT3432 AVT3832 

0.25 N AVT3234 AVT3434 AVT3834 

0.16 N AVT3242 AVT3442 AVT3842 

0.34 N AVT3244 AVT3444 AVT3844 

0.20 N AVT3252 AVT3452 AVT3852 

0.39 N AVT3254 AVT3454 AVT3854 

0.25 N AVT320061 AVT340061 AVT380061 

0.49 N AVT320261 AVT340261 AVT380261 

0.98 N AVT320461 AVT340461 AVT380461 

0.098 N AVT321061 AVT341061 AVT381061 

0.20 N AVT321261 AVT341261 AVT381261 

0.39 N AVT321461 AVT341461 AVT381461 

0.078 N AVT322061 AVT342061 AVT382061 

0.16 N AVT322261 AVT342261 AVT382261 

0.34 N AVT322461 AVT342461 AVT382461 

0.12 N AVT323261 AVT343261 AVT383261 

0.25 N AVT323461 AVT343461 AVT383461 

0.16 N AVT324261 AVT344261 AVT384261 

0.34 N AVT324461 AVT344461 AVT384461 

0.20 N AVT325261 AVT345261 AVT385261 

0.39 N AVT325461 AVT345461 AVT385461 

0.25 N AVT320064 AVT340064 AVT380064 

0.49 N AVT320264 AVT340264 AVT380264 

0.98 N AVT320464 AVT340464 AVT380464 

0.098 N AVT321064 AVT341064 AVT381064 

0.20 N AVT321264 AVT341264 AVT381264 

0.39 N AVT321464 AVT341464 AVT381464 

0.078 N AVT322064 AVT342064 AVT382064 

0.16 N AVT322264 AVT342264 AVT382264 

0.34 N AVT322464 AVT342464 AVT382464 

0.12 N AVT323264 AVT343264 AVT383264 

0.25 N AVT323464 AVT343464 AVT383464 

0.16 N AVT324264 AVT344264 AVT384264 

0.34 N AVT324464 AVT344464 AVT384464 

0.20 N AVT325264 AVT345264 AVT385264 

0.39 N AVT325464 AVT345464 AVT385464 

83




Part No. 

Operating 


Actuator 

force, 

.110 Quickconnect 

Self-standing 

Max. 

With opposite 

Without guard With guard 

PC terminal 

side guard 

terminal 

Pin plunger 1.47 N AVM3205 AVM3105 AVM3305 AVM3405 AVM3805 

Short hinge lever 0.59 N AVM3215 AVM3115 AVM3315 AVM3415 AVM3815 

Silver alloy contact Hinge lever 0.54 N AVM3225 AVM3125 AVM3325 AVM3425 AVM3825 

type 

Long hinge lever 0.44 N AVM3235 AVM3135 AVM3335 AVM3435 AVM3835 

Simulated roller lever 0.54 N AVM3245 AVM3145 AVM3345 AVM3445 AVM3845 

Roller lever 0.59 N AVM3255 AVM3155 AVM3355 AVM3455 AVM3855 



Gold-clad triple layer Hinge lever 0.54 N AVM322561 AVM312561 AVM332561 AVM342561 AVM382561 

contact type Long hinge lever 0.44 N AVM323561 AVM313561 AVM333561 AVM343561 AVM383561 






layer type 

Hinge lever 0.54 N AVM322564 AVM312564 AVM332564 AVM342564 AVM382564 

exclusively for Long hinge lever 0.44 N AVM323564 AVM313564 AVM333564 AVM343564 AVM383564 







Operating 

Actuator 

force, 

Max. 


Without guard 

Part No. 

PC terminal 

.110 Quick-connect 

terminal 

Pin plunger 1.47 N AVL3205 AVL3405 AVL3805 

Short hinge lever 0.59 N AVL3215 AVL3415 AVL3815 

Silver alloy contact Hinge lever 0.54 N AVL3225 AVL3425 AVL3825 

type 

Long hinge lever 0.44 N AVL3235 AVL3435 AVL3835 

Simulated roller lever 0.54 N AVL3245 AVL3445 AVL3845 

Roller lever 0.59 N AVL3255 AVL3455 AVL3855 



Gold-clad triple layer Hinge lever 0.54 N AVL322561 AVL342561 AVL382561 

contact type Long hinge lever 0.44 N AVL323561 AVL343561 AVL383561 






layer type 

Hinge lever 0.54 N AVL322564 AVL342564 AVL382564 

exclusively for Long hinge lever 0.44 N AVL323564 AVL343564 AVL383564 





84


1.Contact rating 

Voltage 



(cosφ]1) 



(cosφ]0.6-0.7) 

Remark: Time constant shall be less than 7 msec. for DC inductive loads. 






Triple layer Double layer Triple layer Double layer 


(cosφ]1) 


(cosφ]1) 


(cosφ]1) 


(cosφ]0.6-0.7) 


(cosφ]1) 


(cosφ]1) 

125V AC 3A 2A 0.1A — 5A 3A 0.1A — 

250V AC 3A 2A 0.1A — 5A 3A 0.1A — 

30V DC 3A 2A 0.1A 0.1A 5A 3A 0.1A 0.1A 

125V DC 0.4A 0.05A — — 0.4A 0.05A — — 

2.Characteristics 



Silver alloy contact type Gold-clad contact type Silver alloy contact type Gold-clad contact type 

Electrical life at rated load (O.T.max.) 5 × 10 4 at 20 cpm 2 × 10 5 at 20 cpm 5 × 10 4 at 20 cpm 2 × 10 5 at 20 cpm 


5 × 10 5 at 60 cpm (O.T.max.) 

3 × 10 7 (O.T.: Specified value) 

10 7 (O.T.max.) at 60 cpm 


Min.100MΩ at 500V DC 



Between each terminal and other 





(Contact opening: less than 1 msec.) 



Max.operating cycle rate 

Ambient temeprature 

Unit weight 

294 m/s 2 min. 

(O.F. 0.98 N) 

147 m/s 2 min. 

(O.F. 0.49 N) 

50 mΩ max. 

(by voltage drop 1 A 

6 to 8V DC) 

1,000 Vrms 

1,500 Vrms 

1,500 Vrms 

10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 1.5mm (Contact opening: max.1 msec.) 

294 m/s 2 min. 

(O.F. 0.98 N) 

147 m/s 2 min. 

(O.F. 0.49 N) 

49 m/s 2 min. 

(O.F. 0.25 N) 

100 mΩ max. 

(by voltage drop 0.1 A 

6 to 8V DC) 

3.Operating characteristics 


4th digit 

number of O.F.max. R.F.min. P.T.max. M.D.max. O.T.max. O.P. 

Part No. 

0 0.25N 0.020N 

294 m/s 2 min. 

Au: 50 mΩ max. (by voltage drop 0.1 A 6 to 8V DC) 

Ag: 50 mΩ max. (by voltage drop 1 A 6 to 8V DC) 

0.1 to 1,000 mm/sec. 

300 cpm 

–25°C to +85°C –13°F to +185°F (no freezing below 0°C) 

Approx.2g .07oz 

2 0.49N 0.074N 

4 0.98N 0.15N 

0.6mm 

.024inch 

0.1mm 

.004inch 

0.4mm 

.016inch 

Distance from mounting holes: 8.4±0.3mm .331±.012inch 

Distance from stand-off: 

FS 11.8±0.4mm .465±.016inch 

FS-T 11.7±0.4mm .461±.016inch 

5 1.47N 0.20N 

2) Short hinge lever 

4th digit 


Part No. 

0 0.098N 0.004N 

2 0.20N 0.017N 

4 0.39N 0.034N 

2.5mm 

.098inch 

0.5mm 

.020inch 

0.8mm 

.031inch 



FS 12.2±0.9mm .480±.035inch 

FS-T 12.1±0.9mm .476±.035inch 

5 0.59N 0.039N 

85



4th digit 

number of 

Part No. 

O.F.max. R.F.min. P.T.max. M.D.max. O.T.max. O.P. 

0 0.078N 0.003N 

2 0.16N 0.015N 

4 0.34N 0.029N 

2.8mm 

.110inch 

0.8mm 

.031inch 

1.2mm 

.047inch 



FS 12.2±0.9mm .480±.035inch 

FS-T 12.1±0.9mm .476±.035inch 

5 0.54N 0.034N 

4) Long hinge lever 

4th digit 


Part No. 

0 — — 

2 0.12N 0.012N 

4 0.25N 0.025N 

3.5mm 

.138inch 

1.0mm 

.039inch 

1.6mm 

.063inch 



FS 12.2±1.3mm .480±.051inch 

FS-T 12.1±1.3mm .476±.051inch 

5 0.44N 0.029N 


4th digit 


Part No. 

0 — — 

2 0.16N 0.015N 

4 0.34N 0.029N 

2.8mm 

.110inch 

0.8mm 

.031inch 

1.2mm 

.047inch 



FS 15.05±0.9mm .593±.035inch 

FS-T 14.95±0.9mm .589±.035inch 

5 0.54N 0.034N 

6) Roller lever 

4th digit 

number of 

Part No. 

O.F.max. R.F.min. P.T.max. M.D.max. O.T.max. O.P. 

0 — — 

2 0.20N 0.017N 

4 0.39N 0.034N 

2.5mm 

.098inch 

0.5mm 

.020inch 

0.8mm 

.031inch 



FS 17.9±0.9mm .705±.035inch 

FS-T 17.8±0.9mm .701±.035inch 

5 0.59N 0.039N 


DIMENSIONS 


1-(1) Self-standing solder terminal 


Pin plunger 

7.6 

±0.3 

.299 ±.012 

1.8 

.071 

(P.T.) 

0.6 max. 

.024 

4.0 

.157 

3-1.2 ±0.05 dia. 

3-.047 ±.002 dia. 

7.7 

+0.1 

-0.05 

.303 

+.004 

-.002 

7.4 

.291 

2.4 

.094 

2.4 

.094 

C 

(O.P.) 

±0.3 

6.7 8.4 (O.P.) 

±0.4 

.264 .331 ±.012 

11.8 

1.85 ±0.2 

±.008 

.073 

.465 ±.016 

±0.12 

NO 

1.1 

NC 

±0.15 

3.4 .043 ±.005 

.134 

±.006 

+0.1 

2.4 -0.05 dia. 

+.004 

.094 -.002 dia. 

±0.1 

2.5 

0.9 

0.5 

.098 ±.004 

±0.12 

.035 

.020 1.5 

±0.1 

±0.1 

9.5 

2.2 1.25 

.059 ±.005 

.374 ±.004 

.087 .049 ±.004 

5.2 

±0.15 

8.7 

.205 

.343 ±.006 

2.2 ±0.1 ±0.2 

±0.15 

6.4 

15.4 .606 ±.006 

±.004 

.087 

.252 ±.008 

±0.3 

19.8 

.780 ±.012 




Operating 

position 

8.7 ±0.1 

.343 ±.004 

15.4 ±0.1 

.606 ±.004 


hole, mm inch 

Distance from standoff, 

mm inch 

8.4±0.3 

.331±.012 

11.8±0.4 

.465±.016 

86


Short hinge lever mm inch General tolerance ±0.25 ±.010 

±0.4 (P.T.) 

12.85 5.0 

±.016 2.5 max. 

.506 .197 .098 

4.0 

.157 

6.6 

.260 

C 

NO 

NC 

(O.P.) 


±0.8 

8.8 (O.P.) 

±0.9 

.346 ±.031 12.2 



.480 ±.035 

Operating 

position 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

8.8±0.8 

.346±.031 

12.2±0.9 

.480±.035 

Hinge lever 

(P.T.) 

7.15 ±0.4 ±.016 2.8 max. 

.281 .110 

4.0 

.157 

C 

NO 

NC 

(O.P.) 


±0.8 

8.8 (O.P.) 

±0.9 

.346 ±.031 12.2 



.480 ±.035 

Operating 

position 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

8.8±0.8 

.346±.031 

12.2±0.9 

.480±.035 


(P.T.) 

3.5 max. 

13.1 ±0.4 .138 

±.016 

.516 

4.0 

.157 

C 

NO 

NC 

12.2 



(O.P.) 

±0.8 

8.8 

.346 ±.031 (O.P.) 


±0.9 

.480 ±.035 

Operating 

position 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

8.8±1.2 

.346±.047 

12.2±1.3 

.480±.051 


6.3 

(P.T.) 

±0.4 

±.016 

.248 

2.8 max. 

.110 

R2.5 

.098 

4.0 

.157 

C 

NO 

NC 

(O.P.) 

±0.8 

11.65 (O.P.) 


.459 ±.031 ±0.9 

15.05 



.593 ±.035 

Operating 

position 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

11.65±0.8 

.459±.031 

15.05±0.9 

.593±.035 

Roller lever 

(P.T.) 

5.15 ±0.4 2.5 max. 

±.016 

.203 .098 

3.2 

.126 

5.0 dia. 

.197 

C 

NO 

NC 

(O.P.) 


±0.8 

14.5 (O.P.) 

.571 ±.031 ±0.9 

17.9 


.705 ±.035 


Operating 

position 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

14.5±0.8 

.571±.031 

17.9±0.9 

.705±.035 

87


1-(2) Self-standing solder terminal (without guard) 

4.0 

.157 

mm inch General tolerance ±0.25 ±.010 

7.4 

.291 

3.4 

.134 

±0.15 

±.006 

C 

.073 

±0.12 

1.1 

NO 

±0.12 

NC 

1.5 

.059 ±.005 

±0.2 

2.8 

0.5 .020 

.110 ±.008 ±0.1 

1.25 

15.4 

5.2 .049 ±.004 

.606 ±.006 

±0.3 

.205 

19.8 

.780 ±.012 ±0.2 

6.4 

8.7 ±0.15 

.343 ±.006 ±0.15 

.252 ±.008 

1.85 ±0.2 

.043 ±.005 ±.008 

Dimensions other than drawn above is same as self-standing PC board terminal. 

1-(3) Self-standing solder terminal (with guard) 

8.0 

.315 

C 

NO 

NC 

24.0 

.945 

Dimensions other than drawn above is same as guardless type. 

1-(4) Self-standing solder terminal (with opposite side guard) 

8.0 

.315 

24.0 

.945 

Dimensions other than drawn above is same as guardless type. 

1-(5) .110 Quick-connect terminal 

4.0 

.157 

NO 

7.1 ±0.15 ±.006 

.280 

11.0 

±0.1 

.433 

5.5 

.217 ±.004 

2.5 ±0.1 

.098 ±.004 ±0.1 

±0.05 

3-1.2 dia. 

9.5 

.374 ±.004 

±.002 

3-.047 dia. 

±0.15 

7.6 

C 

.299 ±.006 

15.2 

±0.15 

.598 ±.006 

19.8 

±0.3 

.780 ±.012 

Dimensions other than drawn above is same as self-standing PC board terminal. 

NC 

6-C0.6 ±0.1 

6-C.024 

±0.1 

2.8 

.110 ±.004 ±.004 

4.0 

.157 

3.4 

.134 

0 

-0.15 

0 

-.006 

±0.15 

±.006 

5.2 

.205 

±0.2 

6.4 

.252 ±.008 

0.5 

.020 



Pin plunger 

7.7 

.303 

3.3 

.130 

2.4 

+0.1 

-0.05 

.094 

2.4 

.094 

+.004 

-.002 

C 

±0.3 

7.6 

(P.T.) 

4.0 

0.6 max. .157 

.024 

.299 ±.012 

(O.P.) 

±0.3 

6.7 8.4 

.264 .331 ±.012 

NO 

NC 

+0.1 

2.4 -0.05 dia. 

+.004 

.094 -.002 dia. 

±0.1 

2.5 

.098 ±.004 0.5 

±0.1 

9.5 

.020 

.374 ±.004 

8.8 

.346 

16.1 

.634 

±0.3 

19.8 

.780 ±.012 ±0.2 

±0.1 

1.2 

6.4 

.252 ±.008 

3.2 

.126 7.0 

.276 

.047 ±.004 

3-1.35 to 1.50 dia. 

3-.053 to .059 dia. 


10.9 

.429 

8.8 ±0.1 

(Button position) 

.346 ±.004 16.1 ±0.1 

.634 ±.004 




Operating 

position 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

8.4±0.3 

.331±.012 

11.7±0.4 

.461±.016 

88


Short hinge lever mm inch General tolerance ±0.25 ±.010 

12.85 5.0 ±0.4 (P.T.) 

.506 .197 ±.016 2.5 max. 

.098 

4.0 

.157 

C 

NO 

NC 


(O.P.) 

±0.8 

8.8 


.346 ±.031 Overtravel, Min. mm inch 0.8 .031 

Operating 

position 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

8.8±0.8 

.346±.031 

12.1±0.9 

.476±.035 

Hinge lever 

12.85 

.506 

7.15 ±0.4 (P.T.) 

.281 ±.016 2.8 max. 

.110 

4.0 

.157 

C 

NO 

NC 

(O.P.) 

±0.8 

8.8 

.346 ±.031 




Operating 

position 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

8.8±0.8 

.346±.031 

12.1±0.9 

.476±.035 


(P.T.) 

±0.4 

13.1 

3.5 max. 

.138 

.516 ±.016 

4.0 

.157 

C 

NO 

NC 


(O.P.) 

±1.2 

8.8 


.346 ±.047 Overtravel, Min. mm inch 1.6 .063 

Operating 

position 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

8.8±1.2 

.346±.047 

12.1±1.3 

.476±.051 


12.85 

.506 

(P.T.) 

6.3 ±0.4 2.8 max. 

±.016 

.248 

.110 

R2.5 

.098 

4.0 

.157 

C 

NO 

NC 

(O.P.) 

±0.8 

11.65 

.459 ±.031 




Operating 

position 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

11.65±0.8 

.459±.031 

14.95±0.9 

.589±.035 

Roller lever 

(P.T.) 

5.15 ±0.4 

.203 

2.5 max. 

±.016 

.098 

3.2 

.126 

5.0 dia. 

.197 

C 

NO 

NC 

(O.P.) 

±0.8 

14.5 

.571 ±.031 Pretravel, Max. mm inch 2.5 .098 



Operating 

position 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

14.5±0.8 

.571±.031 

17.8±0.9 

.701±.035 

89


2-(2) Self-standing solder terminal mm inch General tolerance ±0.25 ±.010 

7.6 

±0.3 

.299 ±.012 

(P.T.) 

0.6 max. 

.024 

4.0 

.157 

7.7 

.303 

3.3 

.130 

2.4 

.094 

2.4 

.094 

+0.1 

-0.05 

+.004 

-.002 

(O.P.) 

6.7 8.4 

±0.3 

.264 .331 ±.012 

NO 

C 

NC 

2.4 dia. 

+0.1 

-0.05 

2.5 

.094 dia. 

+.004 

±0.1 

-.002 

.098 ±.004 0.5 

±0.1 

.020 

9.5 

8.8 

.346 

16.1 

.634 

19.8 ±0.3 

.780 ±.012 

1.8 dia. 

.071 dia. 

6-C 0.3 

6-C .012 

6.4 

±0.2 

.252 ±.008 

(3.9) 

(.154) 

6.4 

.252 

1.5 

.059 

2.8 ±0.2 

.110 ±.008 

As for the dimensions of lever types, dimensions other than terminals are same as self-standing solder terminal. 

2-(3) .110 Quick-connect terminal 

7.6 

±0.3 

.299 ±.012 

(P.T.) 

0.6 max. 

.024 

4.0 

.157 

7.7 

.303 

3.3 

.130 

2.4 

.094 

2.4 

.094 

+0.1 

-0.05 

+.004 

-.002 

C 

(O.P.) 

±0.3 

6.7 8.4 

.264 

NO 

NC 

+0.1 

2.4 -0.05 dia. 

+.004 

.094 -.002 dia. 

±0.1 

2.5 

0.5 

9.5 

.020 2.8 

.374 ±.004 

8.8 

.346 

16.1 

.634 

19.8 ±0.3 

.780 ±.012 

.098 ±.004 ±0.1 

.331 ±.012 ±0.1 

.110 ±.004 

±0.2 

6.4 

.252 ±.008 

5.5 

±0.1 

.217 ±.004 ±0.15 

7.1 

.280 ±.006 

±0.05 

1.2 dia. 

±.002 

.047 dia. 

11.0 

.433 

As for the dimensions of lever types, dimensions other than terminals are same as self-standing solder terminal. 

90

NOTES 

1.Regarding fastening of switch body 

In fastening the switch body, use flat 

filister head M2.3 screws, with tightening 

torque of not more than 0.29N·m.To 

prevent loosening of the screws, it is 

recommended that spring washers be 

used with the screws and adhesive be 

applied to lock the screws. 

After mounting the switch and making 

wiring connectors, the insulation distance 

between ground and each terminal 

should be confirmed as sufficient. 

The positioning of the switch should be 

such that the pushbutton or actuator for 

the switch should not directly apply force 

to the operating section in the free 

condition.For a pushbutton, the force 

from the pushbutton should be applied in 

a perpendicular direction. 

In setting the movement after operation, 

the over-travel should be set not less 

than 70% as a standard.Setting the 

movement at less than 70% of O.T.may 

cause troubles such as mis-contact and 

welding due to small contact force of the 

switch. 

N.C. 

side 

Contact 

force 

N.O. 

side 

0 

P.T. 

70% of O.T. 

specified value 

Usable 

area 

O.T. spedified 

value 

O.T. max. 

Stroke 

2.Soldering operation 

For manual soldering: 60W soldering 

iron, soldering completed within 3 

seconds; do not apply force to the 

terminals. 

For automatic soldering tank: 250°C 

+482°F immersion, completed within 6 

seconds, 350°C +662°F immersion, 

completed within 3 seconds. 

Terminal portions must not be moved in 

min.1 minutes after soldering.Also no 

tensile strength of lead wires should be 

applied to terminals. 

3.Regarding connector connections 

(.110 quick connect terminals) 

For making connections, a dedicated 

receptacle for .110 quick connect 

terminals should be used, and the 

terminals should be inserted parallel to 

the receptacle.Consideration should be 

given to mounting so that no tensile load 

is applied to the lead wires. 

4.In making the switch selection 

Consideration should be given to provide 

for no interference up to +20% variation 

of the standard characteristics values. 

5.Environment 

Locations where corrosive gases having 

a bad influence on contacts are present, 

and locations where there is an 

excessive amount of siliceous or other 

abrasive dust should be avoided. 


6.Cautions regarding use 

This subminiatures switch has been 

designed as a dedicated switch for AC 

use, but it can be used for low capacity 

DC circuits. 

Please select gold-clad contact types 

when loads are in the low-level area of 

1mA up to 100mA and 5V up to 30V. 

3 A 

100 mA 

1 mA 

0 

DC 

AC 

5 

5 

For switching of inductive loads (relays, 

solenoids, buzzers, etc.), in order to 

prevent damage to contacts due to the 

occurrence of arcing, an arc absorbing 

circuit should be applied 

7.Quality check under Actual Loading 

Condition 

To assure reliability, check the switch 

under actual loading conditions.Avoid any 

situation that may adversely affect 

switching performance. 

8.When using lever type switch, care 

should be taken not to apply undue 

force on the body from the opposite 

side or side ways to its operating 

direction. 

Ag 

Au (-61) 

Triple layer contact type 

Au (-64) 

Double layer contac type 

15 30V 

30 250V 

91

AV3G 

SUBMINIATURE SWITCHES 

(Contact gap: more than 

1mm .039inch type) 

VDE 

FS 

(AV3G) 

SWITCHES 

FEATURES 

• Conforming to IEC950 

• Contact gap of greater than 1mm .039inch 

• UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO under application 


• Office equiment (printers, copiers) 


Ex. AV 3 2 5 5 G 


FS switch 

Version 

3: Standard 

Terminals 

2: Self-standing solder 

terminal without guard 

4: Self-standing PC 

terminal 

8: .110 Quick-connect 

terminal 

Actuators 








by pin plunger, max. 

5: 1.47 N 

Contact gap 

G: More than 1 mm type 

PRODUCT TYPES 

Actuator 



Max. 

Without guard 

PC board terminal .110 Quick- connect terminal 

Pin plunger 1.47 N AV3205G3 AV3405G3 AV3805G3 

Short hinge lever 0.59 N AV3215G3 AV3415G3 AV3815G3 

Hinge lever 0.54 N AV3225G3 AV3425G3 AV3825G3 

Long hinge lever 0.44 N AV3235G3 AV3435G3 AV3835G3 

Simulated roller lever 0.54 N AV3245G3 AV3445G3 AV3845G3 

Roller lever 0.59 N AV3255G3 AV3455G3 AV3855G3 

Remark: Unless you request otherwise, the switch comes with a stamp indicating its conformance to standards. 



• Silver alloy contact type 

Voltage 

Resistive road (cos φ]1) 

30 V DC 3 A 

92

Remark: Test conditions are in accordance with JIS C 4505. 

AV3G 


Item 


Expected life 

Mechanical (O.T.: Specified value) Min. 5 × 10 5 (at 60cpm) 

Electrical (O.T. max.) 

Min. 10 4 (at 20cpm) 

Between non-continuous terminals 1,000 Vrms for 1 min. (at 10mA) 

Breakdown voltage 

Between each terminal and other exposed 

metal parts 

2,000 Vrms for 1 min. (at 10mA) 

Between each terminal and ground 2,000 Vrms for 1 min. (at 10mA) 


Min. 100MΩ (at 500 V DC) 

Contact resistance (Initial) Max. 50mΩ (by voltage drop 6 to 8 V DC 1A) 


10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.75 mm (Contact opening: Max. 1 msec.) 


Pin plunger type 

294m/s 2 (Contact distance: Max. 1 msec.) 

Lever type 

147m/s 2 (Contact distance: Max. 1 msec.) 

Allowable operation speed (No load) 

0.1 to 1,000 mm/s 

Max. switching frequency (No load) 

300 cpm. 


–25°C to +85°C –13°F to +185°F 

(Not freezing below 0°C 32°F) 


Actuator 


Max. 


Min. 

Pin plunger 1.47 N 0.064 N 

Short hinge lever 0.59 N 0.015 N 

Hinge lever 0.54 N 0.013 N 

Long hinge lever 0.44 N 0.0098 N 

Simulated roller lever 0.54 N 0.013 N 

Roller lever 0.59 N 0.015 N 

Pretravel, 

Max. mm inch 

0.7 

.028 

2.5 

.098 

2.8 

.110 

3.5 

.138 

2.8 

.110 

2.5 

.098 

Movement 

differential, 

Max. mm inch 

0.2 

.008 

0.8 

.031 

1.0 

.039 

1.2 

.047 

1.0 

.039 

0.8 

.031 

Overtravel, 

Min. mm inch 

0.3 

.012 

0.6 

.024 

0.8 

.031 

1.2 

.047 

0.8 

.031 

0.6 

.024 

Operating 

position, 

mm inch 

8.4±0.3 

.331±.012 

8.8±0.8 

.346±.031 

8.8±0.8 

.346±.031 

8.8±1.2 

.346±.047 

11.65±0.8 

.459±.031 

14.5±0.8 

.571±.031 

DIMENSIONS 

The same size as the standard FS/FS-T switches. 

Please refer to “FS/FS-T switches pages” or our web site. 

URL: http://www.nais-e.com/ 

93

AVM3P 

HIGH CAPACITY, 

LONG LIFE SUBMINIATURE 

SWITCH 

PS (AVM3P) 

SWITCHES 

FEATURES 

• 10.1 Amp. high contact capacity is 

available 

• Long life 

• Precise operating position 

(±0.25mm: Pin plunger type) 

• Flux-resistant construction with 

integrally molded terminals 

• In-line terminals make soldering 

works easy 

• UL/CSA/SEMKO approved 

TYPICAL 

APPLICATIONS 

• Heaters 

• Electric carpets 

• Electric rice cookers 

• Copiers 

• Printers 

• Facsimiles 


• Measuring equipment 

• Audio equipment 


Ex. AVM3 1 0 5 P 


PS switch 

Terminals 


with guard 


without guard 


with opposite side guard 

4: Self-standing PC terminal 

Actuators 








by pin plunger, max. 

5: 1.47 N 

Remarks: When ordering UL/CSA/SEMKO approved types, add suffix 3 to the part No., for example, AVM3205P3. 

Capacity 

P: High capacity 

(10.1 A) 

CONSTRUCTION CONTACT 

;; ARRANGEMENT: SPST 

;; 

COM NO NC 

DATA 

Electrical life curve 

No. of operations, ×10 4 

30 

20 

10 

5 

3 

1 

0 5 10 

Load current (A) 

94

PRODUCT TYPES 

Contact 

Gold-clad 

Remarks: When ordering UL/CSA/SEMKO approved types, add suffix 3 to the part No., for example, AVM3205P3. 



Resistive load (cos φ ] 1) 

Actuator 


Electrical 

Expected life 

Mechanical 


Dielectric 

Between terminals and other exposed metal parts 

strength 







Unit weight 



Actuator 

Max. 

Without guard 

Part No. 


With guard 

With opposite 

side guard 

AVM3P 

Self-standing 

PC terminal 

Pin plunger AVM3205P AVM3105P AVM3305P AVM3405P 

Short hinge lever AVM3215P AVM3115P AVM3315P AVM3415P 

Hinge lever AVM3225P AVM3125P AVM3325P AVM3425P 

Long hinge lever AVM3235P AVM3135P AVM3335P AVM3435P 

Simulated roller lever AVM3245P AVM3145P AVM3345P AVM3445P 

Roller lever AVM3255P AVM3155P AVM3355P AVM3455P 


Min. 

Pin plunger 1.47 N 0.20 N 

Short hinge lever 0.59 N 0.039 N 

Hinge lever 0.54 N 0.034 N 

Long hinge lever 0.44 N 0.029 N 

Simulated roller lever 0.54 N 0.034 N 

Roller lever 0.59 N 0.039 N 


mm inch 

0.6 mm 

.024 inch 

2.5 mm 

.098 inch 

2.8 mm 

.110 inch 

3.5 mm 

.138 inch 

2.8 mm 

.110 inch 

2.5 mm 

.098 inch 

10.1A, 250V AC 

Min. 5 × 10 4 (at 20 cpm) (O.T. max.) 

Min. 3 × 10 7 (O.T.: Specified value), at 60 cpm 

1,000 Vrms for 1 min. (at 10 mA) 




Max. 50mΩ (By voltage drop, 1A 6 to 8V DC) 

0.1 to 1,000 mm/sec. 

300 cpm 


Approx. 2g .07oz 


Max. mm inch 

0.1 mm 

.004 inch 

0.5 mm 

.020 inch 

0.8 mm 

.031 inch 

1.0 mm 

.039 inch 

0.8 mm 

.031 inch 

0.5 mm 

.020 inch 

Overtravel, Min. 

mm inch 

0.4 mm 

.016 inch 

0.8 mm 

.031 inch 

1.2 mm 

.047 inch 

1.6 mm 

.063 inch 

1.2 mm 

.047 inch 

0.8 mm 

.031 inch 


mm inch 

8.4±0.25 mm 

.331±.010 inch 

8.8±0.8 mm 

.346±.031 inch 

8.8±0.8 mm 

.346±.031 inch 

8.8±1.2 mm 

.346±.047 inch 

11.65±0.8 mm 

.459±.031 inch 

14.5±0.8 mm 

.571±.031 inch 


DIMENSIONS 

1. Self-standing PC terminal (Without guard) 

Pin plunger 


±0.05 

3-1.2 dia. 

±.002 

3-.047 dia. 

7.4 

.291 

7.7 

2.4 

+0.1 

+.004 

-.002 

.303 .094 -0.05 

2.4 

.094 

0.75 

.030 

0.5 

.020 

C 

7.6 ±0.3 

±.012 

.299 

1.8 

.071 

NO 

NC 

(P.T.) 

0.6 max. 

.024 

+0.1 

±0.1 

2.5 

2.4 -0.05 dia. 

+.004 

.094 

.098 ±.004 -.002 dia. 

0.9 

±0.1 

9.5 

.035 

.374 ±.004 

±0.15 

8.7 2.2 

.087 2.2 ±0.1 

15.4 

.343 ±.006 ±0.15 

.606 ±.006 

19.8 

±0.3 

.780 ±.012 

6.7 

.264 

(O.P.) 

(O.P.) 

±0.25 

8.4 

±.010 

±0.35 

.331 11.8 

.465 ±.014 

±0.15 

3.4 

.134 ±.006 

.087 ±.004 

4.0 

.157 

.059 

±.005 

.043 

0.5 

.020 

1.25 

5.2 

.205 

±0.2 

6.4 

.252 ±.008 

.073 

1.5 ±0.12 ±.008 

1.1 ±0.12 ±.005 

±0.1 

.049 ±.004 

1.85 ±0.2 

8.7 ±0.15 

.343 ±.006 

Pin plunger position 

(10.55 .415) 

15.4 ±0.1 

.606 ±.004 



Max. mm inch 

0.1 .004 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

8.4±0.25 

.331±.010 

95

AVM3P 



4.0 

.157 

12.85 

.506 

(P.T.) 

2.5 max. 

5.0 ±0.4 .098 

±.016 

.197 

7.4 

.291 

7.7 

2.4 

+0.1 

+.004 

-.002 

.303 .094 -0.05 

2.4 

.094 

0.75 

.030 

0.5 

.020 

C 

NO 

.780 ±.012 

(O.P.) 

±0.8 

6.7 8.8 (O.P.) 

±.031 

.264 .346 12.2 

±0.9 

.480 ±.035 

.059 

1.85 ±0.2 

.073 

1.5 ±0.12 ±.008 

1.1 ±0.12 ±.005 

NC 

±0.15 

3.4 

±.005 

.043 

.134 ±.006 

+0.1 

2.4 -0.05 dia. 

±0.1 

+.004 

0.5 

2.5 

.094 -.002 dia. 

.020 


.098 ±.004 0.9 

±0.1 

.035 

1.25 

±0.1 


9.5 

5.2 

.049 ±.004 

0.5 .020 

.374 Max. mm inch 

±.004 

.205 

±0.15 

8.7 2.2 

±0.2 

.087 

6.4 


.343 ±.006 2.2 ±0.1 

±0.15 

15.4 

.087 ±.004 .252 ±.008 Distance from 

.606 Operating 

8.8±0.8 

±.006 


±0.3 

19.8 

position 

.346±.031 

mm inch 

Hinge lever 

12.85 

.506 

7.15 ±0.4 

±.016 

.281 

4.0 

.157 

(P.T.) 

2.8 max. 

.110 

7.4 

.291 

7.7 

2.4 

+0.1 

+.004 

-.002 

.303 .094 -0.05 

2.4 

.094 

0.75 

.030 

0.5 

.020 

C 

NO 

NC 

.098 ±.004 2.4 dia. 

+0.1 

2.5 

-0.05 

+.004 

.094 -.002 dia. 

±0.1 

0.9 

9.5 

.035 

±0.1 

.374 ±.004 

8.7 2.2 

±0.15 

.087 

2.2 ±0.1 

15.4 

.343 ±.006 ±0.15 

.606 ±.006 

19.8 

±0.3 

.780 ±.012 

(O.P.) 

±0.8 

6.7 8.8 (O.P.) 

±.031 

.264 .346 12.2 

3.4 

.134 ±.006 

.087 ±.004 ±0.15 

±0.9 

.480 ±.035 

.059 

±.005 

.043 

0.5 

.020 

1.25 

5.2 

.205 

±0.2 

6.4 

.252 ±.008 

.073 

1.5 ±0.12 ±.008 

1.1 ±0.12 ±.005 

±0.1 

.049 ±.004 

1.85 ±0.2 



Max. mm inch 

0.8 .031 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

8.8±0.8 

.346±.031 


12.85 

.506 

13.1 ±0.4 

±.016 

.516 

4.0 

.157 

(P.T.) 

3.5 max. 

.138 

7.4 

.291 

7.7 

2.4 

+0.1 

+.004 

-.002 

.303 .094 -0.05 

2.4 

.094 

0.75 

.030 

0.5 

.020 

C 

NO 

NC 

.098 ±.004 2.4 dia. 

+0.1 

2.5 

-0.05 

+.004 

.094 -.002 dia. 

±0.1 

0.9 

9.5 

.035 

±0.1 

.374 ±.004 

8.7 2.2 

±0.15 

.087 2.2 ±0.1 

15.4 

.343 ±.006 ±0.15 

.606 ±.006 

19.8 

±0.3 

.780 ±.012 

(O.P.) 

6.7 8.8 ±1.2 

(O.P.) 

±.047 

.264 .346 ±1.3 

12.2 

.480 ±.051 

±0.15 

3.4 

.134 ±.006 

.087 ±.004 

.059 

±.005 

.043 

0.5 

.020 

1.25 

5.2 

.205 

±0.2 

6.4 

.252 ±.008 

.073 

1.5 ±0.12 ±.008 

1.1 ±0.12 ±.005 

±0.1 

.049 ±.004 

1.85 ±0.2 



Max. mm inch 

1.0 .039 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

8.8±1.2 

.346±.047 

96

AVM3P 

Simulated roller lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010 

12.85 

.506 

6.3 ±0.4 

±.016 

.248 

4.0 

.157 

R2.5 

.098 

(P.T.) 

2.8 max. 

.110 

7.4 

.291 

7.7 

2.4 

+0.1 

+.004 

-.002 

.303 .094 -0.05 

2.4 

.094 

0.75 

.030 

0.5 

.020 

C 

.780 ±.012 

1.85 ±0.2 

(O.P.) 

±.008 

11.65 ±0.8 

.073 

(O.P.) 

±.031 

6.7 .459 ±0.9 

15.05 

1.5 ±0.12 ±.005 

.264 

.593 ±.035 .059 

NO 

1.1 ±0.12 NC 

±0.15 

3.4 

±.005 

.043 

.134 ±.006 

+0.1 

2.4 -0.05 dia. 

+.004 

±0.1 

.094 -.002 dia. 

2.5 

0.5 

.020 

.098 Pretravel, Max. mm inch 2.8 .110 

±.004 

0.9 

±0.1 

±0.1 

1.25 

9.5 

.035 

5.2 .049 ±.004 


.374 0.8 .031 

±.004 

.205 

Max. mm inch 

±0.15 

8.7 2.2 

±0.2 

.087 

6.4 

.343 ±.006 2.2 Overtravel, Min mm inch 1.2 .047 

±0.1 

±0.15 

15.4 

.087 

.252 ±.004 ±.008 Distance from 

.606 ±.006 

Operating 

11.65±0.8 

±0.3 

19.8 


position 

.459±.031 

mm inch 

Roller lever 

12.85 

.506 

5.15 ±0.4 

.203 ±.016 

(P.T.) 

2.5 max. 

.098 

3.2 

.126 

5.0 dia. 

.197 

7.4 

.291 

7.7 

2.4 

+0.1 

+.004 

-.002 

.303 .094 -0.05 

2.4 

.094 

0.75 

.030 

0.5 

.020 

C 

NO 

NC 

±.004 2.4 dia. 

+0.1 

2.5 

.098 

-0.05 

+.004 

.094 -.002 dia. 

±0.1 

0.9 

9.5 

.035 

±0.1 

.374 ±.004 

8.7 2.2 

.087 

±0.15 

2.2 ±0.1 

.343 ±.006 ±0.15 

15.4 

.606 ±.006 

19.8 

±0.3 

.780 ±.012 

6.7 

.264 

3.4 

.134 ±.006 

.087 ±.004 ±0.15 

(O.P.) 

14.5 ±0.8 

(O.P.) 

±.031 

.571 17.9 

±0.9 

.705 ±.035 

.059 

±.005 

.043 

0.5 

.020 

1.25 

5.2 

.205 

±0.2 

6.4 

.252 ±.008 

.073 

1.5 ±0.12 ±.008 

1.1 ±0.12 ±.005 

±0.1 

.049 ±.004 

1.85 ±0.2 



Max. mm inch 

0.5 .020 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

14.5±0.8 

.571±.031 

2. Self-standing solder terminal 

Pin plunger 

With guard 

With opposite 

side guard 

2.4 

7.7 

.303 

+.004 

.094 -0.05 

-.002 

7.4 2.4 

.291 .094 

+0.1 

C 

±.012 

.299 

1.8 .071 

NO 

15.4 

7.6 ±0.3 

±0.2 

.606 ±.006 

±0.3 

19.8 

.780 ±.012 

R0.8 

.031 

(P.T.) 

0.6 max. 

.024 

(O.P.) 

±0.25 

6.7 8.4 (O.P.) 

±.010 

.264 .331 11.8 

NC 

±0.15 

3.4 

.134 ±.006 

2.4 

±0.1 

+0.1 

2.5 

.094 2.4 -0.05 dia. 

.098 ±.004 +.004 

.094 -.002 dia. 

±0.1 

9.5 

.374 ±.004 

2.8 

±0.15 

8.7 .110 ±.008 

.343 ±.006 ±0.15 

2.2 .087 

R0.6 

.024 

±0.35 

.465 ±.014 

4.0 

.157 

.059 

±.005 

.043 

0.5 

.020 

1.25 

5.2 

.205 

±0.2 

6.4 

.252 ±.008 

.073 

1.5 ±0.12 ±.008 

1.1 ±0.12 ±.005 

±0.1 

.049 ±.004 

1.85 ±0.2 

8 * 24 

.315 

.945 

24 

.945 

8 * 

.315 

* The height from the center of mounting hole to the edge of guard. 

97

AVM3P 

NOTES 


1) Use flat filister head M2.3 screws to 

mount switches with less than a 0.29 N·m 

torque. Use of screws washers or 

adhesive lock is recommended to prevent 

loosening of the screws. 





directly to the actuator or pin plunger 

from vertical direction to the switch. 

4) In setting the movement after 

operation, the over-travel should be set 

more than 70% as a standard. Setting the 

movement at less than 70% of O.T. may 

cause troubles such as miscontact and 

welding due to small contact force of the 

switch. 

5) For a lever type, the force from the 

reverse and side to the operation 

direction should not be applied. 


For manual soldering: 

Soldering should be accomplished in less 

than 3 seconds, with a 60 watt iron. Care 

should be taken not to apply force to the 

terminal during soldering. 

For automatic soldering: 

Soldering should be done less than 6 

seconds in 260°C 500°F soldering bath 

or less than 3 seconds in 350°C 662°F 

soldering bath. 

Terminal portions should not be moved 

within 1 minute after soldering. 

Also no tensile strength of lead wires 

should be applied to the terminals. 

3. Selection of the switch 

When specifying the switch, allow ±20% 

to the listed operating characteristics. 



conditions; 



5. Cautions regarding use 

When switching low-level circuits (6V DC 

5mA, 12V DC 2mA, 24V DC 1mA), FS/ 

FS-T Au clad contact type switches are 

recommended. When used to switch 

inductive loads (relays, solenoids, 

buzzers, etc.), it is recommended that a 

proper spark quench circuit is inserted in 

the switch to prevent contact faults 

caused by electric arcs. Care should be 

taken that occurrence in AC load possibly 

shorten the expected life. 

6. Quality check under actual loading 

conditions 


under actual loading conditions. Avoid 

any situation that may adversely affect 


98

AV6 

S Model Switch 

Connector Type 

FEATURES 

• Using a connector for connections 

significantly improves operation 

effectiveness. 

Applicable connector: 

XA connector produced by JST Mfg. Co., 

Ltd. 

- Contact: SXA-001T-P0.6 

- Housing: XAP-02V-1 

CS (AV6) 

SWITCHES 

• The lever position is available in two 

types. 

Standard lever position 

"Standard lever position" refers to a 

position in which the lever is installed with 

the plunger close to the reference. 

Connector 

• Contact reliability is achived by 

simple dust prevension guard and 

gold-clad double layer contacts 

Backward lever position 

"Backward lever position" refers to a 

position in which the lever is installed with 

the plunger far away from the reference. 

(with cap removed) 

A 

A 

A-A cross-section 

(internal parts omitted) 

Gold clad double 

layer contacts 

Gold-clad 

Copper alloy 

(SPST-NC) 

• The contact arrangement is available 

in two types, the SPST-NC and the 

SPST-NO. 

TYPICAL 

APPLICATIONS 

• Detection of vending machine 

condition whether cans are out of 

stock 

• Ball detection of pinball game 

machine 

• PPC (Plain Paper Copier) 

• LBP (Laser Beam Printer) 


Ex. AV6 2 2 2 12 64 


AV6: CS switch 


2: SPST-NC 

3: SPST-NO 

Actuators 





O.F. 


2: 0.50 N 

5: 1.50 N 

Remarks: 1. Standard packing Inner carton: 100 pcs. Outer carton: 1,000 pcs. 

2. When ordering UL, CSA and TÜV approved types, please attach suffix “3” to the part no. 

Lever position 

Nil: Standard 

12: Backward 

Contacts 

64: Gold clad double layer 

99

AV6 

PRODUCT TYPES 

1. Lever position: Standard 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 

Actuator 


Roller lever 


SPST-NC 

Remarks: 1. When ordering UL, CSA and TÜV approved (under application) types, please attach suffix "3" to the part no. 


SPST-NO 

0.50N AV620264 AV630264 

1.50N AV620564 AV630564 

0.20N AV622264 AV632264 

0.50N AV622564 AV632564 

0.20N AV624264 AV634264 

0.50N AV624564 AV634564 

0.20N AV625264 AV635264 

0.50N AV625564 AV635564 

2. Lever position: Backward 

Hinge lever 

Actuator 


Roller lever 



SPST-NC 

SPST-NO 

0.35N AV62221264 AV63221264 

1.00N AV62251264 AV63251264 

0.35N AV62421264 AV63421264 

1.00N AV62451264 AV63451264 

0.35N AV62521264 AV63521264 

1.00N AV62551264 AV63551264 

Remarks: 1. When ordering UL, CSA and TÜV approved (under application) types, please attach suffix "3" to the part no. 



Contact Voltage Resistive load (cos φ ] 1) 

Gold clad double layer 

30[V] DC 

0.1[A] 

5[V] DC 

1[mA] Low-level circuit rating 


Mechanical 

Expected 

life Electrical 

(Rated load) 



Dielectric 

strength 


(initial) 

Viblation 

resistance 

Shock 

resistance 


and other exposed 

metal parts 


and ground 

Connector 

insertion force 

Connector 

holding force 

Connector removal 

operating times 

Allowable operating speed (No load) 

Max. operating cycle rate (No load) 


Unit weight 



Min. 100MΩ 




100MΩ max. (by voltage drop 0.1A 6 to 8 VDC) 

Value includes the resistance between the connector and the lead (#AWG28, length: 50 mm 1.969inch) 

10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.75mm 

(Contact opening: max. 1msec.) 

Applied shock 1.50N type: Min.300m/s 2 

{Contact opening: Max. 1msec.} 

0.50N type: Min.150m/s 2 

{Contact opening: Max. 1msec.} 

Max. 20N (inserted in removal direction) 

Min. 20N (extracted by static load, in removal direction) 

Max. 5 times (in removal direction) 

0.1 to 1,000 mm/s (at pin plunger) 

300 cpm 

–25 to +85°C –13 to +185°F 

(No freezing and condensing) 

Approx. 2.5g .09oz (pin plunger type) 

100


1) Lever position: Standard 

Type of 

actuator 

Pin plunger 

Hinge lever 

Simulated 

roller lever 

Roller lever 


Max. 

2) Lever position: Backward 

Type of 

actuator 

Hinge lever 

Simulated 

roller lever 

Roller lever 


Min. 


mm inch 

0.50N 0.04N 0.6 

1.50N 0.25N 

.024 

0.20N 0.02N 2.6 

0.50N 0.06N 

.102 

0.20N 0.02N 2.6 

0.50N 0.06N 

.102 

0.20N 0.02N 2.6 

0.50N 0.06N 

.102 


Max. 


Min. 


mm inch 

0.35N 0.03N 1.4 

1.00N 0.10N{ 

.055 

0.35N 0.03N 1.4 

1.00N 0.10N 

.055 

0.35N 0.03N 1.4 

1.00N 0.10N 

.055 


Max, mm inch 

Overtravel, 

Min. mm inch 

AV6 

Operating 

position, mm inch 


DIMENSIONS 


0.1 

.004 

0.8 

.031 

0.8 

.031 

0.8 

.031 


Max, mm inch 

0.6 

.024 

0.6 

.024 

0.6 

.024 

0.4 

.016 

1.2 

.047 

1.2 

.047 

1.2 

.047 

Overtravel, 

Min. mm inch 

0.7 

.028 

0.7 

.028 

0.7 

.028 

8.4±0.3 

.331±.012 

10.0±0.8 

.394±.031 

12.2±0.8 

.480±.031 

15.7±0.8 

.618±.031 

Operating 

position, mm inch 

9.2±0.6 

.362±.024 

11.3±0.6 

.445±.024 

14.9±0.6 

.587±.024 

Pin plunger 

type P.T 

0.6 .024 max. 

Pin plunger 2.4 

type O.P 

7.7 

10.0 .094 

.303 

8.4 ±0.3 

.394 

.331 ±.012 

Base line 

+0.05 

−0.1 

+.002 

−.004 

5.7 

.224 

7.6 

.299 

2.5 ±0.1 

.098 ±.004 

9.5 ±0.08 

.374 ±.003 

29.2 

1.150 

2.4 

.094 

+0.05 

−0.1 

+.002 

−.004 

2.5 

.098 

3.85 

.152 

7 

.276 


Movement differential, Max. 

mm inch 

0.1 .004 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

8.4±0.3 

.331±.012 

2. Hinge lever 

Lever position: Standard 

2.4 

7.7 

10.0 .094 .303 

.394 

+0.05 

−0.1 

+.002 

−.004 

5.7 

.224 

12.9 

.508 

2.5 ±0.1 

.098 ±.004 

9.5 ±0.08 

.374 ±.003 

29.2 

1.150 

2.4 

.094 

+0.05 

−0.1 

+.002 

−.004 

P.T 

2.6 .103 max. 

O.P 

10.0 ±0.08 

.394 ±.003 

2.5 

.098 

4.0 

.157 

7 

.276 



mm inch 

0.8 .031 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

10.0±0.8 

.394±.031 

Lever position: Backward 

P.T 

1.4 .055 max. 

O.P 

9.2 ±0.6 

.362 ±.024 

2.4 

7.7 

10.0 .094 .303 

.394 

+0.05 

−0.1 

+.002 

−.004 

5.7 

.224 

2.5 ±0.1 

.098 ±.004 

9.5 ±0.08 

.374 ±.003 

29.2 

1.150 

2.4 

.094 

2.4 

.094 

+0.05 

−0.1 

+.002 

−.004 

2.5 

.098 

4.0 

.157 

7 

.276 



mm inch 

0.6 .024 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

9.2±0.6 

.362±.024 

101

AV6 



mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ± .010 

2.4 

7.7 

10.0 .094 .303 

.394 

+0.05 

−0.1 

+.002 

−.004 

5.7 

.224 

12.9 

.508 

2.5 ±0.1 

.098 ±.004 

9.5 ±0.08 

.374 ±.003 

29.2 

1.150 

2.4 

.094 

+0.05 

−0.1 

+.002 

−.004 

P.T 

2.6 .103 max. 

O.P 

12.2 ±0.8 

.480 ±.031 

2.5 

.098 

4.0 

.157 

7 

.276 



mm inch 

0.8 .031 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

12.2±0.8 

.480±.031 


P.T 

1.4 .055 max. 

O.P 

11.3 ±0.6 

.445 ±.024 

2.4 

7.7 

10.0 .094 .303 

.394 

+0.05 

−0.1 

+.002 

−.004 

5.7 

.224 

2.5 ±0.1 

.098 ±.004 

9.5 ±0.08 

.374 ±.003 

29.2 

1.150 

2.4 

.094 

2.4 

.094 

+0.05 

−0.1 

+.002 

−.004 

2.5 

.098 

4.0 

.157 

7 

.276 



mm inch 

0.6 .024 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

11.3±0.6 

.445±.024 

4. Roller lever 


P.T 

2.6 .103 max. 

2.4 

7.7 

10.0 .094 .303 

.394 

+0.05 

−0.1 

+.002 

−.004 

5.7 

.224 

12.9 

.508 

2.5 ±0.1 

.098 ±.004 

9.5 ±0.08 

.374 ±.003 

29.2 

1.150 

2.4 

.094 

+0.05 

−0.1 

+.002 

−.004 

O.P 

15.7 ±0.8 

.618 ±.031 

2.5 

.098 

7 

.276 



mm inch 

0.8 .031 


Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

15.7±0.8 

.618±.031 


P.T 

1.4 .055 max. 

O.P 

14.9 ±0.6 

.587 ±.024 

2.4 

7.7 

10.0 .094 .303 

.394 

+0.05 

−0.1 

+.002 

−.004 

5.7 

.224 

2.5 ±0.1 

.098 ±.004 

9.5 ±0.08 

.374 ±.003 

29.2 

1.150 

2.4 

.094 

2.4 

.094 

+0.05 

−0.1 

+.002 

−.004 

2.5 

.098 

7 

.276 



mm inch 

0.6.024 

Overtravel, Min. mm inch 0.7.028 

Operating 

position 

Distance from 


mm inch 

14.9±0.6 

.587±.024 

102

NOTES 


1) Use flat filister head M2.3 screws to 

mount switches with less than a 0.29N·m 

torque. Use of screws washers or 

adhesive lock is recommended to prevent 

loosening of the screws. 





directly to the actuator or pin plunger. 

Also force should be applied to the pin 

plunger from vertical direction to the 

switch. 



more than 70% as a standard. 

With the lever type, do not apply 

excessive force in the direction opposite 

to the movement, or from the horizontal 

direction. 

5) For a lever type, the force from the 

reverse to the operation direction should 

not be applied. 

2. About the connector 

1) The connector on the CS switch is 

designed to fit with the XA connector 

produced by JST Mfg. Co., Ltd. Do not 

use any connector other than the 

specified connector, or solder the 

terminals directly. 

2) Make sure leads are arranged so that 

no constant force is applied to them when 

the connectors are mated. 

3) Keep the connector straight when 

inserting it. If it is inserted at an angle, it 

may snag near the entrance, or it may be 

inserted too forcefully. 

4) Problems thought to be caused by the 

XA connector, which is specified as 

conforming to the CS switch connector, 

are not covered by the warranty. Please 

contact JST Mfg., Co., Ltd. and request 

cooperation in resolving the problem. 

3. Selection of the switch 

When specifying the switch, allow ±20% 

to the listed operating characteristics. 

AV6 



conditions; 



When cleaning the switch, use a diluted 

form of a neutral cleaning agent. Using 

acidic or alkali solvents can adversely 

affect the performance of the switch. 

5. Precautions concerning circuits 

The CS switch is designed specifically for 

low-voltage, low-current loads. Avoid 

using it at loads that exceed the resistive 

load. 


conditions 





103

AH1 

ULTRA-MINIATURE 

SWITCHES 


FJ (AH1) 

SWITCHES 

FEATURES 

• Integrally molded terminal block— 

prevents soldering flux from entering 

into housing 

• Compact size —minimizes size of 

equipment 

• Flat terminal shape—makes 

soldering works easy 

• Low-level circuit type available 

• Self-standing PC board terminal type 

available 

TYPICAL 

APPLICATIONS 

• Mouse 

• Charger unit for mobile phone 

• Detection of key position for 

automobiles 

Light angle terminal Left angle terminal 


Ex. AH 1 4 8 0 61 

Product Name 

Terminal 


Contact 

Actuator 

Contact 


arrangement 

4: 2.0 mm Self-standing 

PC board terminal with stand off 

6: 1.47 N 

with stand off 



Nil: Silver alloy 

61: Gold-clad 

Nil: SPDT 

A: SPST-NO 

FJ 6: 2.0 mm solder terminal with stand off 

7: 2.0 mm PC board right angle terminal 

8: 2.0 mm PC board left angle terminal 

8: 0.74 N 

with stand off 


Remark: 2.0 mm PC board terminal straight type is available. For details, please consult us. 

PRODUCT TYPES 

The color of: 

Color 

Type 

Body Cap Plunger 

Standard Black Black White 

Low-level circuit Black Black Red 

1. Self-standing PC board terminal 

Actuators Operating force, Max. 

Standard (Silver alloy contact) 

Low-level circuit (Gold-clad contact) 

SPDT SPST-NO SPDT 

Pin plunger 

0.74 N AH1480 AH1480A AH148061 

1.47 N AH1460 AH1460A AH146061 

Hinge lever 

0.25 N AH1482 AH1482A AH148261 

0.49 N AH1462 AH1462A AH146261 


0.26 N AH1484 AH1484A AH148461 

0.54 N AH1464 AH1464A AH146461 


Actuators 


Standard (Silver alloy contact) Low-level circuit (Gold-clad contact) 

SPDT 

SPDT 

Pin plunger 

0.74 N AH1680 AH168061 

1.47 N AH1660 AH166061 

Hinge lever 

0.25 N AH1682 AH168261 

0.49 N AH1662 AH166261 


0.26 N AH1684 AH168461 

0.54 N AH1664 AH166461 

104

AH1 

3. PC board terminal right angle 

Actuators 



SPDT 

SPDT 

Pin plunger 0.74 N AH1780 AH178061 

Pin plunger 1.47 N AH1760 AH176061 

Hinge lever 0.25 N AH1782 AH178261 

Hinge lever 0.49 N AH1762 AH176261 

Simulated roller lever 0.26 N AH1784 AH178461 

Simulated roller lever 0.54 N AH1764 AH176461 

4. PC board terminal left angle 

Actuators 



SPDT 

SPDT 

Pin plunger 

0.74 N AH1880 AH188061 

1.47 N AH1860 AH186061 

Hinge lever 

0.25 N AH1882 AH188261 

0.49 N AH1862 AH186261 


0.26 N AH1884 AH188461 

0.54 N AH1864 AH186461 

Remarks: 1. The appearance of right and left angle types are as below. 

Right angle Left angle 

2. When ordering UL/CSA approved types, please attach suffix “9” to the part number. 

3. Standard packing: 50 pcs./tube. 

4. Please consult us for the delivery schedule of PC board terminal SPST-NO type. 


Contact 

Applicable current range Max. operating force for operation (at pin plunger) 

1 mA 0.1 A 1 A 3 A 0.74 N 

1.47 N 

Standard type 

(Silver alloy) 

Low level circuit type 

(Gold-clad) 


1. Contact rating (resistive load) 

Standard rating 

Minimum rating 

O.F. 75g 2.65oz 1A 125V AC, 1A 30V DC — 

Standard type 

O.F. 150g 5.29oz 3A 125V AC, 2A 30V DC — 

Low-level circuit type 0.1A 125V AC, 0.1A 30V DC 5mA 6V DC, 2mA 12V DC, 1mA 24V DC 


Contact arrangement Standard type Low-level circuit type 

Expected life (Min. operations) 

Electrical (at rated load, 20 cpm) (O.T.: Max.) 

3 × 10 4 10 5 

Expected life (Min. operations) 

Mechanical (at 60 cpm) (O.T.: Specified value) 

Dielectric strength (initial) 


Between terminals and other exposed parts 


Insulation resistance (Min. at 500V DC) 

Initial contact resistance 

Allowable operating speed (No load) 

Max. operating cycle rate (No load) 



Vibration resistance (Pin pluger type) 

Max. 30 mΩ 

(by voltage drop, 1A 6 to 8V DC) 

O.F. 0.74 N: 10 6 

O.F. 1.47 N: 5 × 10 5 

600 Vrms for 1 min. 



100 MΩ 

Max. 100 mΩ 

(by voltage drop, 0.1A 6 to 8V DC) 


120 cpm 


Min. 294 m/s 2 (Contact opening: Max. 1 msec.) 

10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.75mm (Contact opening: Max. 1 msec.) 

105

AH1 



3th digit of 

Part No. 



DATA 


Max. 


Min. 

1 1.47 N 0.29 N 

6 0.47 N 0.20 N 

8 0.74 N 0.098 N 

3th digit of 

Part No. 


Max. 


Min. 

1 0.74 N 0.098 N 

6 0.49 N 0.049 N 

8 0.25 N 0.025 N 

3th digit of 

Part No. 


Max. 


Min. 

6 0.54 N 0.039 N 

8 0.26 N 0.020 N 

Gold-clad type 

Range of low-level current voltage 


mm inch 

Movement 

differential, Max. 

mm inch 

0.5 .020 0.12 .005 


mm inch 

Movement 


mm inch 

Overtravel, 

Min. mm inch 

0.2 .008 

0.25 .010 

Overtravel, 

Min. mm inch 

2.1 .083 0.5 .020 0.55 .022 


mm inch 

Movement 


mm inch 

Overtravel, 

Min. mm inch 

2.1 .083 0.5 .020 0.5 .020 

Operating position mm inch 

5.5±0.2 .217±.008 

(Distance from mounting hole) 

7±0.3 .276±.012 

(Distance from stand off) 

5.5±0.2 .217±.008 


7±0.3 .276±.012 


5.5±0.2 .217±.008 



6.8±1.5 .268±.059 


8.3±1.2 .327±.047 


6.8±1.0 .268±.039 


8.3±1.2 .327±.047 


6.8±1.0 .268±.039 



11.0±1.2 .433±.047 


9.5±1.0 .374±.039 


11.0±1.2 .433±.047 


9.5±1.0 .374±.039 


500 

Current (mA) 

100 

50 

10 

5 

2 

1 

4 8 12 16 20 24 


106

DIMENSIONS 

1. Self-standing PC board terminal (Standard type) 

Pin plunger 

5 ±0.15 

.197 ±.006 

+0.12 

2 0 

+.005 

.079 0 

1 

.039 

5.4 ±0.3 

.213 ±.012 

1.5 ±0.1 

1.1 ±0.12 

.059 ±.004 +0.12 

2 0 dia. 

.043 ±.005 

+0.12 

+.005 

2.2 1.1 ±0.12 

0 

.079 0 dia. 

+.005 

.043 

.087 6-C0.3 

±.005 

0 

6.5 ±0.1 

6-C.012 

t=0.4 .016 

0.9 

1.25 ±0.12 

5.08 ±0.15 5.08 ±0.15 .035 

.049 ±.005 

.200 ±.006 .200 ±.006 

.256 ±.004 (O.P.) 

12.8 ±0.15 

.504 ±.006 

(P.T.) 

0.5 max. 

2.8 

.020 

.110 

5.5 ±0.2 

.217 ±.008 (O.P.) 

7 ±0.3 

.276 ±.012 

6 ±0.15 

.236 ±.006 

1.6 

.063 

4 

.157 


AH1 

mm inch 




Operating 

position 

5.08 ±0.1 5.08 ±0.1 3-1.2 ±0.05 dia. 

.200 ±.004 .200 ±.004 3-.047 ±.002 dia. 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

5.5±0.2 

.217±.008 

7±0.3 

.276±.012 

Hinge lever 

4.4 

.173 

(P.T.) 

2.1 max. 

.083 


5 ±0.15 

.197 ±.006 

+0.12 

2 0 

+.005 

.079 0 

1.5 ±0.1 

.059 ±.004 

+0.12 

2.2 0 

+.005 

.087 0 

6.5 ±0.1 

+0.12 

2 0 dia. 

+.005 

.079 0 dia. 

.256 ±.004 0.9 

5.08 ±0.15 5.08 ±0.15 .035 

.200 ±.006 .200 ±.006 

12.8 ±0.15 

.504 ±.006 

(O.P.) 

6.8 ±1.0 

.268 ±.039 (O.P.) 

8.3 ±1.2 

.327 ±.047 

6-C0.3 

6-C.012 

1.6 

.063 

1.1 ±0.12 

.043 ±.005 

4 

1.5 ±0.12 

.059 ±.005 

t=0.4 .016 

1.25 ±0.12 

.049 ±.005 

6 ±0.15 

.236 ±.006 

.157 




Operating 

position 

5.08 ±0.1 5.08 ±0.1 3-1.2 ±0.05 dia. 

.200 ±.004 .200 ±.004 3-.047 ±.002 dia. 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

6.8±1.0 

.268±.039 

8.3±1.2 

.327±.047 


5 ±0.15 

.197 ±.006 

+0.12 

2 0 

+.005 

.079 0 

1.5 ±0.1 

.059 ±.004 

+0.12 

2.2 0 

+.005 

.087 0 

(P.T.) 

2.1 max. 

.083 

3.3 ±0.4 

.130 

5.4 ±0.3 

.213 

0.5 R 

.020 R 

2.5 to 2.7 R 

.098 to .106 R 

11 ±1.2 

.433 ±.047 

(O.P.) 

9.5 ±1.0 

.374 ±.039 

1.6 

.063 

1.1 

+0.12 

2 ±0.12 

0 dia. 

.043 ±.005 

+.005 

4 

.079 0 dia. 

1.5 ±0.12 .157 

.236 ±.006 

6-C0.3 

.059 ±.005 

6.5 ±0.1 

6-C.012 

t=0.4 .016 

.256 ±.004 0.9 

.035 

1.25 ±0.12 

.049 ±.005 

6 ±0.15 

5.08 ±0.15 5.08 ±0.15 

.200 ±.006 .200 ±.006 

12.8 ±0.15 

.504 ±.006 





Operating 

position 

5.08 ±0.1 5.08 ±0.1 3-1.2 ±0.05 dia. 

.200 ±.004 .200 ±.004 3-.047 ±.002 dia. 


hole, mm inch 


mm inch 

9.5±1.0 

.374±.039 

11.0±1.2 

.433±.047 


Pin plunger 

2.0 0 

+.005 

.079 0 

1.5 ±0.1 

.059 ±.004 5.08 ±0.15 

1.2 

.047 

+0.12 

2.2 0 

.087 0 

+.005 

5.08 ±0.15 

.200 ±.006 

6.5 ±0.1 

.256 ±.004 

12.8 ±0.15 

.504 ±.006 

5.0 

2.0 .197 

.079 

+0.12 

2 0 dia. 

+.005 

.079 0.5 

0 dia. 

.020 

2.2 

6-C0.3 

.087 6-C.012 

.200 ±.006 

t=0.4 

.016 

Remark: As for other actuator types, dimensions are the same as those of corresponding standard PC board terminal type. 

107

AH1 

3. PC board terminal (Right/Left angle type) 

Pin plunger 

C0.3 

C.347 

Right angle 

mm inch 

Recommended PC board pattern 

(top view) 

3-1.2 ±0.05 dia. 

3-.047 ±.002 dia. 

Pin 

plunger 

1 

.039 

5.4 ±0.3 

Left angle 

(P.T.) 

0.5 max. 

.020 

.213 ±.012 (O.P.) 

5.5 ±0.2 

2.8 

.110 

2.93 

.115 

5.08 ±0.1 

.200 ±.004 

(Button position) 

10.16 ±0.15 

.400 ±.006 

5 ±0.15 

.197 ±.006 

+0.12 

2 0 

+.005 

.079 0 

1.5 ±0.1 

.059 ±.004 

+0.12 

2.2 0 

+.005 

.087 0 

6.5 ±0.1 

+0.12 

2 0 

+.005 

.079 0 

dia. 

dia. 

.256 ±.004 0.9 

5.08 ±0.15 5.08 ±0.15 .035 

.200 ±.006 .200 ±.006 

12.8 ±0.15 

.504 ±.006 

.217 ±.008 1.6 

.063 

6 ±0.15 3.1 

.236 ±.006 .122 t=0.4 

.016 

Left angle 

Right angle 

(3.3) 

(.130) 

Remark: As for other actuator types, dimensions are the same as those of corresponding standard PC board terminal type. 

NOTES 

1. Fixing 

1) Use 2mm mounting screws to attach 

switches with Max. 0.098 N·m torque. 

Use of screw washers or adhesiove lock 

is recommended. 



directly to the actuator or to the pin 

plunger. Also force should be applied to 

the pin plunger from vertical direction to 

the switch. 



from 70% to 100%. Setting the 

movement less than 70% may cause 

degrading the electrical mechanical 

performance. 

2. When specifying FJ switches, allow 

±20% to the listed operating and 

release forces. 

3. Soldering operation 

1) For manual soldering: 18 W soldering 

iron, soldering completed within 3 

seconds; do not apply force to the 

terminals. 

2) For automatic soldering tank: 260°C 

+500°F immersion, completed within 5 

seconds, 350°C +662°F immersion, 


4. When switching low-level circuits, 

FJ low-level circuit type is 

recommended. 

108

AV4 

ONE OF THE SMALLEST 

SNAP-ACTION SWITCH 

IN THE WORLD 

FU (AV4) 

SWITCHES 

FEATURES 

• Superminiature type, light-weight 

snap action switch 

PC board terminal type 

(0.2g .007oz) 

Solder terminal type 

with mounting holes 

(0.3g .011oz) 

7.5 

.295 

2.5 

.098 

4.5 

.177 

2.5 

.098 

6.6 

.260 

TYPICAL 

APPLICATIONS 

• Compact visual equipment 

Camera, portable VCR 

• Small-sized audio equipment 

Cassette tape recorder, Car stereo 

• Office automation equipment 

Light pen for personal computer, floppy 

disc apparatus, printer, computer 

7.5 

.295 

mm inch 

• Mechanical life of 300,000 operations 

minimum 

Stainless steel plated silver or gold is 

used for actuating spring 

• Switches can be mounted close 

together in any directions 


Ex. AV 4 4 0 4 61 

Product Name 

FU 

Operating force, max. 

Terminals Actuators Contacts 


0: Solder terminal with mounting holes 

(1.65 mm dia. .065 inch dia.) 

4: PC board straight terminal 

5: PC board angle terminal 

6: PC board reverse angle terminal 




4: 0.98 N 

Nil: Silver contact 

61: Gold contact 

CONSTRUCTION 

PC board straight terminal type 

CONTACT ARRANGEMENT 

Pin plunger 

Actuating spring 

COM NO NC 

Body 

Self-standing terminal 

of 2.54 mm pitch 

Stand off 

109

AV4 

PRODUCT TYPES 

Type of contacts 

Silver contact type 

Gold contact type 



Type of contact 

Silver contact 

Gold contact 

Type No. 

Operating 


Actuator 

force, Max. 


Reverse angle 

Straight terminal Angle terminal 

with mounting holes 

terminal 

Pin plunger 0.98 N AV4404 AV4504 AV4604 AV4004 

Hinge lever 0.25 N AV4424 AV4524 AV4624 AV4024 

Simulated roller lever 0.29 N AV4444 AV4544 AV4644 AV4044 

Pin plunger 0.98 N AV440461 AV450461 AV460461 AV400461 

Hinge lever 0.25 N AV442461 AV452461 AV462461 AV402461 

Simulated roller lever 0.29 N AV444461 AV454461 AV464461 AV404461 

Resistive load (cosφ]1) 

0.5A 30V DC 

0.1A 30V DC 


Items 

Mechanical 

Life 

Silver contact 

Electrical 

Gold contact 



Voltage 


withstand 




Lever type 



Lever type 

Contact resistance (initial value) 

Allowable operation speed 

Mechanical max. switching frequency 


Unit weight 

DATA 

Gold contact type 

Range of low-level current and voltage 


Min. 3 × 10 5 operations (at 60 cpm) 

Min. 2 × 10 4 operations (0.5A 30V DC; at 20 cpm) 

Min. 2 × 10 5 operations (0.1A 30V DC; at 20 cpm) 

Min. 100 MΩ (250V DC by insulation resistance meter) 

500V AC for 1 min. 



10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.75mm (contact opening: max. 1 msec.) 

10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.15mm (contact opening: max. 1 msec.) 

Min. 294m/s 2 (contact opening: max. 1 msec.) 

Min. 147m/s 2 (contact opening: max. 1 msec.) 

Max. 200 mΩ (by YHP4328A) 

0.1mm/s to 500mm/s (pin plunger type) 

60 operations/min. 


PC board terminal type: Approx. 0.2g .007oz 

Solder terminal with mounting holes type: Approx. 0.3g .011oz 

200 

100 

50 

Current (mA) 

10 

1 

0.2 

0.1 

5 12 24 30 


110

AV4 

DIMENSIONS 


1. PC board terminal 

Straight terminal 


0.75 R 1.0 

.030 R .039 

(P.T.) 0.3 max. 1.9 

.012 

.075 

0.65 

.026 

0.11 

.004 

2.5 

.098 

0.8 

.031 


3-1.0 dia. 

+0.08 

+0.02 

+.003 

3-.039 +.001 dia. 

(F.P.) 

5.2 max. 

.205 

(O.P.) 

4.80 

±0.15 

0.55 

4.5 

.022 

1.2 .177 

.047 

0.55 

.022 

2.54 

.100 

2.54 

.100 

3.1 

.122 

.189 ±.006 4.0 

0.4 

.016 

0.8 

.031 

.157 

2.54 

.100 

5.08 

.200 

7.5 

.295 

0.96 

.038 

0.6 

.024 

2.54 

.100 

0.5 

.020 

0.6 

.024 

1.7 

.067 

Pretravel 

Movement Differential 

Overtravel 


Free Position 

0.3 .012 max. 

0.1 .004 max. 

0.1 .004 min. 

4.8±0.15 

.189±.006 

5.2 .205 max. 

Hinge lever type 

3.0 

.118 

6.5 

.256 

(P.T.) 

2.4 max. 

.094 

0.55 

.022 

0.11 

.004 

2.5 

.098 

0.8 

.031 

0.55 

.022 

0.7 

.028 

3.95 

.156 

(O.P.) 

±0.7 

5.8 

.228 ±.028 

(F.P.) 

7.5 max. 

.295 

2.5 

.098 

0.6 

.024 

1.7 

.067 

Pretravel 


Overtravel 


Free Position 

2.4 .094 max. 

0.7 .028 max. 

0.4 .016 min. 

5.8±0.7 

.228±.028 

7.5 .295 max. 

Note: All other dimensions are the same as 

those of pin plunger type. 

Simulated roller lever type 

0.7 

.028 

5.5 

.217 

0.6 R 

.024 R 

(P.T.) 

2.2 max. 

.087 

(O.P.) 

6.1 ±0.7 

.240 ±.028 

(F.P.) 

8.0 max. 

.315 

0.55 

.022 

0.11 

.004 

2.5 

.098 

0.8 

.031 

0.55 

.022 

2.5 

.098 

0.6 

.024 

1.7 

.067 

Pretravel 


Overtravel 


Free Position 

2.2 .087 max. 

0.7 .028 max. 

0.3 .012 min. 

6.1±0.7 

.240±.028 

8.0 .315 max. 



111

AV4 

2. Angle terminal 

Right angle terminal 



Pin 

plunger 

Right angle terminal 

0.75 R 

.030 R 

(P.T.) 

0.3 max. 

.012 

1.9 

.075 

1.0 

.039 

0.65 dia. 

.026 

0.11 

.004 

2.5 

.098 

0.8 

.031 

(F.P.) 

5.2 max. 

.205 

0.8 

.031 

(O.P.) 

4.80 ±0.15 

.189 ±.006 

0.6 

0.4 .024 

.016 

1.0 

0.8 .039 

.031 4.0 

.157 

2.54 2.54 

.100 .100 

5.08 

.200 

7.5 

.295 

0.5 

.020 

1.2 

.047 

4.5 

.177 

0.55 

.022 

1.7 

.067 

0.55 

.022 

2.4 

0.7 .094 

.028 

3.1 

.122 

0.5 

.020 

0.6 

.024 

Pretravel 


Overtravel 


Free Position 

0.3 .012 max. 

0.1 .004 max. 

0.1 .004 min. 

4.8±0.15 

.189±.006 

5.2 .205 max. 

Note: All other dimensions of hinge lever type 

and simulated roller lever type are the 

same as those of straight terminal types. 

Left angle terminal 


Pin 

plunger 

Left angle terminal 

0.75 R 

.030 R 

(P.T.) 

0.3 max. 

.012 

1.9 

.075 

1.0 

.039 

0.65 dia. 

.026 

0.11 

.004 

2.5 

.098 

0.8 

.031 

(F.P.) 

5.2 max. 

.205 

0.8 

.031 

(O.P.) 

4.80 ±0.15 

.189 ±.006 

0.6 

0.4 .024 

.016 

1.0 

0.8 .039 

.031 4.0 

.157 

2.54 2.54 

.100 .100 

5.08 

.200 

7.5 

.295 

0.5 

.020 

1.2 

.047 

4.5 

.177 

0.6 

.024 

0.55 

.022 

2.4 

.094 0.7 

.028 

3.1 

.122 

1.7 

.067 

0.55 

.022 

0.5 

.020 

Pretravel 


Overtravel 


Free Position 

0.3 .012 max. 

0.1 .004 max. 

0.1 .004 min. 

4.8±0.15 

.189±.006 

5.2 .205 max. 

Note: All other dimensions of hinge lever type 

and simulated roller lever type are the 

same as those of straight terminal types. 

3. Solder terminal with mounting holes 


7.5 

.295 

2.5 

.098 

1.9 

.075 

1.0 

.039 

(P.T.) 

0.3 max. 

.012 

2.5 

.098 

5.1 

.201 

1.5 

.059 

1.4 

.055 

3.1 

.122 1.4 

.055 

4.0 

.157 

(O.P.) 

±0.15 

5.4 

.213 ±.006 

1.65 dia. 

.065 

(F.P.) 

5.8 max. 

.228 

Pretravel 


Overtravel 


Free Position 

0.3 .012 max. 

0.1 .004 max. 

0.1 .004 min. 

5.4±0.15 

.213±.006 

5.8 .228 max. 

1.2 

.047 

0.8 

.031 

0.6 

.024 

112

AV4 

Hinge lever type mm inch General tolerance: ±0.15 ±.006 

5.1 4.55 

.201 .179 

3.0 

.118 

6.5 

.256 

(P.T.) 

2.4 max. 

.094 

(O.P.) 

6.4 ±0.6 

.252 ±.024 

(F.P.) 

9.0 max. 

.354 

0.11 

.004 

2.5 

.098 

0.8 

.031 

1.5 

.059 

3.1 

.122 

1.4 

.055 

1.4 

.055 

1.2 

.047 

4.0 

.157 

7.5 

.295 

0.8 

.031 

1.65 dia. 

.065 

0.6 

.024 

Pretravel 


Overtravel 


Free Position 

2.4 .094 max. 

0.7 .028 max. 

0.4 .016 min. 

6.4±0.6 

.252±.024 

9.0 .354 max. 



Simulated roller lever type 

5.5 

.217 

3.0 

.118 

0.6 R 

.024 R 

(P.T.) 

2.2 max. 

.087 

0.11 

.004 

2.5 

.098 

0.8 

.031 

0.7 

.028 

(O.P.) 

6.7 ±0.5 

.264 ±.020 

1.65 dia. 

.065 

(F.P.) 

9.4 max. 

.370 

Pretravel 


Overtravel 


Free Position 

2.2 .087 max. 

0.7 .028 max. 

0.3 .012 min. 

6.7±0.5 

.264±.020 

9.4 .370 max. 



NOTES 

1. Mounting 



each terminal should be confirmed as 

sufficient. 



to the actuator or to the pin plunger. Also 

force should be applied to the pin plunger 

from vertical direction to the switch. 



within the range of the specified O.T. 

value. 

4) In fastening the switch body, use the 

M1.4 screw, with tightening torque of not 

more than 0.098 N·m. 

2. Soldering 

1) Hand soldering should be 

accomplished in less than 5 seconds with 

an iron below 18 watts. Keep the 

soldering tip temperature less than 

320°C 608°F. Avoid applying force to the 

terminals. 

2) In the case of automatically soldering 

bath, soldering should be done less than 

5 seconds in 260°C 500°F solder bath. 

3) Terminal portion must not be moved 

within 1 minute after soldering. Also no 

tensile strength of lead wires should be 

applied to the terminals. 

4) When using the angle terminal type, 

insert an insulation separator between 

the switch body and the printed circuit 

board (Insulation separator 0.2 to 0.4mm 

.008 to .016 inch thick) to prevent the 

soldering flux from flowing under the PC 

board. 

3. Cleaning 

As FU switch is not completely sealed 

construction, avoid cleaning. 

4. Selection of switch 

When specifying FU switches, allow 

±20% to the listed operating 

characteristics. 

5. Avoid using and keeping switches 

in the following conditions: 

• In corrosive gases 


• Where silicon atmosphere prevails 

6. When switching low-level circuits 

(max. 100 mA), gold contact types are 

recommended. 

7. When using the lever type, avoid 

applying force from the reverse and 

side direction of actuating. 

113

AGX 

VDE 

SAFETY INTERLOCK 

SWITCH SMALL SIZE & 

LIGHT FORCE 

GX (AGX) 

SWITCHES 

1a 

FEATURES 

• Constructed with dual restoration springs and double cut-off for safety 

• Contact gap of greater than 4mm .157inch (Conforming to IEC 950) 

• As for 3 Form A type, combination of power contact and signal contact is 

available 

• UL/CSA/SEMKO/TÜV/VDE approved 

3a 

2a 



• Door interlock of copiers, printers, facsimiles 

• Door interlock of other compact appliances 

Ex. AGX 

Product Name 

GX 

PRODUCT TYPES 

114 

Rating 

Standard type 

10.1A 250V AC 

High capacity 

type 

16A 250V AC 

Contact arrangement Capacity and mounting method Terminals 

1: 1 Form A Power switching contact 



6: 1 Form A Power switching contact and 

2 Form A Signal switching contact 

7: 2 Form A Power switching contact and 

1 Form A Signal switching contact 

0: Standard type 10.1 A 

(Snap-in mounting) 

0: High capacity type 16 A (EOL)* 

(Snap-in mounting) 


5: .250 Quick-connect terminal (O.T. 2 mm) 

6: .250 Quick-connect terminal (O.T. 4 mm) 

Overtravel (O.T.) 

Min. mm inch 

2 .079 

4 .157 

2 .079 

4 .157 


Switching timing 

1st ON 

2nd ON 

Part number 

1 Form A Power switching contact — — AGX105 




3 Form A 

Power switching contact 

3a power — AGX306 

1 Form A 


1a power 2a signal AGX606 

2 Form A 

3 Form A 

Signal switching contact 

2 Form A 


1 Form A 







3 Form A 


3a power — AGX326 

1 Form A 



2 Form A 

3 Form A 


2 Form A 


1 Form A 


Signal switching contact



Number of contact 

Standard type 

power switching contact 

High capacity type 

power switching contact 


(3 Form A only) 


(cos φ ] 1) 

10.1A 125V AC 

10.1A 250V AC 

6A 30V DC 

3A 48V DC (3 Form A type only) 

16A 125V AC 

16A 250V AC 

6A 30V DC 

3A 48V DC (3 Form A type only) 

0.1A 48V DC 

Contact Low-level circuit: 

1mA 5V DC 

Remark: Motor load designates an inrush current switching capability of 6 times the indicating rating 

Motor load* (EN61058-1) 

(cos φ ] 0.6) 

3A 125V AC 

3A 250V AC 

4A 125V AC 

4A 250V AC 

— 

AGX 


Type Standard type High capacity type 

Expected 

life 

Mechanical 

(at 60 cpm) 

Electrical 

(at 20 cpm, operating speed: 10mm/sec.) 



Dielectric 

strength 

Between terminals and other exposed 

metal parts 


*Remark: Test condition and judgement are complying with "JIS C4505", "EN61058" and "UL1054". 

10 6 min. 

10 5 

(at 10.1A 250V AC) 

100MΩ at 500V DC 

2,000Vrms for 1 minute 


10 5 

(at 16A 250V AC) 



100mΩ Max. (by voltage drop at 1A, 6 to 8V DC) 

Temperature rise (terminal portion) 

Initial 45 deg. Max., After test 55 deg. Max. 


10 to 55Hz at single amplitude of 0.75mm 

Shock resistance Min. 294m/s 2 

Actuator strength 

49N for 1 minute 

(For operating direction) 

Tensile terminal strength 

Min. 147N 

(Pulling for operating direction) 


Min. 10 to 300mm/second 

Allowable operating cycle rate 

60 cpm 

Temperature resistance 

–40°C to –45°C –40°F to –49°F: 48 hours, +80°C to +90°C +176°F to +194°F: 48 hours 


–25°C to +85°C –13°F to +185°F (Not freezing nor condensing) 

Flame retardancy Min. UL 94V-1 

Tracking resistance (CTI) Min. 175 


Contact 

arrangement 

Standard 

type 

10.1A 

250V AC 

High 

capacity 

type 16A 

250V AC 

Part number 


(O.F.) Max. 

Total operating force 

(T.F) 

Max. Push button 

position: 2.4mm 

.094inch 

Free position 

(F.P.) Max. 

mm inch 


(O.P.) mm inch 

Total travel 

position (T.T.P.) 

mm inch 

Over travel 

(O.T.) Min. 

mm inch 

1 Form A AGX105 3.92 N 4.90 N 8 .315 4.8±0.4 .189±.016 2.4 .094 2.0 .079 

2 Form A AGX205 3.92 N 4.90 N 8 .315 4.8±0.4 .189±.016 2.4 .094 2.0 .079 

1 Form A AGX106 3.92 N 6.86 N 10 .394 7.0±0.4 .276±.016 2.4 .094 4.0 .157 

2 Form A AGX206 3.92 N 6.86 N 10 .394 7.0±0.4 .276±.016 2.4 .094 4.0 .157 

3 Form A AGX306 2.94 N 5.88 N 10 .394 7.0±0.4 .276±.016 2.4 .094 4.0 .157 

1 Form A AGX125 4.90 N 6.86 N 8 .315 4.8±0.4 .189±.016 2.4 .094 2.0 .079 

2 Form A AGX225 5.88 N 7.85 N 8 .315 4.8±0.4 .189±.016 2.4 .094 2.0 .079 

1 Form A AGX126 4.90 N 8.82 N 10 .394 7.0±0.4 .276±.016 2.4 .094 4.0 .157 

2 Form A AGX226 5.88 N 9.81 N 10 .394 7.0±0.4 .276±.016 2.4 .094 4.0 .157 

3 Form A AGX326 3.92 N 7.85 N 10 .394 7.0±0.4 .276±.016 2.4 .094 4.0 .157 

Remark: With the 3 Form A type sequence operation type, the specifications for the contact where the operation position turns ON first are as per the above table. However, 

the specifications for the contact where the operation position turns ON later are delayed by approximatery 0.8 mm .031 inch compared with the above table. 

115

AGX 

CONSTRUCTION 

Dual safety construction 

• Dual restoration spring 

• Double cut-off type 

2mm min. 

.079inch min. 

4mm .157inch or more contact gap 

(2mm .079inch or more on one side) × 2 


DIMENSIONS 


1 Form A 

32 

1.260 

Hole cutting dimension 

17 

.669 

R0.3 max. 

R.012 max. 

2 Form A 

(F.P.) (O.P.) 

24.6 

22.5 

.969 

.886 


3.6 

.142 

15 

.591 

27 

1.063 

5 dia. 

.197 dia. 2.3 

.091 

6.35 

.250 

14 

.551 

10.6 

.417 

8.75 

.344 

14.6 

.575 

3 

.118 

Panel 

thickness 

A 

1.0 to 1.75 

.039 to .069 

15 

.591 

+0.1 

−0 

+.004 

−0 

1.75 to 2.5 

.069 to .098 

Dimension 

+0.1 

30.2 −0 30.5 

A 

+.004 

1.189−0 

1.201 

(Cooper is standard as panel material) 

+0.1 

−0 

+.004 

−0 

3 

1 

4 

2 

Remark: 1 Form A type does not have terminal No.1 

nor No.2 

3 Form A 

32 

1.260 

Hole cutting dimension 

R0.3 max. 

R.012 max. 

29.8 

1.173 

27.8 

1.094 

+0.1 

−0 

+.004 

−0 

A 


(F.P.) (O.P.) 

24.6 

22.5 

.969 

.886 

8 dia. 

.315 dia. 

2.3 

.091 

14 

.551 

10.6 

.417 

0.65 

.026 

Panel 

thickness 

Dimension 

A 

0.8 to 1.75 

.031 to .069 

+0.1 

30.2 −0 

+.004 

1.189−0 

(Cooper is standard as panel material) 

• Signal switching contact 

1.75 to 2.5 

.069 to .098 

+0.1 

30.5 −0 

+.004 

1.201−0 



5 

3 

3.6 

.142 

15 

.591 

27 

1.063 

6.35 

.250 

6 

4 

2.2 

.087 

11.3 

.445 

27.2 

1.071 

2.2 

.087 

10 

.394 

7.1 

.280 

2.8 

.110 

3.6 

.142 

15 

.591 

27 

1.063 

10.6 

.417 

1 

2 

Remark: Power switching contact type has .250 

Quick-connect terminal and signal switching contact 

type has .110 Quick-connect terminal. 

116

NOTES 

1. Switch mounting 

Mount the switch with the hole cutting 

dimensions shown in the drawing. 

2. Adjustment of the operating device: 

With respect to the position of the 

operating device and the switch body, set 

the position as indicated in the condition 

on the right. If this condition is exceeded, 

the mechanical and electrical 

performance will be impaired. In addition, 

the force applied by the oprating device 

should be in a perpendicular direction. 

Even if the pushbutton is used in the full 

total travel position, there will be no 

influence on the life of the switch. 

Free condition 

Operating 

device 

O.T. 2mm type: 8mm .315inch min. 

O.T. 4mm type: 10mm .394inch min. 

Operating condition 

1 Form A, 2 Form A: 

2.4 to 3mm 

.094 to .118inch 

3 Form A: 2.4 to 4mm 

.094 to .157inch 

3. Confirming insulating distance 

Before mounting and wiring, the 

insulating distance between terminals 

and between the terminals and ground 

should be checked for assurance of 

proper distance. With respect to the 

terminal connections, it is recommended 

that receptacles with insulating sleeves or 

"Positive Lock Connector*" be used. Also 

consideration should be given to the 

wiring not to apply force to the terminal 

section normally. 

*Registered by AMP, Ltd. 

4. Regarding fastening lead wires to 

terminals 

Use .250 receptacle (terminal thickness 

0.8mm .031inch) or .110 receptacle 

(terminal thickness 0.5mm .020inch) 

should be used for connection. Make 

sure the sockets are straight. If they are 

skewed, the terminals will require 

excessive insertion force. The insertion 

force varies according to manufacturer’s 

AGX 

specifications. Check it for the sockets 

you are using. 

5. Material of the panel 

Steel sheet is recommended as the panel 

material. When using soft material, 

confirm the condition for actual use. 


conditions 

To improve reliability, check the switch 




7. Avoid using and keeping switches 

in the following conditions. 

• In corrosive gases 


• Where silicon atomosphere prevails 

REFERENCE 

1. Outline of UL1054 test 

Overload test 

Standard type: 12.5A 250V AC 

(Power factor 0.75 to 0.8) 

High capacity type: 20A 250V AC 


Endurance test 

Standard type: 10A 250V AC 


High capacity type: 16A 250V AC 


After testing, temperature rise of 

terminals should be less than 30°C 86°F 

and no abnormality should be observed 

in characteristics. 

2. Outline of EN61058-1 test 

After switching 25,000 times on the 

+5 

above load condition at both 85 0 °C 

+41 

185 +32°F and 25±10°C 77±50°F, 

temperature rise of terminals should be 

less than 55°C 131°F and no abnormality 

should be observed in characteristics. 

24A 

50 to 100ms 

2 sec. 

4 sec. 

J7: 10A 

AC: 250V 

(Power 

factor 0.6) 

INTRODUCTION OF CONNECTORS (made by Nippon Tanshi co.,Ltd) 

1. For 2 Form A power switching 

contact type 

2. For 2 Form A power switching 

contact type of 2 Form A power 

switching contact + 1 Form A signal 

switching contact 

For 2 Form A power 

switching contact type 

For 2 Form A power 


of 2 Form A power 


Applicable GX switch part No.: 

AGX205, AGX206, AGX225, AGX226 

* Housing 

Model number: N1620-4204 

* Receptacle 

Model numbers 

17168-2 (for narrow wires, post-plated product) 

17168-M2 (for narrow wires, wood veneer 

plated product) 

172131-M2 (for thick wires) 

Applicable GX switch part No.: 

AGX706, AGX726 

* Housing 

Model number: N3220-4204 

* Receptacle 

Model numbers 

17901-M2, 17902-M2, 17903-M3 (wire size 

differences) 

Remark: Please consult us if you need above 

connectors. 

117

AV1 

VDE 

SAFETY INTERLOCK 

SWITCH CONSTRUCTED 

WITH DUAL RESTORATION 

SPRINGS 

FEATURES 

• 8mm .315inch or more is assured as 

insulation distance between contacts 

(Snap-in mounting 2 Form A and 3 

Form A type) 

• Durability of 100,000 times (16A 380V 

AC) is assured for UL interlock circuit 

• Constructed with easy-to-connect 

terminals 

Terminal specifications is .250 Quick- 

Connect (based on DIN standards) 

Connection can be made with 

insulating sleeve on connecting lug 


GW (AV1) 

SWITCHES 


1. Office equipment 

• Copies 

• Facsimiles 

• Projectors 

2. Home appliances 

• Microwave ovens 

• Refrigerators 


Ex. AV1 4 0 5 


AV1: GW switch 


1: 3 Form A (contact gap: 8 mm .315 inch) 



4: 1 Form A 1 Form B 

5: 1 Form B 

6: 1 Form A 

Mounting method 

0: Screw mounting 

1: Snap-in mounting type 

2: Snap-in mounting type 

with button guard 

Remarks: 1. When ordering UL/CSA (16 A 380 V AC, 1/2HP 125/250 V AC, operating cycle: 

6 × 10 3 ) VDEÆSEMKOÆT V approved types, add suffix 9 to the type No., for 

example AV14059. 

2. When ordering UL/CSA (16 A 380 V AC, operating cycle: 6 × 10 6 ) VDE and SEMKO 

approved types, add suffix 3 to the type No., for example AV14053. 

This product is end 

of life (EOL) and 

will be replaced by a 

10.1 A type, scheduled 

April 2005 

PRODUCT TYPES 

Type 

Part number 

Mounting method Button guard Contact arrangement Contact gap mm inch 

1 Form A Min. 6 .236 AV1605 

1 Form B Min. 3 .118 AV1505 

Screw mounting 

Without 

1 Form A 1 Form B Max. 3 .118 AV1405 

2 Form A Min. 6 .236 AV1305 

2 Form A Min. 8 .315 AV1215 

Without 

3 Form A Min. 8 .315 AV1115 

Snap-in mounting 

2 Form A Min. 8 .315 AV1225 

With 

3 Form A Min. 8 .315 AV1125 

118



No. of load 


(cos φ ] 1) 

VDE motor load 

(cos φ ] 0.6) 

125V AC 16A 4A 

250V AC 16A 4A 

380V AC 16A 4A 

* The VDE motor load rating is in accordance with VDE 0630 motorload rating which designates an inrush current switching capability of 6 times the indicating rating. 

AV1 


Mechanical (at 60 cpm) 10 6 

Expected life Electrical (at 20 cpm, operating 

10 5 (16A 380V AC) 

speed: 10mm/sec.) 

5 × 10 4 (16(4)A 380V~) 


Min. 100MΩ at 500V DC 



Dielectric 

strength 

Between terminals and 

other exposed metal parts 


*Remark:Test condition and judgement are complying with "JIS C4505", "EN61058" and "UL1054". 



Initial contact resistance, max. 

(by voltage drop at 1A 6 to 8V DC) 

Max. 100mΩ 

Temperature rise 

Initial 45 deg. Max., 

After test 55 deg. Max. 


10 to 55Hz at double amplitude of 1.5mm (Contact opening Max. 1 msec.) 

Shock resistance Min. 294 m/s 2 


49 N for 1 minute 


Min. 147 N 

Min. operating speed 

10 to 300mm/sec. 


60 cpm 

Temperature resistance 

–40°C to –45°C –40°F to –49°F: 48 hours, +80°C to +90°C +176°F to +194°F: 48 hours 


–25 to +85°C –13 to +185°F 

(Not freezing below 0°C 32°F) 

Flame retardancy UL 94V-1 

Tracking resistance (CTI) Min. 175 


1) Screw mounting type 

Contact 

arrangement 

1 Form A 

1 Form B 

1 Form A 1 

Form B 

1 Form A 1 

Form B 

2 Form A 

Max. O.F. 

(N.O. contact to ON) 

4.90N 

(N.C. contact to OFF) 

2.94N 


5.88N 


2.94N 


7.85N 

Max. T.F. 

pushbutton position: 

10mm .394inch 

6.37N 

7.35N 

7.35N 

7.35N 

9.81N 

Max. F.P. O.P. Min. T.T.P. Min. O.T. 

16.6mm 

.654inch 

15.3mm 

.602inch 

15.3mm 

.602inch 

15.3mm 

.602inch 

16.6mm 

.654inch 


12.7±0.4mm .500±.016inch 


14.9±0.4mm .587±.016inch 


12.7±0.4mm .500±.016inch 


14.9±0.4mm .587±.016inch 


12.7±0.4mm .500±.016inch 

10mm .394inch 

10mm .394inch 

10mm .394inch 

10mm .394inch 

10mm .394inch 

2.1mm 

.083inch 

4.3mm 

.169inch 

2.1mm 

.083inch 

2.1mm 

.083inch 

2.1mm 

.083inch 

2) Snap-in mounting type 

Contact 

arrangement 

2 Form A 

3 Form A 

Max. O.F. 


7.85N 


9.81N 

Max. T.F. 

pushbutton position: 

10mm .394inch 

9.81N 14mm .551inch 

14.7N 14mm .551inch 

Max. F.P. O.P. Min. T.T.P. Min. O.T. 


9.3±0.4mm .366±.016inch 


9.3±0.4mm .366±.016inch 

7.5mm 

.295inch 

7.5mm 

.295inch 

2.1mm 

.083inch 

2.1mm 

.083inch 

119

AV1 

CONSTRUCTION 

[Screw mounting type (1 Form A 1 Form B) [Snap-in mounting type (3 Form A) 

Coil spring 

(Dual restoration 

spring construction) 

Insulating 

ring 

Movable 

contact 

Contact 

shoe 

Stationary 

contact 

Pushbutton 

Coil spring 

N.C. terminal 

Coil spring 

(Dual restoration 

spring construction) 

N.O. terminal 

Button guard 

Distance between 

different polarities: 

8 mm .315 inch or 

more 

Accross terminal 

No. 1 to No. 3 and 

No. 2 to No. 4 

NO.1 

NO.3 

NO.5 

NO.4 

NO.6 

NO.2 

Double safety 

structure 

• Double spring 

• Double cut-off 

type 

8 mm .315 inch or 

more contact gap 

(4 mm .157 inch 

or more on one 

side) × 2 = 8 mm 

.315 inch or more 

Positive lock connector 

Applicable terminal 

(AMP brand) 

Double safety structure 

• Double spring 

• Double cut-off type 

CONTACT OPERATION CHART 

• 1 Form A 

1. Free 

position 

2. Operating 

position 

3. Total travel 

position 

DIMENSIONS 


1. Screw mounting type 

1 Form A, 1 Form B, 1 Form A 1 Form B 

(O.T.) 

(F.P.) (O.P.)(T.T.P.) 

22 ±0.1 

.866 ±.004 

8 dia. 

13 ±0.2 

10 .394 spherical radius 

.315 dia. 

2-4.3 ±0.05 dia. hole 

2-.169 ±.002 dia. hole 

6 

.236 

.512 ±.008 

Contact gap 

1 Form A: Min. 6mm .236inch 

1 Form B: Min. 3mm .118inch 

1 Form A 1 Form B: Max. 3mm .118inch 

Remarks: Terminal no. 3 & 4 are for 1 Form A Terminal no. 1 & 2 are for 1 Form B. 

1 3 4 2 

5.8 

.228 

11.8 ±0.8 

27 ±0.8 

1.063 ±.032 

30 

1.181 

17.4 

.685 

28 

1.102 

.250 Q.C. 

terminal 

.465 ±.032 

7.6 

.299 

10.4 

.410 

12.4 

.488 

120

2 Form A 

AV1 

22 ±0.1 

(O.T.) 

(F.P.) (O.P.)(T.T.P.) 

.866 ±.004 

8 dia. 

13 ±0.2 

10 .394 spherical radius 

.315 dia. 

2-4.3 ±0.05 dia. hole 

2-.169 ±.002 dia. hole 

6 

.236 

.512 ±.008 

24.8 

.976 

21.7 

.854 

36 

1.417 

10.6 

.417 

10.6 

.417 

Contact gap 


5.8 

.228 

11.8 ±0.8 

27 ±0.8 

1.063 ±.032 

30 

1.181 

.250 Q.C. 

terminal 

.465 ±.032 

7.6 

.299 

10.2 

.402 

12.6 

.496 

2. Snap-in mounting type 

2 Form A 

2 Form A type without button guard 

17.4 

.685 

2 Form A type with button guard 

17.4 

.685 

39.9 

1.571 

8 dia. 

.315 dia. 

39.9 1.571 

18 

8 dia. .709 

.315 dia. 

14 

.551 

6 

.236 

(F.P.) (T.T.P.) 

(O.P.) 

2.1 

.083 

(F.P.) (T.T.P.) 

(O.P.) 

20.9 

.823 

25.1 

.988 

28.4 

1.118 

39.6 

1.559 

8 

.315 

25.1 

.988 

28.4 

1.118 

2.1 

.083 

39.6 

1.559 

8 

.315 

10.6 

.417 

10.6 

.417 

0.8 

.031 

0.8 

.031 

7.6 

.299 

15.2 ±0.8 

30.4 ±0.8 

1.197 ±.032 

32.6 

1.283 

7.6 

.250 Q.C. 

.299 

terminal 

.598 ±.032 10.6 

.417 

13.8 

.543 

10.6 

.417 

10.6 

.417 

0.8 

.031 

0.8 

.031 

7.6 

.299 

15.2 ±0.8 

30.4 ±0.8 

1.197 ±.032 

32.6 

1.283 

.598 ±.032 7.6 

.299 

10.6 

.417 

13.8 

.543 

.250 Q.C. 

terminal 

Recommended panel opening dimensions (common) 

R1.3 max. 

R.051 max. 

Contact gap 


A 

14 

.551 

Panel thickness 1.0 .039 2.5 .098 

Dimension A 36.7 1.445 37.7 1.484 

121

AV1 

3 Form A 3 Form A type without button guard 

3 Form A type with button guard 

18 

.709 

18 

.709 

51 

2.008 

8 dia. 

.315 dia. 

51 

2.008 

18 

8 dia. .709 

.315 dia. 

14 

.551 

6 

.236 

(F.P.) (T.T.P.) 

(O.P.) 

(F.P.) (T.T.P.) 

(O.P.) 

20.9 

.823 

50 

1.969 

47.8 

1.882 

2.1 

.083 

33.3 

1.311 

8 

.315 

50 

1.969 

47.8 

1.882 

2.1 

.083 

33.3 

1.311 

8 

.315 

15.2 ±0.8 

0.8 

7.6 

.598 ±.032 .031 .299 

.250 Q.C. 

7.6 0.8 6.35 

terminal 

.299 .031 .250 

30.4 ±0.8 

1.197 ±.032 

0.8 

.031 

10.6 

.417 

45.6 ±0.8 

13.8 

1.795 ±.032 

.543 

14.8 

.583 

Recommended panel opening dimensions (common) 

R1.3 max. 

R.051 max. 

15.2 ±0.8 

0.8 

7.6 

.598 ±.032 .031 

.299 

.250 Q.C. 

7.6 0.8 6.35 

terminal 

.299 .031 .250 

30.4 ±0.8 

1.197 ±.032 

45.6 ±0.8 

1.795 ±.032 

0.8 

.031 

10.6 

.417 

13.8 

.543 

14.8 

.583 

Contact gap 


A 

15 

.591 

Panel thickness 1.0 .039 2.5 .098 

Dimension A 47.0 1.850 47.3 1.862 

NOTES 

1. Switch mounting 

Mount the switch to a smooth surface 

using M4 screws. Tighten the screws with 

0.3 to 0.5 N·m {3 to 5 kg·cm} torque. To 

prevent loosening of the mounting 

screws, it is recommended that spring 

washers be used in combination with 

adhesive material for locking the screws. 

2. Adjustment of the operating device: 

With respect to the position of the 

operating device and the switch body, set 

the position as indicated in the condition 

on the right. If this condition is exceeded, 

the mechanical and electrical 

performance will be impaired. In addition, 

the force applied by the operating device 

should be in a perpendicular direction. 

Even if the pushbutton is used in the full 

total travel position, there will be no 

influence on the life of the switch. 

Screw mounting type 

Operating 

device 

More than 17 mm 

.669 inch 

AV1 

switch 

Operating 

device 

10 to 

10.5 mm 

.394 to 

.413 inch 

AV1 

switch 

Snap-in mounting type 


Operating 

device 

More than 

14.5 mm 

.571 inch 

Operation condition 

7.5 to 8 mm 

.295 to 

.315 inch 

3. Confirming insulating distance: 

Before mounting and wiring, the 

insulating distance between terminals 

and between terminals and ground 

should be checked for assurance of 

proper distance. With respect to the 

terminal connections, it is recommended 

that receptacles with insulating sleeves 

be used. 

Also, consideration should be given to the 

wiring not to apply force to the terminal 

section normally. 

4. Avoid using GW switches in the 


• Locations where hydrogen sulfide gas 

or other corrosive gases exist. 

• Locations where gasoline, thinner, or 

other inflammable or explosive gases 

exist. 

• Locations where there are dust and 

refuse. 

• For operation where the perpendicular 

operating speed is less than 10mm/sec. 

• For operation frequency of make/break 

exceeding 60 cpm. 

• For ambient temperatures exceeding 

the range of –25°C to +85°C +13°F to 

+185°F. 

• For ambient humidity exceeding 85% 

R.H. 

• For use in a silicon atmosphere. 

5. For use of AV1405 (1 Form Z type): 

For the type AV1405, the air distance 

between the N.O. and N.C. contacts is 

less than the required value of VDE. The 

N.O. and the N.C. contacts can carry only 

the same electric potential. 


Operation condition 

122

AGL 

2-CIRCUIT LINE 

DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH 

GL (AGL) 

SWITCHES 

Right side hinge lever type 

Left side hinge lever type 


FEATURES 

• Conforming to IEC 950 

Contact gap of greater than 1.0mm .039inch 

• 2-circuit line of high capacity load contact and low-level 

circuit load contact 

• The high capacity load contact accepts the DC load due to 

its snap-action construction (6A 30V DC) 

• Self-standing terminal for PC board 

• Flame retardancy: UL94V-0 

• UL/CSA/TÜV/SEMKO approved 

PRODUCT TYPES 

Actuator O.F. (N) Part number 

Pin plunger Max. 3.23 AGL4020 

Right side hinge lever Max. 1.47 AGL4021 

Left side hinge lever Max. 1.47 AGL4022 

Remark: Unless you request otherwise, the switch comes with a stamp indicating its conformance to standards. 


1. Office equipment 

• Copiers • Printers • Facsimiles etc. 

2. Power supply units 



High capacity 

load contact 

Low-level circuit 

load contact 

Resistive load (cos φ ] 1) 

5A 250V AC 

6A 30V DC 

0.1A 125V AC 

10mA 8V DC 

Low-level circuit load 

— 

5mA 6V DC 

2mA 12V DC 

1mA 24V DC 


Item 


Expected life (min.) 

Electrical (at 10 cpm) 10 5 

Mechanical (at 60 cpm) 10 5 



Dielectric strength Between terminals 1,000 Vrms for 1 min. 


Between terminals and other 



Dielectric strength Between terminals and ground 1,000 Vrms for 1 min. 

Contact resistance (initial, max.) 

100 mΩ (by voltage drop) at 1A to 8V DC 

Temperature rise (load current 5A) 

Initial: Max. 45 deg. 

After test: Max. 55 deg. 


10 to 55 Hz at amplitude at 0.75mm (Contact opening: Max. 1 msec.) 


Min. 294m/s 2 {30G} (Contact opening: Max. 1 msec.) 


39.2N min. 


11.8N min. 


1 to 500 mm/s 

Maximum operating cycle rate 

300 cpm 


–25°C to +60°C –13°F to +140°F (Not freezing below 0°C 32°F) 

Flame retardancy UL 94V-0 

Remark: Test condition and judgement are conforming to JIS C 4505, VDE 0630 (EN61058-1), UL 1054 and CSA C22.2. 

123

AGL 



Hinge lever type 

From basis From boss center From basis From boss center 

Free position mm inch Max. 7.5 .295 Max. 5.1 .201 Max. 12.5 .492 Max. 10.1 .398 

Operating position mm inch 6.5+0.4 .256+.016 4.1+0.4 .161+.016 9.5+1.3 .374+.051 7.1+1.3 .280+.051 

Total travel position mm inch Max. 5.45 .215 Max. 3.05 .120 Max. 6.0 .236 Max. 3.6 .142 

Over travel mm inch Min. 0.75 .030 Min. 1.6 .063 

Operating force, Max. 3.23 N 1.47 N 

Total force, Max. 5.68 N 2.45 N 

Remark: Total force is weighed at each total travel position. 

CONSTRUCTION 

CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 2 Form A 

High capacity load contact 

(snap-action construction) 

Over 1.0 mm .039 inch 

Low-level circuit load contact (leaf spring) 

Over 1.0 mm .039 inch 

■ SCHEMATIC 

NO.2 

NO.4 

NO.1 

NO.3 

NO.2 

NO.4 NO.3 

NO.1 

Low-level circuit load 

High capacity load 

DIMENSIONS 

1. Pin plunger type 

1.4 ±0.1 

.055 ±.004 

4.8 

.189 

19.85 2.4 

.781 .094 

15.35 ±0.15 

.604 ±.006 

1.0 dia. 

.039 dia. 

4.0 

.157 

12.5 ±0.15 

.492 ±.006 

26.4 ±0.15 

5 

1.039 ±.006 

5.8 

.228 

12.5 .492 

23.5 .925 

27.8 1.094 

34 1.339 

TTP 5.45 .215 max. 

O.P. 6.5 ±0.4 .256 ±.016 

F.P. 7.5 .295 max. 

TTP 3.05 .120 max. 

O.P. 4.1 ±0.4 .161 ±.016 

F.P. 5.1 .201 max. 


26.4 ±0.05 

1.039 

R1.1 

±.002 

2 ±0.1 R.043 

1.1 ±0.1 R1.1 

.197 

1 ±0.1 

.043 ±.004 .039 ±.004 .079 ±.004 

.482 ±.002 

.482 

21.85 ±0.05 

.860 ±.002 

2.8 ±0.1 

3.1 ±0.1 

.110 ±.004 

.122 ±.004 

12.25 ±0.05 

19.45 ±0.2 

.766 

12.5 ±0.05 

12.25 

.492 ±.002 

23.5 ±0.05 

21.2 

.835 

2.8 ±0.1 

.110 ±.004 

3.5 

.138 

mm inch 

Detailed dimensions of terminal mounting 

2.8 

.110 

12.25 

.482 

2.8 

.110 

0.5 

.020 

8.9 ±0.1 

.350 ±.004 

124

2. Right side hinge lever type 

AGL 

mm inch 

1.0 dia. 

.039 dia. 

4.8 

.189 

4.0 

.157 

26.4 ±0.15 

1.039 ±.006 

TTP 3.6 .142 max. 

O.P. 7.1 ±1.3 .280 ±.051 

F.P. 10.1 .398 max. 

12.5 ±0.15 

.492 ±.006 

5 

.197 

2.8 ±0.1 

.110 ±.004 

19.85 

.781 

15.35 ±0.15 

.604 ±.006 

2.4 

.094 

TTP 6.0 .236 max. 

O.P. 9.5 ±1.3 .374 ±.051 

F.P. 12.5 .492 max. 

21.2 

.835 

19.45 ±0.2 

.766 ±.008 

12.25 

.482 

5.8 

.228 

12.5 .492 

23.5 .925 

27.8 1.094 

34 1.339 

2.8 ±0.1 

.110 ±.004 

3.5 

.138 

3. Left side hinge lever type 

F.P. 10.1 .398 max. 

O.P. 7.1 ±1.3 .280 ±.051 

TTP 3.6 .142 max. 

26.4 ±0.15 

1.039 ±.006 4.0 

.157 

1.0 dia. 

.039 dia. 

4.8 

.189 

12.5 ±0.15 

.492 ±.006 

5 

.197 

F.P. 12.5 .492 max. 

O.P. 9.5 ±1.3 .374 ±.051 

TTP 6.0 .236 max. 

2.4 

.094 

15.35 ±0.15 

.604 ±.006 

19.85 

.781 

21.2 

.835 

19.45 ±0.2 

.766 ±.008 

2.8 ±0.1 

.110 ±.004 

12.25 

.482 

5.8 

.228 

12.5 .492 

23.5 .925 

27.8 1.094 

34 1.339 

2.8 ±0.1 

.110 ±.004 

3.5 

.138 

NOTES 

1. A and B of the figure below are the 

additional terminals to fix the switch 

body on the PC board. Since these 

terminals are related No.1 terminal 

and No.2 terminal respectively, please 

be sure to maintain adequate 



A 

No. 1 terminal 

B 

No. 2 terminal 

2. In setting the movement after 

operation, the over-travel should be 

set from 70% to 100%. Setting the 

movement less than 70% may cause 

degrading the electrical mechanical 

performance. 

3. Soldering operation 

Soldering must be done as quickly as 

possible. 



During the operation, care should be 

taken to prevent flux entrance inside the 

switch. The positioning tab may be 

changed in shape. 

4. Please pay attention to the 

insulation distance between terminals 

and between terminal and the ground 

after mounting and wiring. 


Avoid the location nearby the conductive 

material which possibly attaches the 

switch. 

125

ABC3 

1.4 MM ULTRA SLIM 

HIGH RELIABLE 

2-DIRECTIONAL 

DETECTION SWITCHES 

FT-2Way (ABC3) 

SWITCHES 

NEW 

FEATURES 

• Detect laterally in two directions with 

a single switch 

With two 1a type contacts built-in to one 

switch, it is possible to detect laterally in 

two directions. 

• Ultra compact and slim for space 

saving 

The size, at 5.0 mm (W)×5.0 mm (L)×1.4 

mm (H) .197 inch (W)×.197 inch (L)×.055 

inch (H), is ultra compact and slim. 

By using an FT-2Way switch to replace 

where two 1a type contact switches were 

used up to now, it is possible to reduce 

mounting space. 

(Move from having two switches to 

having one.) 

• Supports low level loads with twin 

gold plate contacts 

The use of twin gold plate contacts 

means that low level loads of even 5µA 

5V DC can be handled. 

Contact reliability is also very high. Also, 

its ability to withstand ambient conditions 

has been greatly improved (anticorrosiveness 

and resistance to 

humidity), so it will contribute to the 

performance of, especially, mobile 

equipments. 


1. Digital audio visual equipment 

DVC (digital video camera) 

DSC (digital still camera) 

2. Digital compact equipment 

Mobile phone, PDA, IC recorder, MD 

silicon audio 

3. Personal computer and its 

peripherals 

Notebook PC, CD-R/RW, DVD 

4. Others 

IC card and other electronic 

moneyrelated products 


Ex. ABC 3 1 



Positioning boss 

Terminal shape 

Packing style 

3: FT-2Way switches 

1: Right (1 Form A) 

Left (1 Form A) 

0: Without positioning boss 

1: With positioning boss 

1: Straight terminal type 

2: J bent terminal type 

P: Embossed tape packing 

PRODUCT LINEUP 

Detection 

direction 

Packing style 

Straight terminal type 

J bent terminal type 

With positioning boss Without positioning boss With positioning boss Without positioning boss 

Emboss tape 

(3,000 pcs./reel) 

ABC3111P ABC3101P ABC3112P ABC3102P 



5µA to 10mA 5V DC (resistive load) 

126

ABC3 


Item 



Min. 10 5 (5 µA 5V DC to 10 mA 5V DC contact opening 20 cpm) 


Min. 100 MΩ (by 100V DC insulation resistance meter) 


100 Vrms for 1 min. (Between uncontinuous terminals) 


Max. 1Ω (by voltage drop at 10 mA 5V DC) 


15 m/s 2 10 to 500Hz (Contact opening: max. 1 msec.) 


300 m/s 2 (Contact opening: max. 1 msec.) 


1 to 300mm/s 

Allowable operating frequency 

60 times/min. (at no load) 


–25 to 80°C –13 to 176°F Not freezing nor condensing 


Item 

Straight terminal/J bent terminal type 

With positioning boss 

Without positioning boss 

Free position (F.P.) (mm inch) 0° ± 0.5° 0° ± .020° 0° ± 0.5° 0° ± .020° 

Operating position (O.P.) (mm inch) 10.0° ± 3.0° .394° ± .118° 10.0° ± 3.0° .394° ± .118° 

Total travel position (T.T.P.) (mm inch) 49.0° ± 1.0° 1.929° ± .039° 49.0° ± 1.0° 1.929° ± .039° 

Operating force (N) 0.3 max. 0.3 max. 

DIMENSIONS 


1. Straight terminal type (with positioning boss) 

3.80 .150 

(Rotation 

center) 

(Right operation OP 

=0.8±0.25 .031±.010) 

(0.50) 

(.020) 

2.50 

.098 

49.0° 

Right OP=10.0°±3° 

R 0.1 .004 

Left operation 

direction 

5.0 +0.02 

–0.1 

.197 +.001 

–.004 

6.60 

.260 

0.05 

.002 

(Left operation OP 

=0.8±0.25 .031±.010) 

0.55 

.022 

Left OP=10.0°±3° 

Right operation 

direction 

1.5 

.059 R0.5 .020 

0.60 .024 5.0 

+0.02 

–0.1 

.197 +.001 

–.004 

6.3 

2.6 .248 

1.0 .102 

.039 

0.6 

.024 

1.4 

.055 

0.4 0. 

–0.1 

.016 0 

–.004 

0.8 

.031 

0.05 

.002 

0.7 ±0.05 

.028 ±.002 

C0.1 

.004 

C0.1 

.004 

0.7 ±0.05 

.028 ±.002 


+0.07 

2-0.8 0 dia. 

+.003 

2-.031 0 dia. 

3.0 ±0.1 

.118 ±.004 2.0 ±0.1 

.079 ±.004 

1.2 

.047 

4.4 

1.0 

.173 

.039 

7.0 

.276 

.118 ±.004 

3.0 ±0.1 

2.0 ±0.1 

.079 ±.004 

1.0 

.039 

2.6 

.102 

2. J bent terminal (with positioning boss) 

5.6 

.220 

0.05 

.002 

0.80 

.031 


+0.07 

2-0.8 0 dia. 

+.003 

2-.031 0 dia. 

1.0 

.039 

3.80 .150 

(Rotation 

center) 

(Right operation OP 

=0.8±0.25 .031±.010) 

(0.50) 

(.020) 

2.50 

.098 

49.0° 

Right OP=10.0°±3° 

R 0.1 .004 

Left operation 

direction 

5.0 +0.02 

–0.1 

.197 +.001 

–.004 

5.7 

.224 

(Left operation OP 

=0.8±0.25 .031±.010) 

0.55 

.022 

Left OP=10.0°±3° 

1.5 

.059 

Right operation 

direction 

R0.5 .020 

0.60 .024 

2.6 

1.0 .102 

.039 

5.0 +0.02 

–0.1 

.197 +.001 

–.004 

6.3 

.248 

0.6 

.024 

1.4 

.055 

0.8 

.031 

0.05 

.002 

0.7 ±0.05 

.028 ±.002 

C0.1 

.004 

C0.1 

.004 

0.7 ±0.05 

.028 ±.002 

0.4–0.1 

.016–.004 

0 

3.0 ±0.1 

2.0 ±0.1 .118 ±.004 

.079 ±.004 

3.0 ±0.1 

.118 ±.004 2.0 ±0.1 

.079 ±.004 

1.2 

.047 

4.4 

.173 

6.4 

.252 

1.0 

.039 

2.6 

.102 

127

ABC3 

CIRCUIT CONSTRUCTION 

• N.O. (1 Form A) 

Left operating direction 

Right operating direction 

EMBOSS TAPE AND REEL 

• Tape dimensions (Conforming to JIS C 0806-1995) • Reel dimensions (Conforming to JIS C 0806-1995) 

1.75 

.069 

(4.0) 

(.157) 

Pull-out direction 

(2.0) 

(.079) 

1.55 ±0.05 dia. 

.061 ±.002 dia. 

+2 

(16.4 0 ) 

+.079 

(.646 ) 

0 

Top cover tape 

7.8 

16.0 .307 

.630 

P E T 

(370 dia.) 

(14.567 dia.) 

Emboss carrier tape 

12.0 

.472 

12.0 

.472 

Cavity 

(22) 

(.866) 

NOTES 

1. Mounting 


such that the pushbutton for the switch 

should not directly apply force to the 

operating section in the free condition. 

2) During both mounting and operation, 

care must be taken to protect the 

pushbutton from excessive stress, as this 

may cause malfunctioning. 

3) During mounting, the insulation 

distance between ground and each 

terminals/cover should be confirmed as 

sufficient. 

2. Soldering 

1) Reflow soldering 

• Please use our recommended land 

pattern when cream-solder printing. 

• For cream soldering; Screen thickness 

is recommended between 0.10 to 0.15 

mm .006 to .008 inch. 

• As this switch is thin, using flux should 

be avoided for the reason of the flux may 

come inside of the switch and cause 

damage. 

• Please use the reflow temperature 

profile conditions recommended below 

for reflow soldering. 

(The temperature is the one measured 

on the surface of the PCB.) 

255°C 491°F 

max. 

220°C 428°F 

150°C 302°F 

120 max. 40s max. 

• Please keep the number of reflows to no 

more than two. 

• Please consult us if you plan to use N2 

reflow. 

• Please avoid excessive oven 

temperatures and long reflow times as 

this can lead to deterioration of switch 

characteristics. 

(Reworking of soldered sections) 

• Please complete reworking in one 

session. 

• Keeping contact to within 3 s, use an 18 

W soldering iron at a temperature of 

320°C 608°F maximum. 

• Please avoid using a soldering iron of 

excessive wattage and tip temperature, 

and avoid excessive soldering times, 

because this may lead to deterioration of 

switch characteristics. 

• Please be careful and avoid applying 

force on the terminals while soldering. 

This can cause deformation that may 

lead to improper operation. 

2) Hand soldering 

• If hand soldering will be one of the 

processes, choose the J-bend terminal 

type, if at all possible. This type is 

constructed to make it difficult for the flux 

to enter the unit when hand soldering. 

• For land patterns, please use the ones 

recommended by us. 

J-bend terminal type 

Solder sticks 

to this part 

• Keeping contact to within three 

seconds, use an 18 W soldering iron at a 

temperature of 320°C 608°F maximum. 

• Please avoid using a soldering iron of 

excessive wattage and tip temperature, 

and avoid excessive soldering times, 

because this may lead to deterioration of 

switch characteristics. 

• Please be careful and avoid applying 

force on the terminals while soldering. 

This can cause deformation that may 

lead to improper operation. 

3. Switch operations 

1) When setting the activating unit that 

will operate the switch so that it will 

operate laterally 13° to 48° from the 

center position or when converting the 

distance, please set so that pressing will 

be 1.1 mm or more from the center 

position. 

2) Avoid using the switch as a stopper 

since it may cause trouble with the 

operations. 

3) Please make the angle dimensions of 

the switch activating unit the same or 

greater than R1. 

4) Regarding ON-OFF operation timing, 

please push all the way to the set position 

without lingering in the OP vicinity. 

128


1) These switches do not have a sealed 

construction. As such, the construction of 

the equipment in which the switches are 

to be installed should be given careful 

consideration when the switches are to 

be used in locations where corrosive 

gases, silicon or other substances which 

will adversely affect the contacts are 

used, where there is a high concentration 

of dust or where the switches may be 

exposed to condensation or water. Using 

switches in locations like these may 

cause malfunctioning. 

2) Avoid using this switch in hightemperature, 

high-humidity or 

condensation-forming environments and 

avoid allowing droplets of water to remain 

on the switch or come into contact with it. 

These conditions may interfere with the 

performance of the switch (resulting in 

short-circuiting, etc.). Use the type with 

the gold contacts in applications involving 

trains, aircraft, motor vehicles or medical 

equipment where the switch must satisfy 

safety and high reliability requirements. 

Please consult with us for the 

applications required high reliability. 

3) Because the humidity range differs 

depending on the ambient temperature, 

the humidity range indicated below 

should be used. Continuous operation of 

the switch is possible within this range, 

but continuous use near the limit of the 


4) This humidity range does not 

guarantee permanent performance. 

;;; 

; 

;;;;; 

;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;; 

;;;; 

;; 

85 




used at temperatures condensation 

lower than 0°C 32°F) when used at 

temperatures 

5 


–25 0 

80 

–13 +32 

176 


5. Breakdown mode 

For the switch breakdown mode, shorts, 

open circuits, or rises in temperature 

should be considered. For a device to be 

safe so that it does not create any 

adverse effect, ensure that a protection 

circuit or protection device is in place to 

ABC3 

protect against a possible switch failure. 

Also, please make sure that sufficient 

redundancy is built into the system in 

order to ensure safety. 

129

ABC2 

NEW 

1 Form A 1 Form B 

(Addition of Long stroke type) 

1 Form A 1 Form B 


ULTRA SMALL 

HIGH RELIABILITY 


FEATURES 

• Ultra-low profile 1.4 mm .055 inch 

(3.4 × 3.5 × 1.4 mm) 

(.134 × .138 × .055 inch) 

• The coil spring serves as the contact 

and a high contact reliability is 

achieved by the more than adequate 

contact force and wiping effect. By 

adopting gold-clad contact, a high 

contact reliability is also achieved under 

a small current, voltage and load. 

• Horizontal and vertical mounting 

types are available and detecting from 

horizontal and vertical directions is 

possible. 

• High overtravel (1.3 mm .051 inch) 

makes it easy for installation. (Long 

stroke type) 

FT-µ (ABC2) 

SWITCHES 


1. Digital audio visual equipment 

• DVC (digital video camera) 

• DSC (digital still camera) 

2. Personal computer and its peripherals 

• Notebook PC 

• CD-ROM/CD-R, RW 

• DVD (digital versatile disc) 

3. Digital compact equipment 

• Mobile phone 

• PDA (personal digital assistant) 

• MD (Mini Disc) 

4. Others 

• IC card and other electronic moneyrelated 

products 


Ex. ABC 2 

Type of switch Contact arrangement Terminal shape Operating direction 

2: FT-µ switches 1: SPST-NO (1 Form A) 

2: SPST-NC (1 Form B) 

3: Long stroke type 

SPST-NO (1 Form A) 

4: Long stroke type 

SPST-NC (1 Form B) 


(without positioning boss) 


(with positioning boss) 

2: Low profile type 

3: Vertical type 

1: Right angle type 

2: Left angle type 

(standard type only) 

3: Vertical detection 

type 

Remark: The actuator colors of 1 Form A type is ivory and 1 Form B type is black. 

Packing style 

P : Embossed tape packing 

(standard type) 

P1: Upside-down embossed tape packing 

(Low profile type only) 

P2: Embossed tape packing 

(vertical type) 

PRODUCT LINEUP 

Detection direction 

Standard right angle 

With positioning boss 

Standard type 

Without positioning 

boss 

Standard embossed 

tape packing 

Low Profile type 

Upside-down 

embossed tape packing 

Vertical type 

Standard left angle 

— — — 

Long stroke right angle 

— 

Long stroke left angle 

— — — 

130

MOUNTING VIEW 

Mounting part layout 

Standard type 

1.4mm 

.055inch 

Standard embossed tape 

packing 

1.2mm 

.047inch 


Upside-down embossed tape 

packing 

0.3mm 

.012inch 

Vertical type 

ABC2 

1.9mm 

.075inch 

PRODUCT TYPES 

1) Standard type 

Contact 

arrangement 

1 Form A 

1 Form B 

* Vertical type: 2,000 pcs./reel 

1) Long stroke type 

Contact 

arrangement 

1 Form A 

1 Form B 


direction 

Packing style 

CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST-NO (1 Form A), SPST-NC (1 Form B) 



0.01 mA 5V DC to 10 mA 5V DC (resistive load) 



With 

positioning boss 

Standard type 

Without 


Standard 

embossed tape 

packing 


Upside-down 

embossed tape 

packing 

Vertical type 

Right angle 

ABC2111P ABC2101P ABC2121P ABC2121P1 ABC2133P2 

Left angle 

Right angle 

Embossed tape 

*(4,000 pcs./reel) 

ABC2112P 

ABC2211P 

ABC2102P 

ABC2201P 

— 

ABC2221P 

— 

ABC2221P1 

— 

ABC2233P2 

Left angle ABC2212P ABC2202P — — — 


direction 







Allowable operating 

frequency 


Packing style 

With 


Standard type 

Without 


Standard 

embossed tape 

packing 


Upside-down 

embossed tape 

packing 

Vertical type 

Right angle 

ABC2311P ABC2301P ABC2321P ABC2321P1 — 

Left angle 

Right angle 

Embossed tape 

(4,000 pcs./reel) 

ABC2312P 

ABC2411P 

ABC2302P 

ABC2401P 

— 

ABC2421P 

— 

ABC2421P1 

— 

— 

Left angle ABC2412P ABC2402P — — — 

1 Form A type 1 Form B type 

Min. 10 5 

Min. 5 × 10 4 

(10 mA 5V DC, 0.01 mA 5V DC contact opening 20 cpm) (10 mA 5V DC, 0.01 mA 5V DC contact opening 20 cpm) 




15 m/s 2 10 to 500Hz (Contact opening: max. 1 msec.) 


30 to 300mm/s 




1) Standard type 

Item 

Standard type 

With positioning boss Without positioning boss 

Low profile type 

Vertical type 

Free position (F.P.) (mm inch) 

+0.3 +.012 

2.7 −0.1 .106 −.004 

+0.3 +.012 

4.8 −0.1 .189 −.004 

+0.3 +.012 

4.8 −0.1 .189 −.004 

+0.3 +.012 

3.3 −0.1 .130 −.004 

Operating position (O.P.) (mm inch) 2.3±0.3 .091±.012 4.4±0.3 .173±.012 4.4±0.3 .173±.012 2.9±0.3 .114±.012 

Total travel position (T.T.P.) (mm inch) 1.3±0.1 .051±.004 3.4±0.1 .134±.004 3.4±0.1 .134±.004 1.9±0.15 .075±.006 

Operating force, Max. (N) 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 

2) Long stroke type 

Item 

Standard type 

With positioning boss Without positioning boss 


Vertical type 

Free position (F.P.) (mm inch) 

+0.3 +.012 

3.5 −0.1 .138 −.004 

+0.3 +.012 

5.6 −0.1 .220 −.004 

+0.3 +.012 

5.6 −0.1 .220 −.004 

— 

Operating position (O.P.) (mm inch) 3.0±0.3 .118±.012 5.1±0.3 .201±.012 5.1±0.3 .201±.012 — 

Total travel position (T.T.P.) (mm inch) 1.7±0.1 .067±.004 3.8±0.1 .150±.004 3.8±0.1 .150±.004 — 

Operating force, Max. (N) 0.3 0.3 0.3 — 

131

ABC2 

DIMENSIONS 


(Right angle type with positioning boss) 



1.2 

.047 

+0.1 

0.05–0.15 

+.004 

.002–.006 

1.5 ±0.05 

.059 ±.002 

Upper direction 

0.3 

.012 

Operation direction 

+0.05 

1.40–0.1 

+.002 

.055–.004 

0.60 

.024 

+0.05 

2- φ0.80 

2- φ.031 

0 hole 

+.002 

0 hole 

1.0 

.039 

5.9 

.232 

+0.3 

FP=2.7–0.1 

+.012 

.106–.004 

OP=2.3 ±0.3 

.091 ±.012 

TTP=1.3 ±0.1 

.051 ±.004 

R 2.55 

R .100 

Side direction 

0.6 

.024 

0.4 

.016 

0.8 

.031 

2.1 ±0.1 

.083 ±.004 

3.4 

.134 

±0.04 

φ 0.7 

±.002 

φ .028 

±0.04 

φ 0.7 

±.002 

φ .028 

1.5 ±0.1 

.059 ±.004 

Reference point 

3.5 ±0.08 

.138 ±.003 

5.1 

.201 

2-C0.7 

2-C.028 

+0.1 

0.4–0.05 

+.004 

.016–.002 

2-C0.10 

2-C.004 

(Right angle type without positioning boss) 

+0.1 

0.05–0.15 

+.004 

.002–.006 


R 2.55 

R .100 


0.3 

.012 



0.6 

.024 0.4 

.016 

+0.05 

1.40–0.1 

+.002 

.055–.004 

0.60 

.024 

1.0 

.039 

5.9 

.232 

1.2 

.047 

+0.3 

FP=4.8–0.1 

+.012 

.189–.004 

OP=4.4 ±0.3 

.173 ±.012 

TTP=3.4 ±0.1 

.134 ±.004 

0.8 

.031 

2.1 ±0.1 

.083 ±.004 

3.4 

.134 


3.5 ±0.08 

.138 ±.003 

5.1 

.201 

2-C0.7 

2-C.028 

(Left angle type with positioning boss) 


1.2 

.047 

+0.1 

0.05–0.15 

+.004 

.002–.006 


0.8 

.031 

3.4 

.134 

2.1 ±0.1 

.083 ±.004 


0.4 0.6 

.016 .024 

4.1 

.161 


0.3 

.012 

R 2.55 

R .100 

TTP=1.3 ±0.1 

.051 ±.004 OP=2.3 ±0.3 

+0.3 

FP=2.7–0.1 

.091 ±.012 +.012 

.106–.004 

+0.05 

1.40–0.1 

+.002 

.055–.004 

0.60 

.024 

±0.04 

φ 0.7 

±.002 

φ .028 

±0.04 

φ 0.7 

±.002 

φ .028 

1.5 ±0.1 

.059 ±.004 

+0.05 

2- φ0.80 

2- φ.031 

0 hole 

+.002 

0 hole 

1.0 

.039 

5.9 

.232 

1.5 ±0.05 

.059 ±.002 


3.5 ±0.08 

.138 ±.003 

5.1 

.201 

2-C0.7 

2-C.028 

+0.1 

0.4–0.05 

+.004 

.016–.002 

2-C0.10 

2-C.004 

132

(Left angle type without positioning boss) 

ABC2 



+0.1 

0.05–0.15 

+.004 

.002–.006 


0.8 

.031 

3.4 

.134 

2.1 ±0.1 

.083 ±.004 


0.4 0.6 

.016 .024 

4.1 

.161 


0.3 

.012 

R 2.55 

R .100 

TTP=3.4 ±0.1 

.134 ±.004 

OP=4.4 ±0.3 

.173 ±.012 

+0.3 

FP=4.8–0.1 

+.012 

.189–.004 

+0.05 

1.40–0.1 

+.002 

.055–.004 

0.60 

.024 

1.0 

.039 

5.9 

.232 

1.2 

.047 


3.5 ±0.08 

.138 ±.003 

5.1 

.201 

2-C0.7 

2-C.028 

• Low profile type 


3.6 0 

.142 0 

+0.2 

+.008 

0.2 ±0.1 

.008 ±.004 0.1 

.004 

2-C0.2 

2-C.008 


0.3 

.012 


+0.05 

1.40–0.1 

+.002 

.055–.004 

0.60 

.024 

1.8 

.071 

2.7 

.106 

0 

3.3–0.15 

0 

.130–.006 

+0.3 

FP=4.8–0.1 

+.012 

.189–.004 

OP=4.4 ±0.3 

.173 ±.012 

TTP=3.4 ±0.1 

.134 ±.004 

R 2.55 

R .100 


0.6 

.024 

0.4 

.016 

0.8 

.031 

1.4 

.055 

2.5 

.098 

3.4 

.134 

R0.5 MAX. 

R.020 MAX. 

6.5 

.256 

1.2 

.047 


3.5 ±0.08 

.138 ±.003 

5.7 

.224 

2-C0.7 

2-C.028 

• Vertical type 

+0.3 

FP=3.3–0.1 

+.012 

.130–.004 

OP=2.9 ±0.3 

.114 ±.012 

R 2.55 

R .100 

TTP=1.9 ±0.15 

.075 ±.006 


0.3 

.012 

0.35 

.014 



0.6 

.024 

0.4 

.016 

0.8 

.031 

3.4 

.134 

+0.05 

1.40–0.1 

+.002 

.055–.004 

0.60 

.024 


1.6 

+.008 

.063 –0.1 

+0.2 

–.004 

4-R0.1 MAX. 

4-R.004 MAX. 

Solder spot 

+0.25 

3.6 

+.010 

.142 0 

0 

1.0 

.039 

+0.3 

5.9 

+.012 

.232 0 

0 

Angled hole 

1.2 

.047 


3.5 ±0.08 

.138 ±.003 

5.1 

.201 

2-C0.7 

2-C.028 

133

ABC2 

2. Long stroke type 

(Right angle type with positioning boss) 



+0.1 

0.05–0.15 

+.004 

.002–.006 

1.2 

.047 


2.1 

.083 



1.4 

+0.05 

–0.1 

+.002 

.055–.004 

1.1 

.043 

±0.05 

±002 

2- φ0.80 

2- φ.031 

+0.05 

0 hole 

+.002 

0 hole 

5.9 

.232 

1.0 

.039 

1.5 ±0.05 

.059 ±.002 

+0.3 

FP=3.5–0.1 

+.012 

.138–.004 

OP=3.0 ±0.3 

.118 ±.012 

R 2.55 

R .100 

TTP=1.7 ±0.1 

.067 ±.004 

0.6 

.024 

0.4 

.016 

±0.04 

φ 0.7 

±.002 

φ .028 

0.6 

.024 


3.5 ±0.08 

.138 ±.003 

5.1 

.201 

3.4 

.134 

2.1 ±0.1 

0.8 .083 ±.004 

.031 

2-C0.7 

2-C.028 

1.4 

.055 

+0.1 

0.4–0.05 

+.004 

.016–.002 

2-C0.10 

2-C.004 

0 

φ 0.7 

φ .028 

–0.05 

0 

–.002 

1.5 ±0.1 

.059 ±.004 

(Right angle type without positioning boss) 


+0.1 

0.05–0.15 

+.004 

.002–.006 

1.2 

.047 

+0.3 

FP=5.6–0.1 

+.012 

.220–.004 

OP=5.1 ±0.3 

.201 ±.012 

TTP=3.8 ±0.1 

.150 ±.004 

R 2.55 

R .100 



+.002 

.055–.004 


0.6 

.024 

0.4 

.016 

3.4 

2.1 

.134 

±0.1 

.083 ±.004 

2.1 

.083 

0.8 

.031 

+0.05 

1.4–0.1 

1.1 

.043 

±0.05 

±002 

5.9 

.232 

1.0 

.039 

1.5 ±0.05 

.059 ±.002 

3.5 ±0.08 

.138 ±.003 

2-C0.7 

2-C.028 


5.1 

.201 

(Left angle type with positioning boss) 


1.2 

.047 



0.4 

.016 

(3.3) 


(.130) 

0.6 

.024 

4.1 

.161 

2.1 

.083 

R 0.2 

R .008 

R 2.55 

R .100 

TTP=1.7 ±0.1 

.067 ±.004 OP=3.0 ±0.3 

+0.3 

FP=3.5–0.1 

+.012 

.118 ±.012 .138–.004 

+0.05 

1.4–0.1 

+.002 

.055–.004 

1.1 

.043 

±0.05 

±002 

±0.04 

φ 0.7 

±.002 

φ .028 

0.6 

.024 

2- φ0.80 

2- φ.031 

+0.05 

0 hole 

+.002 

0 hole 

5.9 

.232 

1.0 

.039 

1.5 ±0.05 

.059 ±.002 

3.4 

.134 

2.1 ±0.1 

.083 ±.004 

0.8 

.031 

2-C0.7 

3.5 ±0.08 

2-C.028 .138 ±.003 

5.1 

.201 


1.4 

.055 

+0.1 

0.4–0.05 

+.004 

.016–.002 

2-C0.1 

2-C.004 

0 

φ 0.7 

φ .028 

–0.05 

0 

–.002 

1.5 ±0.1 

.059 ±.004 

134

(Left angle type without positioning boss) 

+0.1 

0.05–0.15 

+.004 

.002–.006 

ABC2 



1.2 

.047 



0.4 

.016 


(3.3) 

(.130) 

0.6 

.024 

4.1 

.161 

2.1 

.083 

R 2.55 

R .100 

OP=5.1 ±0.3 

.201 ±.012 

+0.05 

1.4–0.1 

+.002 

.055–.004 

1.1 

.043 

0.6 

.024 

±0.05 

±002 

5.9 

.232 

1.0 

.039 

1.5 ±0.05 

.059 ±.002 

3.4 

.134 2.1 

±0.1 

.083 ±.004 2-C0.7 

0.8 

.031 

TTP=3.8 ±0.1 

.150 ±.004 

+0.3 

FP=5.6–0.1 

+.012 

.220–.004 

3.5 ±0.08 

2-C.028 .138 ±.003 

5.1 

.201 


• Low profile type 


0.2 

.008 

±0.1 

±.004 

0.1 

.004 

2-C0.2 

2-C.008 

3.6 0 

.142 0 

+0.2 

+.008 

1.8 

.071 

+0.3 

FP=5.6–0.1 

+.012 

.220–.004 

OP=5.1 ±0.3 

.201 ±.012 

TTP=3.8 ±0.1 

.150 ±.004 

R 2.55 

R .100 

2.1 

.083 




0.6 

.024 

0.4 

.016 

1.4 

.055 

0.75 

.030 

3.4 

2.5 .134 

.098 

+0.05 

1.4–0.1 

+.002 

.055–.004 

1.1 

.043 

0.6 

.024 

±0.05 

±002 

R0.5 MAX. 

R.020 MAX. 

6.5 

.256 

1.2 

.047 

2.7 

.106 

0 

3.3–0.15 

0 

.130–.006 


3.5 ±0.08 

.138 ±.003 

5.7 

.224 

2-C0.7 

2-C.028 

135

ABC2 

NOTES 

1. Mounting 








may cause malfunctioning. 

3) During mounting, the insulation 

distance between ground and each 

terminals should be confirmed as 

sufficient. 

2. Soldering 

1) For manual soldering; Iron tip 

temperature max. is 320°C 608°F and 

soldering should be completed within 3 

seconds. 

2) For reflow soldering; Perform soldering 

reflow at a peak surface temperature of 

the PC board not to exceed 245°C 473°F. 

3) For cream soldering; Screen thickness 


mm .004 to .006 inch. 

4) During soldering, care should be taken 

not to apply excessive stress to the 

terminals as the resulting deformation 

may cause malfunction. 

5) Excessively high solder tab 

temperature and soldering iron wattage 

should also be avoided as these factors 

may harm switching performance. 

6) As this switch is thin, using flux should 



damage. 


1) The installation position of the 

activating unit that operates the switch 

should be set at a distance of 1.4 to 1.9 

mm .055 to .075 inch from the center of 

the positioning projection for the type with 

boss (1.8 to 2.6 mm .071 to .102 inch for 

long stroke type) and at a distance of 3.5 

to 4.0 mm .138 to .157 inch from the 

bottom for the low profile type without 

(3.9 to 4.7 mm .154 to .185 inch for long 

stroke type). 

2) For 1 Form B contact type operation, 

set the pushbutton so it returns to the 

free position. 



operations. 

4) When using the switch to operate in 

the sideways direction, ensure that the 

corner roundness of the operating unit is 

more than R1. 






















short-circuiting, etc.). Use the type with 

the gold contacts in applications involving 

trains, aircraft, motor vehicles or medical 

equipment where the switch must satisfy 

safety and high reliability requirements. 

Please consult with us for the 

applications required high reliability. 










;;; 

; 

;;;;; 

;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;; 

;;;; 

;; 

85 






temperatures 

5 


–25 0 

80 

–13 +32 

176 



conditions 

1) Consult with us if this switch is to be 

used outside its ratings. 

2) To improve reliability, check the switch 

under actual loading conditions. 

6. Breakdown mode 

For the switch breakdown mode, shorts, 

open circuits, or rises in temperature 

should be considered. For a device to be 

safe so that it does not create any 

adverse effect, ensure that a protection 

circuit or protection device is in place to 

protect against a possible switch failure. 

Also, please make sure that sufficient 

redundancy is built into the system in 

order to ensure safety. 

136

ABC1 

IC CARD 


FT (ABC1) 

SWITCHES 

FEATURES 


• Ultra-low profile 1.4 mm .055 inch 

They allow products to be slimmer 

• The original coil spring-activated 

mechanism yields a light operating 

force (max. 0.3N) and a high overtravel 

to faciliate installation. 

• The coil spring serves as the contact 

and a high contact reliability is 

achieved by the more than adequate 

contact force and wiping effect. 

• Detecting from vertical and 

horizontal directions is possible. The 

actuator is rotated by the rotary shaft 

in the body. 

• 2 types of SMD terminal is available. 

The low-profile type is mounted by 

making square holes at the edges of 

the printed circuit boards, resulting in 

a low profile. 

• IC card and other electronic moneyrelated 

products. 

• CD-ROM drivers 

• Cellular phones 

• MD 

• Video cameras 

• Digital still camera 

• Headphone stereo 

PRODUCT TYPES 


direction 

Right angle 

Left angle 

Packing style 

Embossed tape 

(3000 pcs/reel) 

Contact 

type 

Goldplated 

Goldplated 

Standard type 

Standard 

embossed tape 

packing 


Upside-down 

embossed tape 

packing 

ABC1111P61 ABC1121P61 ABC1121P161 

ABC1112P61 ABC1122P61 ABC1122P161 

CONTACT 

ARRANGEMENT: 


MOUNTING VIEW 

Standard type 

Standard embossed tape packing 


Upside-down embossed tape packing 

TOP VIEW 

Mounting part layout 

1.4mm 

.055inch 

1.15mm 

.045inch 

* 0.35mm 

.014inch 

Note) * The mounting height of 0.35 mm .014 inch indicated by the asterisk applies when the standard embossed tape packages are used, that is to say, when the switches 

have been mounted using embossed tape packages on which the switches are encapsulated after their fronts and backs have been reversed. 

137

ABC1 



Gold-plated 









Allowable operating frequency 



Item Standard type Low profile type 

Free position (F.P.) (mm inch) 4.9 ± 0.2 .193±.008 7.1 ± 0.2 .280±.008 

Operating position (O.P.) (mm inch) 4.4 ± 0.3 .173±.012 6.6 ± 0.3 .260±.012 

Total travel position (T.T.P.) (mm inch) 2.6 ± 0.2 .102±.008 4.8 ± 0.2 .189±.008 


DIMENSIONS 


Right angle 

.193 ±.008 

FP=4.9 ±0.2 

OP=4.4 ±0.3 

.173 ±.012 

TTP=2.6 ±0.2 

.102 ±.008 

R4.3 

R.169 

2.5 

.098 

1.7 

.067 

0.6 

.024 

0.6 

.024 

Vertical 

3.2 ±0.1 

.126 ±.004 0.05 ±0.1 

.002 ±.004 

2.9 

.114 

3.5 

.138 

5.5 −0.1 

.217 

0.6 

.024 

0.75 

.030 

+0.08 

+.003 

−.004 

Operating direction 

Horizontal 

1.0 

.039 

0.6 

.024 

0.01 mA 5V DC to 10 mA 5V DC (resistive load) 

Gold-plated 

Min. 10 5 (0.01 mA 5V DC to 10 mA 5V DC contact opening 20 cpm) 




14.7 m/s 2 10 to 500Hz (Contact opening: max. 1 msec.) 


30 to 300mm/s 



0.3N 

by 2.8 mm .110 inch 

from the center of the positioning projection 

1.8 4.8 

.071 .189 

4.3 

1.7 

.067 

.169 

0.4 

.016 

1.4 

.055 

0.5 

.020 

+0 

−0.1 

+.0 

−.004 

+0 

1.0 dia. 

.039 −0.1 

+.0 

−.004 dia. 

C0.15 

C.006 

1.2 

.047 

1.2 

.047 

Circuit construction 


0.3N 

by 5.0 mm .197 inch 

from the bottom of the switch 

Left angle 

Operating direction 


+0.05 

2-1.1 −0 dia. 0.5 ±0.05 

+.002 

−0 .020 ±.002 

1.3 

.051 

2-.043 dia. 

3.2 ±0.05 dia. 

.126 ±.002 dia. 

5.9 

.232 

1.8 

.071 

mm inch 

FP=4.9 ±0.2 

.193 ±.008 

OP=4.4 ±0.3 

.173 ±.012 

TTP=2.6 ±0.2 

.102 ±.008 

138

ABC1 

2. Low profile type 

Right angle 

mm inch 

0.25 

.010 

Circuit construction 


Left angle 

.280 ±.008 

FP=7.1 ±0.2 

OP=6.6 ±0.3 

.260 ±.012 

TTP=4.8 ±0.2 

.189 ±.008 

R4.3 

R.169 

4.7 

.185 

0.6 

.024 

0.6 

.024 

Vertical 

2.9 

.114 

3.5 

.138 

5.5 −0.1 

.217 

0.6 

.024 

0.75 

.030 

+0.08 

+.003 

−.004 

0.1 

.004 

Operating angle 

Horizontal 

1.1 

.043 

0.6 

.024 

1.8 4.8 

.071 .189 

4.3 

.169 

1.7 

.067 

1.4 

.055 

0.5 

.020 

1.2 

.047 

1.2 

.047 

1.2 

.047 


4.3 

.169 

+0 

−0.15 

+0 

−.006 

+0.2 

5.6 0 

+.008 

.220 0 

8.5 

.335 

2-C 0.2 

.008 

1.8 

.071 

1.7 

.067 

Max. R0.5 

.020 

Operating angle 

FP=7.1 ±0.2 

.280 ±.008 

OP=6.6 ±0.3 

.260 ±.012 

TTP=4.8 ±0.2 

.189 ±.008 

NOTES 

1. Mounting 








may cause malfunctioning. During 

mounting, the insulation distance 

between ground and each terminals/ 

cover should be confirmed as sufficient. 

2. Soldering 

1) For manual soldering, iron tip 

temperature max. is 320°C 608°F and 

soldering should be completed within 3 

seconds. 

2) For reflow soldering, perform soldering 

reflow at a peak surface temperature of 

the PC board not to exceed 245°C 473°F. 

3) For cream soldering, screen thickness 


mm .006 to .008 inch. 




may cause malfunction. 

5) Excessively high solder tab 

temperature and soldering iron wattage 

should also be avoided as these factors 

may harm switching performance. 

6) As this switch is thin, using flux should 



damage. 


1) The installation position of the 

activating unit which operates the switch 

should be set at a distance of 2.8 to 3.9 

mm .110 to .154 inch from the center of 

the positioning projection in the case of 

the standard type and at a distance of 5.0 

to 6.1 mm .197 to .240 inch from the 

bottom of the switch in the case of the 

low-profile type. 



operations. 

3) When using the switch to operate in 

the sideways direction, ensure that the 

corner roundness of the operating unit is 

more than R1. 






















short-circuiting, migration, etc.). Use the 

type with the gold contacts in applications 

involving trains, aircraft, motor vehicles or 

medical equipment where the switch 

must satisfy safety and high reliability 

requirements. 










;;; 

; 

;;;;; 

;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;; 

;;;; 

;; 

85 






temperatures 

5 


–25 0 

80 

–13 +32 

176 



conditions 

To improve reliability, check the switch 

under actual loading conditions. 

6. Others 

Consult with us if this switch is to be used 

outside its ratings. 

139

ABP8 

A PIERCED EARRING SIZE 

DETECTION SWITCH 

FP (ABP8) 

SWITCHES 

• Ultra-miniature size (3.4×3.4×2.4mm .134×.134×.094 inch) 

Meet the market requirements of FDD miniaturization 

• Low operating force Max. 0.3 N 

• SMD type available 


Type 

Type I 

Type II 

Remarks: Standard packaging 

1 reel: 2,000 pcs. 

1 case: 5 reels (10,000 pcs.) 

Part No. 

ABP811161P 

ABP811261P 


• Floppy Disk Drivers 

• Optical Disk Drivers 

• CD-ROM Drivers 

• Notebook Personal Computers 

• Portable Handy Phones 

• VCR 

• Printers 



Standard rating 

Low-level circuit rating 


0.1A 10V DC 

0.01mA 5V DC 

Expected electrical life 0.1A 10V DC resistive Min. 5×10 4 

(Min. operations) 10mA 5V DC resistive Min. 10 5 


(by 100V DC insulation resistance meter) 

Min. 100MΩ 

Dielectric Strength 

100Vrms for 1 min. 


14.7m/s 2 8 to 500Hz (contact opening: Max. 10µsec.) 


Min. 294 m/s 2 (contact opening: Max. 10µsec.) 


–25°C to +80°C –13°F to +176°F (not freezing below 0°C 32°F) 


Max. 3Ω (by HP4328A) 


Type I 

Type II 


0.3 N 

Free position Max. mm inch 3.7 .146 4.9 .193 

Operating position mm inch 3.3±0.2 .130 ±.008 4.5±0.2 .177 ±.008 

Total travel position Max. mm inch 2.3 .091 3.5 .138 

Total stroke mm inch 1.2 .047 

140

DIMENSIONS 

ABP8 

Type I Type II Recommended PC board pattern 

(Top view) 

FP 

3.7 max. 

.146 

1.0 

.039 

Terminal #3 

3.4 

.134 

OP 

3.3 ±0.2 

0.3 

.012 

.130 ±.008 TTP 

2.3 max. 

.091 

C0.1 

.004 

0.2 

.008 

3.4 

.134 

CL 

0.8 dia. 

.031 dia. 

1.2 ±0.05 dia. 

.047 ±.002 dia. 

1.2 

.047 

2.3 

.091 

1.0 

.039 

Terminal #1 

1.5 

.059 

Terminal #2 

0.25 0.15 max. 

.010 .006 

FP 

4.9 max. 

.193 

Terminal #3 

OP 

4.5 ±0.2 

.177 ±.008 TTP 

3.5 max. 

.138 

C0.1 

.004 

0.2 

.008 

CL 

0.8 dia. 

.031 dia. 

1.2 ±0.05 dia. 

.047 ±.002 dia. 

Terminal #1 

Terminal #2 

2.9 

2.3 .114 

.091 

0.25 0.15 max. 

.010 .006 

1.1 

.043 

0.7 

.028 

+0.2 

1.3 −0 dia. hole 

+.008 

.051 dia. hole 

−0 

Terminal #3 

3.7 

.146 

Schematic 

SPST-NO 

1.1 

.043 

mm inch 

1.5 

.059 

Terminal #1 

Terminal #2 

Terminal # 3 of ABP8111 

is connected to the metal 

cover of the switch 

NOTES 


1) For manual soldering; 

By using 18W Max. (iron tip temperature: 

320°C 608°F Max.) soldering should be 


2) For reflow soldering; 

Perform soldering reflow at a peak 

surface temperature of the PC board not 

to exceed 245°C 473°F. See the below 

recommended temperature profile. 

Temperature (°C °F) 

245 

473 

220 

428 

150 

302 

Recommended condition for 

reflow temperature profile 

Preheating 

within 2 min. 

with 30 sec. 




may cause malfunction. Excessively high 

solder tab temperature and soldering iron 

wattage should also be avoided as these 

factors may harm switching performance. 

2. Setting of the operation object 

In setting the operation object; keep the 

following distance between the switch 

bottom and the operation object at T.T.P. 

(Total Travel Position) 

ABP811161P: 2.3 to 2.9mm 

.091 to .114 inch 

ABP811261P: 3.5 to 4.1mm 

.138 to .161 inch 

3. Quality Check under Actual Loading 

Conditions 































requirements. Please consult with us for 

the applications required high reliability. 










;;; 

; 

;;;;; 

;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;; 

;;;; 

;; 

–25 

–13 

85 






temperatures 


5 

0 

80 

+32 

176 


141

ABU8 

A ULTRA MINIATURE SIZED 

DETECTION SWITCH 

NEW FD (ABU8) 

SWITCHES 

• Low operating force Max. 0.34 N 

• High contact reliability in a low-level load by sliding crossbar contacts 

• Reflow soldering is availableb by custom ordered 


Packing quantity 

Contact arrangement Number of terminals Part No. 

Inner Outer 

2 ABU811261S 

1 Form A 

4 ABU810261S 

100 5,000 

2 ABU831261S 

1 Form B 

4 ABU830261S 

Remarks: Standard packaging; Tube 100 pcs. 

Please consult us for vinyl bag (200 pcs.). In this case, please change the suffix S to V. 


• Floppy Disk Drivers 

• Optical Disk Drivers 

• CD-ROM Drivers 

• Notebook Personal Computers 

• VCR 

• Audio Equipments 

• Microprocessor-controlled Rice 

Cookers 

• Burglar alarms & Fire alarms 



10mA to 0.1A 30V DC 


Expected electrical life 0.1A 30V DC resistive Min. 5×10 4 

(Min. operations) 

10mA 5V DC resistive Min. 10 5 

Mechanical life (Min. operations) 10 5 


(by 100V DC insulation resistance meter) 

Min. 100MΩ 

Dielectric Strength 

100Vrms for 1 min. 


14.7ms 2 10 to 500Hz (contact opening: Max. 10µsec.) 


Min. 294 m/s 2 (contact opening: Max. 10µsec.) 


–25°C to +80°C –13°F to +176°F (not freezing below 0°C 32°F) 


Max. 1Ω (by HP4328A) 



0.34 N 

Free position Max. mm inch 10.1±0.2 .398 ±.008 

Operating position mm inch 9.5±0.4 .374 ±.016 

Total travel position Max. mm inch 8.0 .315 

Total stroke mm inch 2.1 .083 

142

DIMENSIONS 

ABU8 

mm inch 

3 

(4) 

6.2 

.244 

(1) 

2 

3 

.118 

2 dia. 

.079 dia. 

1.1 dia. 

.043 dia. 

Terminal #3 

(Terminal #4) 

Schematic 

1 Form A 

(Terminal #1) 

Terminal #2 

2.45 

.096 

1 Form B 

6.4 

.252 

4.5 

.177 

2 

.079 

1 

.039 

2.8 

.110 

1.0 

.039 

0.4 

.016 

0.7 

.028 

0.8 

.031 

(4) 

3 

0.5 

.020 

0.95 

.037 

0.6 

.024 

3.25 

.128 

5.4 

.213 

0.5 

.020 

2 

.079 

0.15 

.006 

1.7 

.067 

(1) 

2.2 

.087 

OP=9.5 ±0.4 

.374 ±.016 

TTP=8 Max. 

.315 

0.50 

.020 

+0 

1.2 dia. 

.047 −0.1 

+.0 

−.004 dia. 

FP=10.1 ±0.2 

.193 ±.008 0.3 

.012 

0.85 

.033 

3.3 ±0.4 

.130 ±.016 0.15 

.006 

Terminal #3 

(Terminal #4) 

PC board pattern (Top view) 

+0.1 

2-1.1 −0 dia. 

2-.043 

+.004 

−0 dia. 

+0.1 

1.25 dia. 

.049 −0 

+.004 

−0 dia. 

+0.1 

2-1.1 −0 dia. 

2-.043 

+.004 

−0 dia. 

+0.1 

1.25 dia. 

.049 −0 

+.004 

−0 dia. 

4 terminal 

(Terminal #1) 

Terminal #2 

3.3 ±0.05 

.130 ±.002 

0.95 ±0.05 

.037 ±.002 

3.25 ±0.05 

.128 ±.002 

3.3 ±0.05 

.130 ±.002 

0.95 ±0.05 

.037 ±.002 

3.25 ±0.05 

.128 ±.002 

NOTES 


1) For manual soldering; 

By using 18W Max. (iron tip temperature: 

350°C 662°F Max.) soldering should be 


2) For reflow soldering; 

Perform soldering reflow at a peak 

surface temperature of the PC board not 

to exceed 240°C 464°F. 

3) For automatic soldering tub; 

260°C 500°F immersion, completed 

within 5 seconds. 




may cause malfunction. Excessively high 

solder tab temperature and soldering iron 

wattage should also be avoided as these 

factors may harm switching performance. 

2. Mounting 



to the pin plunger. Also force should be 

applied to the pin plunger from vertical 

direction to the switch. During both 

mounting and operation, care must be 

taken to protect the pushbutton from 

excessive stress, as this may cause 

malfunctioning. 



each terminals/cover should be 

confirmed as sufficient. 

3) When using adhesive, make sure it 

does not come into contact with moving 

parts. If the internal contacts are 

contaminated with adhesive, they may 

not function properly. 

3. Setting of the operation object 

In setting the operation object, keep the 

following distance between the switch 

bottom and the operation object at T.T.P. 

(Total Travel Position) 8.0 to 8.8mm .315 

to .346 inch 



























requirements. Please consult with us for 

the applications required high reliability. 










;;; 

; 

;;;;; 

;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;;;; 

;;;;;; 

;;;; 

;; 

85 






temperatures 

5 


–25 0 

80 

–13 +32 

176 


5. Quality Check under Actual Loading 

Conditions 





143

AHF2 

SMALL, HIGHLY 

RELIABLE TIP SENSOR 

CONTAINING A PHOTO 

SENSOR 

TIP (AHF2) 

SWITCHES 

FEATURES 

• Realizes miniaturization of equipment 

and spaces saving. Size of body: 

9.5×9.5×9.3 mm .374×.374×.366 inch 

• The contact type is equivalent to 

normally closed contacts, which satisfies 

the PL Act. 

• The internal sphere can be used over 

an operation angle of 360 degrees in the 

circumferential direction. 

• There are three standard terminal 

profiles which can be selected according 

to the mounting direction of the PCB. 

• The terminals are tin-plated for longterm 

solderability. 

TYPICAL 

APPLICATIONS 

• Gas heaters 

• Electric fans 

• Water vallet 

• Infrared treatment device 

• Electric pots with warming function 


Mounting direction Vertical mounting Horizontal mounting Reverse mounting 

Part No. AHF21 AHF22 AHF23 

PCB mounting condition 

Remark: Standard Packaging: Tube 50 pcs. 

CONTACT TYPE 

Normally closed type (The photo transistor is ON when the 

sensor is being used.) 

APPLICABLE CIRCUIT 

Refer to the dimensional diagram for the terminal Nos. 

• VCC = 5 V 

• R2 = 100 kΩ 

• Forward current, 

IF, of the LED: 19 mA 

(VCC = 5 V, R1 = 200 Ω) 

• Forward voltage, 

VF, of the LED: Typ = 1.2 V 

BASIC CHARACTERISTICS 

For Ta = 25°C 77°F and applicable circuit conditions 

1) Operation characteristics 

(Operation speed 6 degrees/second) 

• Operation angle (Output: VOL → VOH): 25 to 60 degrees 

• Return angle (Output: VOH → VOL): Min. 20 degrees 

Output 

Operation angle 

Return angle 

Operation angle 

characteristics L 

Return angle 

Terminal No. 1 


I F 

R 1 

(V CC ) 

VCC 

R 2 


V O 

Tip switch 


Output characteristics H 

2) Output (VO) characteristics (The sphere must be stationary.) 

• VOL (photo transistor ON): Max. 1.0 V (horizontal) 

• VOH (photo transistor OFF): Min. 4.0 V (inclined at an angle of at 

least 60 degrees) 

144


Item 

Electrical and mechanical life 



Specificaitons 

AHF2 

Min. 10 5 (Using the applicable circuit) 

At 6 cpm; Opening and closing position: 0 deg. ↔ 90 deg. (The internal shpere must be stationary for at least 

500 ms at angles of 0 and 90 deg. respectively.) 

10 to 400 Hz acceleration 2.9 m/s 2 applied for 7 days 

5 to 10 Hz at half amplitude of 5 mm, 5×10 5 cycles 

588 m/s 2 applied 3 times in each of 6 directions 

Terminal strength 

Min. 9.8 N (each direction) 

Dropping individual part 

Three times from height of 100 cm 

High temperature, high humidity 

storage ability 

Leave for 500 hours at 85°C 185°F and 85% RH 

(No freezing at low temperature) 

High temperature storage ability Leave for 500 hours at 85°C 185°F 

Low temperature storage ability 

Leave for 500 hours at –25°C –13°F 

(No freezing at low temperature) 

Shock and heat resistance Subject to 100 cycles each consisting of 30 minutes at –25°C –13°F and 30 minutes at 85°C 185°F. 

Resistance to hydrogen sulfide Leave for 500 hours in an atmosphere containing 3 ppm of hydrogen sulfide at 40°C 104°F and 75% RH. 

Resistance to sulfur dioxide gas Leave for 500 hours in an atmosphere containing 10 ppm of sulfur dioxide at 40°C 104°F and 95% RH 

Resistance to ammonia gas Leave for 96 hours in an atmosphere containing 3% of ammonia gas at normal temperature and humidity. 

Resistance to dust 

Mix with 2 kg/m 3 talcum powder or fly ash and leave to stand for 8 hours 


–20 to +80°C –4 to +176°F 

(No freezing nor condensation at low temperature) 

Notes: 

1.Without any indications, specifications are measured at following conditions 

• Temperature: 15 to 35°C 59 to 95°F 

• Humidity: 25 to 85% RH 

• Atmospheric pressure: 86 to 106 kpa. 

2.The evaluation criteria for performance are as follows: 

Basic characteristics – Ta = 25°C 77°F and applicable circuit conditions 

1) Operation characteristics (operation speed 6 degrees/sec.) 

• Operation angle (Output: VOL → VOH): 25 to 60 degrees 

• Return angle (Output: VOH → VOL): 20 degrees min. 

2) Output (VO) characteristics (The sphere must be stationary.) 

• VOL (photo transistor ON): 1.2 V max. (horizontal) 

• VOH (photo transistor OFF): 3.8 V min. (inclined at an angle of at least 60 degrees) 

DIMENSIONS 

• Horizontal mounting type 


(LED: Anode) 


(Photo transistor: Emitter) 

Horizontal 

datum line 

PC 

board 

9.5 dia. 

.374 dia. 


(LED: Cathode) 


(Photo transistor: Collector) 

6.55 9.3 

.258 .366 

1.75 3.7 

.069 .146 

3.0 

.118 2.6 

4.0 

.102 

.157 

7.9 

.311 

9.5 

.374 

11.5 

.453 

C0.3 

.012 

Horizontal 

datum line 

3.1 C0.3 

.122 0.9 .012 

.035 

5.1 

.201 

9.5 

.374 

PC board pattern (Bottom view) 



1.3 dia. 

.051 dia. 

3.1±0.1 

.122±.004 

11.9±0.1 

.469±.004 


(LED: Anode) 


(Photo transistor: 

Collector) 

5.1±0.1 

.201±.004 



mm inch 

• Vertical mounting type 



(LED: Anode) 

1.3 dia. 

.051 dia. 




11.5±0.5 

.453±.020 

PC board 


5.1±0.4 

.201±.016 0.9 

.035 

2.6 

.102 

3.1±0.1 

.122±.004 

5.1±0.1 

.201±.004 

11.9±0.1 


.469±.004 Terminal No. 3 

(Photo transistor: Emitter) (Photo transistor: 

Collector) 

Terminal No. 4 Terminal No. 3 

3.1±0.4 

.122±.016 

145

AHF2 

• Reverse mounting type 

mm inch 




[Internal circuit and applicable circuit] 


11.5±0.7 

.453±.028 

5.1±0.5 

.201±.020 

3.1±0.5 

2.6 .122±.020 

.102 0.9 

.035 


PC board 


(LED: Anode) 1.3 dia. 

.051 dia. 

3.1±0.1 

.122±.004 

11.9±0.1 

.469±.004 





5.1±0.1 

.201±.004 


(Photo transistor: Collector) 



I F 

R 1 

(V CC ) 

V CC 

R 2 


V O 

Tip switch 

11.9 

.469 


NOTES 

1. Handling 

1) In the enent that a voltage or current 

that exceeds the maximum rating is 

applied to, or passed between the 

terminals, the photo-transistor will no 

longer function normally. In such a case, 

do not reuse the photo-transistor but 

discard it. 

2) Be careful not to apply an excessively 

large load to the terminals because this 

may damage the photo-transistor. 

2. Soldering 

1) When soldering by hand, use a 18W 

soldering iron that has a temperature 

regulator (iron tip temperature must be no 

more than 350°C 662°F) and apply the 

tip to the joint for no more than 3 

seconds. 

2) When performing automatic soldering, 

ensure that the board does not remain in 

the solder bath for more than 10 seconds 

at 260°C 500°F, or more than 3 seconds 

at 350°C 662°F. 

3) Be careful not to move the terminals 

for one minute after soldering them. 


This product is a non-contact type tip 

detection switch containing a photointerrupter. 

It is intended for installation in 

equipment. Because of the nature of a 

semiconductor, if this product is used 

continuously for a long period in a high 

temperature, low temperature and/or 

humid environment, according to the 

optic quantities decrease of luminescent 

diode output characteristics may be 

significantly affected. In such a case, take 

suitable measures, such as inserting a 

comparator at the output side, to provide 

a greater degree of margin with respect 

to change in the output characteristics, 

and thereby improve the reliability of the 

product. 

4. Preventing a malfunction 

1) The tip sensor uses an internal sphere, 

hence chattering occurs if it is subjected 

to vibration or shock. To prevent 

chattering, continuously read pulses of 

30 ms max. using a microprocessor, and 

set the microprocessor so that the switch 

goes L (ON) or H (OFF) if the output level 

exceeds 500 ms continuously. Also, take 

steps to keep induction and RF noise 

away from the sensor. 

Output of Tip switch 

Transistor OFF 

Transistor ON 

Max. 30 ms 

continuous H for 500 ms or more 

Judgement of switch 

OFF state 

2) The switch should be mounted keeping 

away from the vibration generator such 

as motor. Fix the PC board firmly in order 

to prevent resonance with the vibration 

generator, or the contact chattering of a 

switch may occur by the movement of a 

ball inside. The allowable vibration level 

which the chattering does not occur 

would be less than {0.3G} at 10 to 260Hz 

and 320 to 400Hz. The range 260 to 

320Hz may have a resonance point and 

the level should be less than 0.1G. 

5. Others 

1) Depending on the circuitry and the 

environmental conditions, solder 

migration may occur and short a circuit. 

Please confirm that the insulation 

distance is large enough in the actual 

application. 

2) To prevent a malfunction, the switch 

should be kept away from the direct 

sunlight and any other light sources. 

3) The noises caused by electrostatics, 

surge voltage and inductives may break 

the photo-interruptor. 

4) The reflow soldering and cleaning are 

not allowed. 

5) The switch should be mounted with the 

tolerance ±3 degree. 

6. Confirmations in the actual use. 

Each items in this spec sheet was tested 

and confirmed independently at a certain 

duration. To get a higher reliability of the 

equipment, please confirm the switch 

quality with the actual load and 

environmental conditions before using. 

146

Standards Chart 

With more and more electrical devices and machines being exported overseas, most of the control devices incorporated into those 

devices and machines now meet international standards. We are is in the process of achieving international standards certification for 

all of our products. The table below indicates which products have already been certified, for quick reference. 

Notes) 1. Some items in a product group may not meet certification requirements in some cases. 

2. Snap-action switches and detection switches are certified based on their product numbers. 

Turquiose 

switches J 

type 

(ABJ1, 

ABJ2, 

ABJ3) 

Turquiose 

switches S 

type 

(ABS1, 

ABS4, 

ABS5) 

Turquiose 

switches V 

type 

(ABV1) 

Item 


type 


type 


type 


layer type 


type 

Gold alloy contact 

type 


type 

NZ basic switches (AM1) 

UL (Recognized) CSA (Certified) VDE (Certified) SEMKO (Certified) 

File No. Rating (Recognized) File No. Rating (Certified) File No. Rating (Certified) File No. Rating 

E35901 6 × 10 3 times rating LR23413 6 × 10 3 times rating 

O.F. 125g: 1A 125V AC 

O.F. 125g: 1A 125V AC — — — — 

O.F. 200g: 2A 125V AC 

O.F. 200g: 2A 125V AC 

E35901 

E35901 

E35901 

E35901 

E35901 

E35901 

6 × 10 3 times rating LR23413 

10 5 times rating 

0.1A 125V AC 


2A 250V AC 



0.1A 30V DC 



0.1A 250V AC 


O.F. 0.98N type: 

1A 250V AC 

O.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type: 

3A 250V AC 


0.1A 250V AC 

6 × 10 3 times rating 


3A 250V AC 

O.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type: 

5A 250V AC 


0.5A 250V AC 

15A 125, 250 or 480V 

AC 

1 

/8 HP 125V AC, 

1 

/4 HP 250V AC 

2 

/1 A 125V DC, 

1 

/4 A 250V DC 

LR161643 

M 



0.1A 125V AC 


2A 250V AC 



0.1A 30V DC 



0.1A 250V AC 



1A 250V AC 

O.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type: 

3A 250V AC 


0.1A 250V AC 



3A 250V AC 

O.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type: 

5A 250V AC 


0.5A 250V AC 

15A 125, 250 or 480V 

AC 

1 

/8 HP 125V AC, 

1 

/4 HP 250V AC 

2 

/1 A 125V DC, 

1 

/4 A 250V DC 

5076 

90446 

5076 

90446 

— — — — 


2A 250V AC (T85) 

9421091 5 × 10 4 times rating 

2A 250V AC (T85) 

— — — — 


0.1A 250V AC (T85) 

90421 10 4 times rating 


1A 250V AC 

O.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type: 

3A 250V AC 


0.1A 250V AC 



3A 250V AC 

O.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type: 

5A 250V AC 


0.5A 250V AC 

9421091 5 × 10 4 times rating 

0.1A 250V AC (T85) 

9508072 10 4 times rating 


1A 250V AC 

O.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type: 

3A 250V AC 


0.1A 250V AC 



3A 250V AC 

O.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type: 

5A 250V AC 


0.5A 250V AC 

— — — — 

Remarks 

Excluding ABJ2 long 

stroke type, ABJ4 and 

ABJ5 types 

QV 

switches 

(AM5) 

NV ❇ 

switches 

(AH7) 

Silver 

alloy 

contact 

type 

Gold-clad 

contact 

type 

Heat 

resistant 

series 

6A type 

11A type 

16A type 

21A type 

0.1A type 

Standard 

type 

Low-level 

circuit 

type 

E35901 

E35901 

E35901 

E35901 

E35901 

E35901 


6A 250V AC (T105) 


6A 250V AC 

3A 30V DC (T105) 


11A 250V AC (T105) 


6A 250V AC 

4A 30V DC (T105) 


16A 250V AC 


12A 250V AC 

6A 30V DC (T105) 

❇ 


21A 250V AC 

1 

/2 HP 125, 250V AC 

5A 120V AC “L” 

(TUNGSTEN) 


16A 250V AC 


0.1A 250V AC (T105) 


0.1A 250V AC (T105) 


O.F. 0.49N: 

5A 125, 250V AC 

O.F. 0.98N: 

10A 125, 250V AC 

O.F. 1.96N ~ 3.92N: 

15A 125, 250V AC 

Temperature rating 

120°C 


O.F. 0.49N, 0.98N: 

5A 125, 250V AC 

3A 30V DC 

O.F. 1.96N, 2.94N: 

10A 250V AC 

6A 30V DC 

O. F. 3. 92N: 

12A 250V 

AC 6A 30V DC 


120°C 

3A 125, 250V AC 


120°C 

LR23413 

LR23413 

LR23413 

LR23413 

LR23413 

LR23413 

LR23413 


6A 250V AC (T105) 


6A 250V AC 

3A 30V DC (T105) 


11A 250V AC (T105) 


6A 250V AC (T105) 

4A 30V DC (T105) 


16A 250V AC 


12A 250V AC 

6A 30V DC (T105) 

❇ 


21A 250V AC 

1 

/2 HP 125, 250V AC 

5A 120V AC “L” 

(TUNGSTEN) 


16A 250V AC 


0.1A 250V AC (T105) 


0.1A 250V AC (T105) 


O.F. 0.49N: 

5A 125, 250V AC 

O.F. 0.98N: 

5A 125, 250V AC 

O.F. 1.96N ~ 3.92N: 

15A 125, 250V AC 


O.F. 0.49N, 0.98N: 

5A 250V AC 

3A 30V DC 

O.F. 1.96N, 2.94N: 

10A 250V AC 

6A 30V DC 

O.F. 3.92N: 

12A 250V AC 

6A 30V DC 

103270 6(1) A 250V 

~AC (T105) 

11(2) A 250V 

~AC (T105) 

16(3) A 250V 

~AC (T105) 

6A 30V DC 

21(4) A 250V 

~AC (T105) 

9508075 6(1) A 250V 

~AC (T105) 

9508075 11(2) A 250V 

~AC (T105) 

9508075 16(3) A 250V 

~AC (T105) 

6A 30V DC 

9508075 21(4) A 250V 

~AC (T105) 

0.1A 250V~AC (T105) 9508075 0.1A 250V~AC (T105) 

112851 O.F. 0.49N: (T85) 

5(1) A 125, 250V~ 

O.F. 0.98N: (T85) 

10(2) A 125, 250V~ 

O.F. 1.96N ~ 3.92N: 

16(2) A 125, 250V~ 

9850228 5(1) A 125, 250V 

~(T85) 

10(2) A 125, 250V 

~(T85) 

16(3) A 125, 250V 

~(T85) 

— — — — 

LR23413 3A 125, 250V AC 112851 3A 125, 250V~ 9850228 3A 250V~ 

❇ For the OF=3.92N 

(pin plunger) type with a 

UL and CSA 10 5 times 

rating, the values are as 

follows: 12 A 250 V AC 

8 A 30 V DC 

147

Standards Chart 

FS•FS-T 

switches 

(AV3, 

AVM3/ 

AVT3, 

AVL3) 

Standard 

version 

Long life 

version 

PS switches (AVM3) 

FJ 

switches 

(AH1) 

V-Rotary 

action 

switches 

(AHR5) 

GX 

switches 

1a, 2a, 3a 

(AGX1, 2, 

3~7) 

Item 

Standard 

type 

Low-level 

circuit 

type 

Silver 

alloy 

contact 

type 

E35901 

Gold-clad 

double 

layer type 

E35901 

Gold-clad 

triple 

layer type 

Silver 

alloy 

contact 

type 

UL (Recognized) CSA (Certified) VDE (Certified) SEMKO (Certified) 

File No. Rating (Recognized) File No. Rating (Certified) File No. Rating (Certified) File No. Rating 

E35901 6 × 10 3 times rating 

3A 250V AC 


2A 250V AC 

2A 30V DC 

LR23413 6 × 10 3 times rating 

3A 250V AC 


2A 250V AC 

2A 30V DC 

6168UG 10 4 times rating (T85) 

O.F. 50g: 3A 250V 


(T85) 

O.F. 100g: 3A 250V~ 

9711097 

9750138 

10 4 times rating (T85) 

O.F. 50g: 3A 250V~ 


(T85) 

O.F. 100g: 3A 250V~ 

E35901 

E35901 

Gold-clad 

double 

layer type 

E35901 

Gold-clad 

triple 

layer type 

M1, 2 

mounting 

hole type 

M2 

mounting 

hole type 

M1, 2 

mounting 

hole type 

M2 

mounting 

hole type 

E35901 


0.1A 30V DC 


0.1A 30V DC 


0.1A 250V AC 


0.1A 250V AC 


5A 250V AC 


2A 250V AC 

2A 30V DC 


0.1A 30V DC 


0.1A 30V DC 


0.1A 250V AC 


0.1A 250V AC 


10.1A 250V AC 

LR23413 

LR23413 

LR23413 

LR23413 

LR23413 

LR23413 


0.1A 30V DC 


0.1A 30V DC 


0.1A 250V AC 


0.1A 250V AC 


5A 250V AC 


2A 250V AC 

2A 30V DC 


0.1A 250V DC 


0.1A 250V DC 


0.1A 30V AC 


0.1A 30V AC 


10.1A 250V AC 

E35901 3A 125V AC LR23413 3A 125V AC 

E35901 

O.F. 75g: 1A 125V AC LR23413 

O.F. 150g: 3A 125V AC 

E35901 3A 125V AC LR23413 3A 125V AC 

E35901 


0.1A 125V AC 


0.1A 125V AC 

LR23413 

6168UG 

6168UG 

6168UG 

— — — — 


0.1A 250V 


5A 250V~ 

9711097 

9750138 

9711097 

9750138 


0.1A 250V 


5A 250V~ 

— — — — 


0.1A 250V 

— — 

9711097 

9750138 


(T85) 

0.1A 250V 

9550206 10.1A 250V (T85) 

— — — — 

O.F. 75g: 1A 125V AC 

O.F. 150g: 3A 125V AC — — — — 


0.1A 125V AC 


0.1A 125V AC 

— — — — 

— — — — 

Standard type E35901 5A 250V AC LR23413 5A 250V AC — — — — 

Low-level circuit type E35901 1A 250V AC LR23413 1A 250V AC — — — — 

Standard type 

GW switches (AV1) 

High capacity type 

E35901 

E35901 

E35901 


10.1A 250V AC 

6A 30V DC 


16A 250V AC 

6A 30V DC 

Interlock rating 


16A 380V AC 

Horsepower rating 


16A 380V AC 

1 

/2 HP 125, 250V 

LR23413 

LR23413 

LR23413 


10.1A 250V AC 

6A 30V DC 


16A 250V AC 

6A 30V DC 

Interlock rating 


16A 380V AC 

Horsepower rating 


16A 380V AC 

1 

/2 HP 125, 250V AC 

88838 5 × 10 4 times rating 

10(3) A 250V~(T85) 

(TÜV approved) 

88838 5 × 10 4 times rating 

16(4) A 250V~ 


116437 5 × 10 4 times rating 

16(4) A 380V~ 


9450164 5 × 10 4 times rating 

10(3) A 250V~(T85) 

9450164 5 × 10 4 times rating 

16(4) A 250V~(T85) 

9508071 5 × 10 4 times rating 

(T85) 

16(4) A 380V~ 

Remarks 

1a, 1b, and 1a1b of the 

screw-mounting type 

have not yet been 

certified for SEMKO 

standards. 

GL switches (AGL4) 

E35901 

5A 250V AC 

0.1A 125V AC 


LR23413 

5A 250V AC 

0.1A 125V AC 


Notes) 1. When ordering UL/CSA 6 × 10 3 times rated products, add suffix 9 to the product number, and for UL/CSA 10 5 times rated products (interlock rated products), add 

suffix 4. For VDE and SEMKO standard products, add suffix 8. 

2. Some product numbers for VDE standard and SEMKO standard products of the NV type marked with an asterisk have not yet been certified. Please contact us for 

specific information. 

3. In the table above, if the UL/CSA standard has not been indicated as either a 6 × 10 3 times rating or a 10 5 times rating, it means that the standard is a 6 × 10 3 times 

rating. 

4. In the table above, if the VDE or SEMKO standard has not been indicated as either a 10 4 times rating or a 5 × 10 4 times rating, it means that the standard is a 5 × 

10 4 times rating. 

5. In cases where products are indicated as meeting all of the standards, the standard versions of GX switches and GL switches and FS contact gap min. 1mm type 

have been certified for all of the standards, but for snap-action switches such as the QV, FS, and FS-T, the product number suffix will be either 3 or 31. Please 

contact us for specific information. 

— 

(TÜV approved) 94421128 5A 250V~ 

0.1A 125V~(T85) 


148

Global Network Services 

Global Network 

North America 

Aromat 

Corporation 

Europe 

Matsushita 

Electric Works 

(Europe) AG 

Asia Pacific 

Matsushita 


(Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd. 

China 

Matsushita 


(China) Co., Ltd. 

Japan 

Matsushita 

Electric Works, Ltd. 

Global Headquarter 

Matsushita Electric Works 

Please contact our Global Sales Companies in: 

Europe 

Headquarter Matsushita Electric Works (Europe) AG Rudolf-Diesel-Ring 2, 83607 Holzkirchen, Tel. (08024) 648-0, Fax (08024) 648-111, www.mew-europe.com 

Austria Matsushita Electric Works Austria GmbH Josef Madersperger Str. 2, 2362 Biedermannsdorf, Tel. (0 22 36) 2 68 46, Fax (0 22 36) 4 61 33, www.matsushita.at 

MEW Electronic Materials (Europe) GmbH Industriehafenstraße 9, 4470 Enns, Tel. (0 72 23) 8 83, Fax (0 72 23) 8 83 33, www.mew-europe.com 

Benelux Matsushita Electric Works West B.V. De Rijn 4, (Postbus 211), 5684 PJ Best, (5680 AE Best), Netherlands, Tel. (0499) 372727, Fax (0499) 372185, www.matsushita.nl, www.matsushita.be 

Czech Republic Matsushita Electric Works (CZ) s.r.o. Prumyslová 1, CZ-34815 Planá, Tel. 374799990, Fax 374799999, www.nais.cz 

France Matsushita Electric Works France S.A.R.L. B.P. 44, F-91371 Verrières le Buisson CEDEX, Tél. 01 60135757, Fax 01 60135758, www.matsushita-france.fr 

MEW Electronic Materials (France) S.p.A. 26 Allée du Clos des Charmes, 77090 Collegien, Tél. 01 64622919, Fax 01 64622809 

Germany Matsushita Electric Works Deutschland GmbH Rudolf-Diesel-Ring 2, 83607 Holzkirchen, Tel. (08024) 648-0, Fax (08024) 648-555, www.matsushita.de 

Ireland Matsushita Electric Works UK Ltd. Irish Branch Office, Waverley, Old Naas Road, Bluebell, Dublin 12, Tel: (01) 4600969, Fax: (01) 4601131, www.matsushita.ie 

Italy Matsushita Electric Works Italia s.r.l. Via del Commercio 3-5 (Z.I. Ferlina), 37012 Bussolengo (VR), Tel. (045) 6752711, Fax (045) 6700444, www.matsushita.it 

MEW Building Materials (Europe) s.r.l. Viale Elvezia 18, 20154 Milano (MI), Tel. (02) 33604525, Fax (02) 33605053 

MEW Lighting (Europe) s.r.l. Via del Commercio 3-5 (Z.I. Ferlina), 37012 Bussolengo (VR), Tel. (045) 6703882, Fax (045) 6717420 

Portugal Matsushita Electric Works España S.A. Portuguese Branch Office, Avda Adelino Amaro da Costa 728 R/C J, 2750-277 Cascais, Tel. (21) 4812520, Fax (21) 4812529 

Scandinavia Matsushita Electric Works Scandinavia AB Sjöängsvägen 10, 19272 Sollentuna, Sweden, Tel. (08) 59476680, Fax (08) 59476690, www.matsushita.se 

MEW Fire & Security Technology AB Citadellsvägen 23, 21118 Malmö, (040) 6977000, Fax (040) 6977099, www.mfstech.com 

Spain Matsushita Electric Works España S.A. Barajas Park, San Severo 20, 28042 Madrid, Tel. (91) 3293875, Fax (91) 3292976, www.matsushita.es 

Switzerland Matsushita Electric Works Schweiz AG Grundstrasse 8, 6343 Rotkreuz, Tel. (041) 7997050, Fax (041) 7997055, www.matsushita.ch 

United Kingdom Matsushita Electric Works UK Ltd. 

Sunrise Parkway, Linford Wood, Milton Keynes, MK14 6LF, Tel. (01908) 231555, Fax (01908) 231599, www.matsushita.co.uk 

North & South America 

USA Aromat Corporation Head Office USA 629 Central Avenue, New Providence, N.J. 07974, Tel. 1-908-464-3550, Fax 1-908-464-8513, www.aromat.com 

Asia Pacific / China / Japan 

China Matsushita Electric Works (China) Co., Ltd. 2013, Beijing Fortune, Building No. 5, Dong San Huan Bei Lu, Chaoyang District, Beijing, Tel. 86-10-6590-8646, Fax 86-10-6590-8647 

Hong Kong Matsushita Electric Works (Hong Kong), Ltd. Rm1601, 16/F, Tower 2, The Gateway, 25 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Tel. (852) 2956-3118, Fax (852) 2956-0398 

Japan Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd. 1048 Kadoma, Kadoma-shi, Osaka 571-8686, Japan, Tel. 06-6908-1050, Fax 06-6908-5781, www.mew.co.jp/e-acg/ 

Singapore Matsushita Electric Works (Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd. 101 Thompson Road, #25-03/05, United Square, Singapore 307591, Tel. (65) 6255-5473, Fax (65) 6253-5689 

Copyright © 2005 • Printed in Germany 

2090 eu en 04/05

Snap-Action Switches Detection Switches General Catalogue 2005

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?